EIA For Waste Project

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility
comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District,
Karnataka.)April
2015
Environment Impact
Assessment Report of
Integrated Waste
Management facility
comprising of TSDF
Project Proponent:
Envotech Waste Management Limited
(A SPV of SMS Envocare Limited for
setting up IWMF in state of
Karnataka)
EIA Consultant:
EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.
304-305, Rishabh Corporate Tower
Community Centre, Karkardooma
Delhi - 110092
Email: eqms@eqmsindia.org
Phone: +91 11 3000 3200
Fax: +91 11 2237 4775
Karnataka.)
Project: Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed

Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF
(Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar
District, and Karnataka.)
Client: Envrotech Waste Management Limited

(A Subsidiary of SMS Envocare Limited)
Project No.: EQMS/PR-347/2012-13
2|Page
Karnataka.)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Table of Contents .................................................................................................................. 3
List of Tables......................................................................................................................... 9
List of Figures ..................................................................................................................... 11
Abbreviation ........................................................................................................................ 13
Executive Summary ............................................................................................................ 16
1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................ 34
1.1. The Project .......................................................................................................... 34
1.1.1. Project Proponent: ............................................................................................... 34
1.1.2. Project Location: .................................................................................................. 35
1.2. Need and Justification of Project: ......................................................................... 37
1.3. Regulatory Frame work........................................................................................ 38
1.4. EIA Consultant ..................................................................................................... 39
1.5. Purpose of the Report .......................................................................................... 39
1.6. Scope and Methodology of the Study .................................................................. 40
1.7. Approved TOR for EIA Study by MOEF ............................................................... 40
2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ......................................................................................... 46
2.1. Introduction: ......................................................................................................... 46
2.1.1. Definition of Wastes: ............................................................................................ 46
2.2. Project Site location: ............................................................................................ 47
2.3. Selection criteria for this site: ............................................................................... 48
2.3.1. Preliminary Site Investigation: .............................................................................. 48
2.3.2. Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation ........................................................... 49
2.4. Size and Magnitude of the Project ....................................................................... 50
2.4.1. Hazardous Waste Management Facility ............................................................... 51
2.4.2. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with Heat
Recovery and Power Generation ..................................................................................... 51
2.4.3. Secured Landfill Facility ....................................................................................... 51
2.4.4. Used Oil Recycling Unit ....................................................................................... 51
2.4.5. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit ................................................................. 51
2.4.6. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility ...................................................... 51
2.4.7. E-Waste Recycling and Management Facility ...................................................... 51
2.5. Proposed Schedule of the Project: ....................................................................... 53
2.6. Process/Technology Description: ......................................................................... 53
2.6.1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility ................................................. 53
2.6.1.1 Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage ...................................................... 54
2.6.1.2 Secured land fill ................................................................................................... 56
2.6.1.3 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste.................... 69
2.6.1.4 Used Oil Recycling Facility .................................................................................. 90
2.6.1.5 Waste Bank and unit for Co-processing of Hazardous Waste: ............................. 94
2.6.2. Medical Waste Management Facility.................................................................... 97
2.6.3. E - Waste Treatment and Disposal Facility ........................................................ 102
2.7. Proposed Infrastructure/Utilities and layout: ....................................................... 109
2.7.1. Boiler ................................................................................................................. 112
2.7.2. Storages ............................................................................................................ 112
2.8. Project requirements: ......................................................................................... 112
2.8.1. Land Break-up ................................................................................................... 112
2.8.2. Electricity ........................................................................................................... 113
2.8.3. Water ................................................................................................................. 114
3|Page
Karnataka.)
2.8.4. Employment....................................................................................................... 114

2.9. Environmental Aspects: ..................................................................................... 119
2.9.1. Emissions Management..................................................................................... 119
2.9.2. Water and Waste water Management ................................................................ 121
2.9.2.2 Description of proposed Effluent treatment plant............................................... 124
2.9.2.3 Description of proposed Sewage Treatment Plant ............................................. 124
2.9.3. Solid/ Hazardous Waste Generation .................................................................. 125
2.9.4. Noise Pollution ................................................................................................... 126
2.9.5. Thermal Pollution ............................................................................................... 126
2.9.6. Fugitive emission: .............................................................................................. 126
2.9.7. Green belt development:.................................................................................... 127
2.9.8. Occupational Health & Safety Plan .................................................................... 127
2.10. Project Cost: ...................................................................................................... 128
3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................ 129
3.1. Introduction: ....................................................................................................... 129
3.2. Site Location and its surroundings: .................................................................... 129
3.2.1. Brief Introduction about district and Taluka: ....................................................... 130
3.2.2. Study Area ......................................................................................................... 130
3.3. State of the Environment (Regional) .................................................................. 132
3.3.1. Land Environment.............................................................................................. 132
3.3.1.1 Geomorphology: ................................................................................................ 132
3.3.1.2 Soil composition and characteristics: ................................................................. 133
3.3.2. Land Use ........................................................................................................... 133
3.3.3. Natural Disasters ............................................................................................... 135
3.3.3.1 Seismic consideration: ....................................................................................... 135
3.3.3.2 Flood Proness ................................................................................................... 136
3.3.4. Water Environment: ........................................................................................... 136
3.3.5. Climate and meteorology: .................................................................................. 138
3.4. State of the Environment (Site-Specific) ............................................................ 139
3.4.1. Meteorological Study: ........................................................................................ 139
3.4.2.1 Topography: ...................................................................................................... 142
3.4.2.2 Land Use ........................................................................................................... 143
3.4.2.3 Soil Characteristics ............................................................................................ 145
3.4.2.4 Subsidence. ....................................................................................................... 146
3.4.3. Water Environment ............................................................................................ 148
3.4.3.1 Preliminary Survey............................................................................................. 148
3.4.3.2 Methodology ...................................................................................................... 149
3.4.3.3 Water Quality Assessment ................................................................................. 149
3.4.4. Air Environment ................................................................................................. 152
3.4.4.1 Purpose ............................................................................................................. 152
3.4.4.2 Methodology ...................................................................................................... 152
3.4.4.3 Conclusion: ........................................................................................................ 153
3.4.5. Noise Environment ............................................................................................ 154
3.5. Ecological Environment ..................................................................................... 155
3.5.1. Objectives .......................................................................................................... 155
3.5.2. Methodology of the Study .................................................................................. 156
3.5.3. Land Use: .......................................................................................................... 157
3.5.4. Vegetation Profile of the Study Area .................................................................. 161
3.5.5. Terrestrial fauna................................................................................................. 169
3.5.6. Aquatic Ecology ................................................................................................. 179
4|Page
Karnataka.)
3.5.7. Rare and Endangered Species .......................................................................... 180

3.5.8. Ecological Sensitive Areas ................................................................................. 180
3.5.9. Fisheries and Aquatic Life.................................................................................. 180
3.5.10. National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest .............................................. 180
3.6. Socio-Economic Profile ...................................................................................... 187
3.6.1. Socio-Economic Environment ............................................................................ 187
3.6.2. Demographic Profile .......................................................................................... 187
3.6.2.1 Population.......................................................................................................... 187
3.6.2.2 Sex Ratio ........................................................................................................... 188
3.6.2.3 SC / ST Population ............................................................................................ 188
3.6.2.4 Literacy Rate ..................................................................................................... 189
3.6.2.5 Workers Scenario .............................................................................................. 190
3.6.2.6 Marginal Workers:.............................................................................................. 191
3.6.2.7 Main Workers: ................................................................................................... 191
3.6.3. Infrastructure ..................................................................................................... 192
3.6.3.1 Education facilities ............................................................................................. 192
3.6.3.2 Health facilities .................................................................................................. 192
3.6.3.3 Drinking Water facilities ..................................................................................... 192
3.6.3.4 Communication Facilities ................................................................................... 192
3.6.3.5 Banking Facilities ............................................................................................... 192
3.6.4. Medical and Health: ........................................................................................... 197
3.7. Detailed Site evaluation Table ........................................................................... 197
4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND IT’S MitIgation Measuures ....... 200
4.1. Introduction: ....................................................................................................... 200
4.2. Key Definitions ................................................................................................... 200
4.3. Impact Assessment Methodology ...................................................................... 201
4.4. Identification of Major Activities .......................................................................... 201
4.5. Impacts Prediction/Evaluation and its Mitigation Measures ................................ 206
4.5.1. Air Environment ................................................................................................. 207
4.5.1.1 Construction Phase ........................................................................................... 207
4.5.1.2 Operation Phase ................................................................................................ 209
4.5.1.3 Fugitive Emissions ............................................................................................. 218
4.5.2. Noise Environment ............................................................................................ 219
4.5.2.1 Construction Phase ........................................................................................... 219
4.5.2.2 Operation Phase ................................................................................................ 220
4.5.2.3 Mitigation Measure ............................................................................................ 221
4.5.3. Water Environment ............................................................................................ 221
4.5.3.1 Impact on water resources ................................................................................. 221
4.5.3.2 Impact on Water Quality .................................................................................... 222
4.5.5. Impact on Soil and Geology ............................................................................... 226
4.5.6. Impact on Transportation ................................................................................... 227
4.5.7. Impact on Public Health ..................................................................................... 228
4.5.8. Socio- Economic Environment ........................................................................... 229
4.5.9. Ecology and Biodiversity .................................................................................... 230
4.5.10. Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community ................................. 231
4.6. Impact analysis i.e. Score analysis .................................................................... 232
4.6.1. Criteria For Rating The Impacts ......................................................................... 232
5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES .............................................................................. 238
5.1. Preamble ........................................................................................................... 238
5.2. Alternative site analysis ..................................................................................... 238
5|Page
Karnataka.)
5.3. Analysis of alternative technologies ................................................................... 239

5.3.1. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with Heat
Recovery and Power Generation ................................................................................... 239
5.3.2. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit ............................................................... 241
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM ....................................................... 242
6.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 242
6.2. Environment monitoring Plan ............................................................................. 242
6.2.1. Water Pollution Monitoring Plan ......................................................................... 242
6.2.2. Ambient air and air Pollution monitoring Plan..................................................... 243
6.2.3. Solid Waste Monitoring Plan .............................................................................. 245
7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES ........................................................................................... 246
7.1. Public Hearing ................................................................................................... 246
7.2. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan ............................................. 246
7.2.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 246
7.2.2. Hazard Identification .......................................................................................... 246
7.2.3. Hazardous Wastes to be Handled at the TSDF ................................................. 247
7.2.4. Hazardous Activities at TSDF Site ..................................................................... 248
7.2.5. Human Health Risk From TSDF Site ................................................................. 248
7.2.5.1 Exposure Pathways ........................................................................................... 249
7.2.6. Hazards Due to Loss of Containment ................................................................ 249
7.2.6.1 Release of Flammable Wastes .......................................................................... 249
7.2.6.2 Fire in Stored Hazardous Wastes at TSDF Sites ............................................... 250
7.2.7. Hazardous Conditions Due to Release Hazardous Wastes ............................... 250
7.2.7.1 Explosion/Flash Fire .......................................................................................... 250
7.2.7.2 Delayed Ignition & Explosion ............................................................................. 250
7.2.7.3 Pool Fire ............................................................................................................ 251
7.2.8. Consequence Analysis ...................................................................................... 253
7.2.8.1 Scenario : Rupture of Recycled Oil Tank ......................................................... 253
7.2.8.2 UFL & LFL Concentrations ................................................................................ 253
7.2.8.3 Flash Fire Envelope ........................................................................................... 253
7.2.8.4 Late Pool Fire Heat Radiation ............................................................................ 255
7.2.9. Risk Mitigation Measures for Proposed TSDF ................................................... 256
7.2.9.1 Collection and Transportation of Hazardous Wastes ......................................... 256
7.2.9.2 Storage area (Storage Shed) ............................................................................. 256
7.2.9.3 Storage Drums/Containers ................................................................................ 258
7.2.9.4 Spillage/Leakage Control Measures .................................................................. 259
7.2.9.5 Fire Protection System....................................................................................... 259
7.2.9.6 Miscellaneous risk Mitigation Measures ............................................................. 260
7.2.9.7 Hazard Analysis And Safety Audit ..................................................................... 261
7.2.9.8 Display of Necessary Information at TSDF Site ................................................. 261
7.3. Disaster Management Plan ................................................................................ 261
7.3.1. Defining the Nature Of Emergency .................................................................... 263
7.3.2. Classification of Emergencies ............................................................................ 264
7.3.3. Priority in Emergency Handling .......................................................................... 264
7.4. Legal Authority and Responsibility ..................................................................... 264
7.4.1. On Site Emergency Planning ............................................................................. 265
7.4.2. Off-Site Emergency Planning ............................................................................. 265
7.5. Organization Structure – Duties And Responsibilities ........................................ 265
7.5.1. Duties and Responsibilities for Functionaries..................................................... 266
7.5.1.1 Crises Co-ordinator............................................................................................ 266
7.5.1.2 Chief Emergency Coordinator (CEC) ................................................................. 266
6|Page
Karnataka.)
7.5.1.3 Site Incident Controller....................................................................................... 267

7.5.1.4 Fire and Safety Function .................................................................................... 268
7.5.1.5 Media Function .................................................................................................. 269
7.5.1.6 Communication Function ................................................................................... 269
7.5.1.7 Medical Function................................................................................................ 269
7.5.1.8 Transport Function............................................................................................. 270
7.5.2. List of Names of Functionaries........................................................................... 270
7.5.3. Emergency Response Procedures .................................................................... 271
7.5.3.1 Background ....................................................................................................... 271
7.5.3.2 Initial Notification of Releases ............................................................................ 272
7.5.3.3 Establishment and Staffing of Command Post ................................................... 272
7.5.3.4 Formulation of Response Objectives and Strategy at the Incident Site .............. 273
7.5.3.5 Ensuring Health and Safety at Incident Scenes ................................................. 273
7.5.3.6 Evacuation ......................................................................................................... 274
7.5.3.7 Fire Response ................................................................................................... 275
7.5.3.8 Health Care ....................................................................................................... 275
7.5.3.9 Personal Protection ........................................................................................... 275
7.5.3.10 Public Relations ......................................................................................... 275
7.5.3.11 Documentation And Investigative Follow Up .............................................. 277
7.5.3.12 Training ...................................................................................................... 277
7.6. Communication System & Action On The Site ................................................... 278
7.6.1. Communication System ..................................................................................... 278
7.6.2. Declaring the Major Emergency ......................................................................... 279
7.6.3. Telephone Message .......................................................................................... 280
7.6.4. Communication of Emergency ........................................................................... 280
7.6.5. Communication to the Outside Emergency Services and Authorities ................. 280
7.6.6. Statutory Communications ................................................................................. 281
7.7. Services And Control ......................................................................................... 281
7.7.1. Public Address System ...................................................................................... 281
7.7.2. Telephones ........................................................................................................ 281
7.7.3. In case of Failure of Telephone.......................................................................... 281
7.7.4. Fire Fighting Equipment ..................................................................................... 282
7.7.5. Mock Drill ........................................................................................................... 282
7.7.6. Review & Revision ............................................................................................. 282
8. PROJECT BENEFITS .............................................................................................. 283
8.1. Improvements in the physical and social infrastructure ...................................... 283
8.2. Industrial Area ................................................................................................... 283
8.3. Green belt .......................................................................................................... 283
9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN .............................................................. 286
9.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................ 286
9.2. Purpose of the Environmental Management Plan .............................................. 286
9.3. CSR ACTIVITIES AT SMSIL.............................................................................. 294
9.4. Proposed Corporate Social Responsibility ......................................................... 296
9.5. Technological measures .................................................................................... 297
9.5.1. Air Quality .......................................................................................................... 297
9.5.2. Odour Control .................................................................................................... 301
9.5.3. Water Quality ..................................................................................................... 302
9.5.4. Surface Run Off Management and Rain Water Harvesting ................................ 304
9.5.5. Land and Soil..................................................................................................... 306
9.5.6. Green Belt Development.................................................................................... 308
9.5.7. Noise ................................................................................................................. 309
7|Page
Karnataka.)
9.6. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes (Management,

Handling) Rules, 2000 ................................................................................................... 310
9.7. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Hazardous Wastes (Management,
Handling and Trans-boundary movement)) Rules.......................................................... 312
9.9. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of E- Waste (Management & Handling)
Rules, 2011 ................................................................................................................... 314
10. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS............................................................................ 326
10.1. Prelude .............................................................................................................. 326
10.2. Regulatory Compliances .................................................................................... 326
10.3. Baseline Conditions ........................................................................................... 327
10.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............................................... 327
10.5. Recommendations ............................................................................................. 328
11. Disclosure of Consultants Engaged .......................................................................... 329
References........................................................................................................................ 331
8|Page
Karnataka.)
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1.1 Project at Glance ....................................................................................................34
Table 1.2 : Project Location Details ........................................................................................37
Table 1.3 : TOR Compliance Status .......................................................................................42
Table 2.1 : Surrounding Area Profile ......................................................................................48
Table 2.2 : Rejection or knock-out criteria Identification location of site village/ city ................48
Table 2.3 :Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation .............................................................49
Table 2.4 : Projected Waste Quantity for Landfill ....................................................................60
Table 2.5 :Calculation of Waste Quantity ...............................................................................61
Table 2.6 Ultimate Analysis of Waste .....................................................................................72
Table 2.7 : Specification of HW for use as Alternative Raw Material/ fuel for Cement Units ...95
Table 2.8 Specification of HW for use of energy recovery ......................................................95
Table 2.9 :Land Break up of Project .....................................................................................112
Table 2.10 Details of Continuous Gaseous Emissions .........................................................119
Table 2.11 : Details of Emissions Load ................................................................................119
Table 2.12 : Key Mitigation Measures ..................................................................................120
Table 2.13 Mitigation measures for Fugitive Emissions ........................................................120
Table 2.14 Project Cost Estimation ......................................................................................128
Table 3.1 List of surrounding villages ...................................................................................132
Table 3.2 Details of landform in district.................................................................................133
Table 3.3 well description table ............................................................................................137
Table 3.4 Rainfall intensity in Malur Tehsil ...........................................................................138
Table 3.5 Summary of Micrometeorological Data .................................................................139
Table 3.4(a) Sampling Location Table ..................................................................................141
Table 3.6 Land use description ............................................................................................144
Table 3.7 Soil Sampling locations ........................................................................................146
Table 3.8 Analysis Results of Soil Sampling.........................................................................147
Table 3.9 Standards of soil characteristics ...........................................................................147
Table 3.10 Ground Water Quality sampling location .............................................................149
Table 3.11 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area .............................................................150
Table 3.12 Air Quality sampling locations .............................................................................153
Table 3.13 Analysis result ....................................................................................................153
Table 3.14 Noise Quality sampling locations ........................................................................154
Table 3.15 Analysis result ....................................................................................................154
Table 3.16 Study sites for ecological environment in surrounding area of the proposed project
(10 km radius) ...............................................................................................................156
Table 3.17 Flora within Study Area ......................................................................................163
Table 3.18 Electrification Table ............................................................................................196
Table 3.19 Health Status ......................................................................................................197
Table 3.20 Detailed Site Evaluation Table ............................................................................197
Table 4.1 Impact Identification..............................................................................................203
Table 4.2 Emission Factors of Various Dust Generation Processes .....................................208
Table 4.3 : Exhaust Emissions for Stationary and Mobile Machinery ....................................208
Table 4.4 Stack Details ........................................................................................................210
Table 4.5 Details of Gas Emission .......................................................................................211
Table 4.6 Predicted 24hr max GLC from proposed stack .....................................................218
Table 4.7 Predicted 24hr max GLC at the ambient air quality monitoring stations ................218
Table 4.8 Predicted Exposure Levels ...................................................................................220
Table 4.9 : Waste Water characteristics ...............................................................................222
9|Page
Karnataka.)
Table 4.10 : weighted Impacts without Mitigation measures(Matrice Method) ......................234

Table 4.11 Weighted Impacts with Mitigation measures(matrice method) ............................235
Table 5.1 :Comparison Between PGVR and Incineration .....................................................240
Table 6.1 Water Pollution monitoring Plan............................................................................242
Table 6.2 : Ambient air Monitoring Plan................................................................................243
Table 6.3 Stacks Monitoring Plan .........................................................................................243
Table 6.4 Proposed Facilities For Monitoring .......................................................................244
Table 6.5 Solid Waste Generation monitoring ......................................................................245
Table 7.1 Illustrative Damage Effects due to Overpressures ................................................251
Table 9.1 Environment Management Plan ...........................................................................287
Table 9.2 Environment Management Plan for Air .................................................................298
Table 9.3 : Environment Management Plan for Water ..........................................................303
Table 9.4 Surface Run Off Calculation for First Five Min of Rain ..........................................305
Table 9.5 Surface Run Off Calculation for One Season .......................................................305
Table 9.6 Catchment Area for Surface Run Off ....................................................................305
Table 9.7 Environment Management Plan for Land & Soil ...................................................306
Table 9.8 : Environment Management Plan for Noise ..........................................................309
10 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1 Karnataka Political map showing Kolar..................................................................36
Figure 1.2 Satellite Image showing proposed site location. ....................................................36
Figure 1.3 :Waste generation in Karnataka ............................................................................38
Figure 1.4 Methodology adopted for the EIA ..........................................................................41
Figure 2.1 Satellite Image showing proposed site location. ....................................................47
Figure 2.2 Overall Process Flow Diagram of IWMF ................................................................52
Figure 2.3 PFD Hazardous Waste Management Facility ........................................................55
Figure 2.4 Sequence and Methodology of Waste Handling ....................................................56
Figure 2.5 Flow Chart for Solidification and Stabilization ........................................................57
Figure 2.6 Land Fill Layout .....................................................................................................59
Figure 2.7 Section of Top Liner ..............................................................................................62
Figure 2.8 Section of Bottom Liner .........................................................................................63
Figure 2.9 Landfill Covered During Rainy Season ..................................................................66
Figure 2.10 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste ...................70
Figure 2.11 Plasma Torch ......................................................................................................80
Figure 2.12 Heat and Mass Balance ......................................................................................90
Figure 2.13 Oil Recovery Process ..........................................................................................94
Figure 2.14 Flow Diagram for Solid Premix Formation ...........................................................96
Figure 2.15 Flow Diagram for Liquid Premix formation ...........................................................97
Figure 2.16 Flow Diagram for Medical Waste Management ...................................................99
Figure 2.17 Recycle, Reuse and Recovery Options .............................................................104
Figure 2.18 Three level treatment diagram ...........................................................................106
Figure 2.19 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-1) ..............................................................115
Figure 2.20 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-2:Discharge To CETP) ..............................116
Figure 2.19(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-1) ...........................................117
Figure2. 20(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-2) ...........................................117
Figure 2.21 :Site Layout .......................................................................................................118
Figure 2.22 :Water/Waste Water System ...........................................................................123
Figure 2.23 Sewage Treatment Plant ...................................................................................125
Figure 3.1 : Study Area Map of 10 km Radial Zone ..............................................................131
Figure 3.2 Land-use of Kolar district .....................................................................................134
Figure 3.3 :Seismic Hazard Map of karnatka ........................................................................135
Figure 3.4 Wind Rose at Project Site....................................................................................140
Figure 3.5 Wind Class Frequency Distribution......................................................................140
Figure 3.6 Sampling location map ........................................................................................141
Figure 3.7 TIN of study Area ................................................................................................142
Figure 3.8 : Contour Map of study area ................................................................................143
(Source: Satellite Data collection) ........................................................................................143
Figure 3.9 Land use diagram ...............................................................................................144
Figure 3.10 Land-Use map of the study area .......................................................................145
Figure 3.11 Sampling Location for Terrestrial Ecology .........................................................157
Figure 3.12 Distribution of State Reserved Forests within 10 Km Buffer Zone. .....................162
Figure 3.13 National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest .............................................181
Figure 3.14 Tehsil-wise Population of the Study Area ..........................................................188
Figure 3.15 Tehsil-wise SC Population in Study Area ..........................................................189
Figure 3.16 Tehsil-wise ST Population in Study Area ...........................................................189
Figure 3.17 Gender-wise Distribution of Literacy in Study Area ............................................190
Figure 3.18 Gender-wise Distribution of Illiteracy in Study Area ...........................................190
11 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 4.1 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of NOx....................................................212

Figure 4.2 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of SOx ....................................................213
Figure 4.3 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of PM .....................................................214
Figure 4.4 : Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HCl ...................................................215
Figure 4.5 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HF ......................................................216
Figure 4.6 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of TOC ...................................................217
12 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Annexures
Annexure-I Performance of already Established IWMF at Pune
Annnexure-II: Inventory Abstract
Annnexure-III: TOR letter issued By MoEF
Annnexure-IV: Categories of Bio Medical Waste
Annnexure-V: Categories of Electronic Waste
Annnexure-VI: Standards for Treatment and Disposal of Bio-Medical wastes
Annexure-VI I Scale opted For Evaluation Table of Base Line studies
Annexure-VIII Government of Karnatka Proceedings
Annexure-IX Vehicles Movement Plan
Annexure-X MOU with CETP
Annexure-X I Concurrence Letter of Member Companies
Annexure XII Public Hearing Proceeding
Annexure XIII Public hearing response compliance
ABBREVIATION
13 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
AAQ Ambient Air Quality

AL Agricultural Land
CO Carbon Monoxide
CPCB Central Pollution Control Board
CSR Corporate Social Responsibility
CHWTSDF Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility
dB Decibel
DG Diesel Generator
DMP Disaster Management Plan
EAC Expert Appraisal Committee
EC Environmental Clearance
EHS Environment Health and Safety
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
ERPG Emergency Response Planning Guidelines1
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EQMP Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme
ERT Emergency Response Team
ETP Effluent Treatment Plant
EWML Envotech Waste Management Limited
GIS Geographic Information System
GLC Ground Level Concentration
HDPE High Density Polyethylene
HSD High Speed Diesel
PCB Pollution Control Board
IQPC International Quality & Productivity Centre
IMD India Meteorological Department
IRS Indian Remote Sensing Satellite
IS Indian Standard
ISCST Industrial Source Complex Short Term Model
ISO International Standards Organization
IWMF Integrated Waste Management Facility
KLD Kilo liter Per Day
LDO Light Diesel Oil
MCAS Maximum Credible Accident Scenarios
MEE Multi Effect Evaporator
MoEF Ministry of Environment & Forests
MSIHC Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals
MT Metric Ton
MTPA Metric Tons Per Annum
NAAQ National Ambient Air Quality
NH National Highway
NOx Oxides of Nitrogen
14 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
NRSA National Remote Sensing Agency

OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration
PM Particulate Matter
PPE Personal Protective Equipment
PFD Process Flow Diagram
PGVR Plasma Gas Vitrification Reaction
R&D Research and Development
SEAC State Level Expert Appraisal Committee
SLF Secure Land Fill
SMSIL SMS Infrastructure Limited
SO2 Sulphur Dioxide
TOR Terms of Reference
TPA Tonne Per Annum
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
VOC Volatile Organic Compounds
15 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Project Proponent
Envotech Waste Management Limited is a Subsidiary of SMS Invacare Limited of
SMS infrastructure Limited Group.
SMS Infrastructure Ltd. (SMSIL) is a leading company for infrastructure development,
Environment & Clean Energy Projects with the track record of Quality & Technical
engineering capabilities since last 47 years having its head office in Nagpur. Various
projects of international standard are been successfully erected and executed under
Environment and Clean Energy Sector.
The SMSIL believes in adopting the best eco-friendly technology available world over
for the scientific disposal of wastes and specializes in treatment and disposal of
hazardous solid and liquid waste using environmentally sound methods.
SMSIL is pioneer in establishing the first-of-its kind Plasma Gasification based
Hazardous Waste Management.
Various projects of international standard are being successfully erected and executed
under Environment and clean energy sector.
Regulatory Framework
As per the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government of India EIA
Notification 2006 and as amended on December 1, 2009; the proposed ‘Common
Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility’ has to take environmental clearance
prior to commissioning of the plant. The proposed project is covered under Schedule
7(d) Category 'A'(1) as per the Schedule of EIA Notification and hence requires
environmental clearance from MOEF.
Public hearing shall be conducted for the project as per provisions of Environmental
Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the issues raised by the public shall be
addressed in the Environmental Management Plan.
The proponents have engaged M/s EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. New Delhi to carry out EIA
study, which is authorized to represent, in the matter
Project Location
The proposed project site is located at 3/2, 5/2, 65,4P2 from village Pitchguntrahalli
and 96/5, 96/6, 96/7, 96/8, 134/1, 134/2, 134/3, 135/1, 135/2, 135/3, 136/2, 136/3,
136/4. From Madanhatti Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District, Karnataka
1
The Project shall have landfill as well as Incineration Facility. Therefore it comes under category ’A’ project
16 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Site Selection Justification

Two alternate sites were considered, one in North of NH-4 in Kolar district located
approximately 5 KM away from NH-4 and the another one in South-East of NH-4
approximately 12 KM from NH-4.
Govt. of Karnataka has adopted an approach of IWMF for handling of Hazardous
waste, E-waste and Medical waste at a single unit along with Waste recycling facility
in line with this decision Govt. of Karnataka has notified its very first Integrated Waste
Management Facility at this location vide its GO No. CI 183 Dated 18-August-2011
The present site was selected on the basis of following basic criteria:
CRITERIA ANSWER Remarks
(Y/N)
Existing or planned drinking water protection N
and catchments areas
High flood prone areas N Kolar is not at all
flood prone area.
Area with unstable ground N
Closer than 200 meters to populated areas N
Closer than 200 meters to river boundaries N
Close to National Parks, monuments, Forests N
with large no. of flora and fauna, historical,
religious and other important cultural places
Existing use of site Non un-irrigated land
(Agricultural/Forest/Old dump site) agriculture generally
land surrounded by
Eucalyptus
plantation
Site is suitable for detailed EIA study (Y/N) Y
Source: CPCB knock out criteria DOCUMENT SERIES HAZWAMS/25/2002-2003
As per the CPCB Knock out criteria, the alternative sites were not rendered suitable.
Project Description
The proposal involves development of an Integrated Waste Management facility at
Madanhatti village in Kolar District, Karnataka. To ascertain the market scenario SMS
undertook a survey for realizing the potential, availability of input material with
respect to quantities estimated to be available in this region. This project will serve as
a single facility for Hazardous Waste, Medical Waste, E Waste and Waste Oil
Management.
17 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided into three sub
facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an Exclusive Waste Management
Facility namely,
1. Hazardous Waste Treatment& Disposal Facility,
2. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility,
3. E-waste Recycling & Management Facility
Table I: Capacity of treatment Facilities
S/N Facilities Capacity

I Hazardous Waste Management The facility shall have following main treatment
Facility and disposal components. The entire
Hazardous Waste Management Facility shall be
planned on 30.81 Acres of Land.
Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit This unit shall have a capacity to treat 20
based on Plasma Technology with MTPD of Incinerable Hazardous Waste.
Heat Recovery and Power
Generation
Secured Landfill Facility The Secured Landfill shall be spread over
approximately 8 Acres of Land having a Total
Landfill capacity of 3,750,00Tones of Landfill
Waste. The secured landfill shall be developed
in two phases: Landfill 1 and Land fill 2.
Used Oil Recycling Unit This unit shall have a total recycling capacity of
40 TPD
Hazardous Waste Co-Processing This unit will be designed to handle 30 TPD of
Unit Hazardous Waste
II Medical Waste Treatment & This facility shall have incineration capacity of
Disposal Facility 2.5 TPD of Bio Medical Waste and shall also
have autoclave and other ancillary units.
III E-Waste Recycling and This facility shall have E-waste management
Management Facility capacity of 4000 TPA
Project Requirements
Land Details
Total land area for plant is 124722 sq. M (30.81 acre). Out of which 25% approx. of
area will be used for providing green belt, the break-up of the land has been presented
in Table below:
18 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table II: Land Break up of Project
SR AREA ALLOCATION AREA (m²) % AREA

NO
1 Electrical switch yard 300 0.24
2 Admin Building & Laboratory 1220.5 0.97
3 Vehicle parking area & weigh bridge 2641.2 2.1
4 Bio medical waste management facility 4283.7 3.43
5 E- waste recycling facility 8218.5 6.58
6 Oil recovery unit with tank farm 5663.8 4.54
7 Advance thermal treatment plant & power 5101.6 4
plant
8 Raw water lagoon 8050.6 6.45
9 Inci. Waste storage area & landfill waste 4074.2 3.26
storage
10 Co-processing unit 1888.9 1.5
11 Stabilization unit 1664.2 1.3
12 Land fill area A 14150 11.34
13 Land fill area B 17706 14.19
14 ETP / LTP 1596.6 1.2
15 Vehicle wash area 397.8 0.3
16 Water treatment plant 855.7 0.68
17 Green belt 30544.4 24.49
18 Road & margin area 16363.9 13.1
TOTAL PLOT AREA 124722 100
Electricity
Total power requirement for the project will be approximately 2500 KVA. The power
will be taken from state electricity Board (KPTCL). In case of power failure it would be
met with the DG sets proposed for back up purposes.
19 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Water
Total water requirement for the proposed project is 335 KLD, which shall be supplied
through KUWSSB. The overall water Balance is given here in Figure 2.19.
Employment
The proposed unit will require the services of 158 nos. of employee in its
commissioning and operation phase of which 58 personnel would be provided with
direct employed and 100 personnel would be hired from nearby villages
Description of the Environment
The environmental status of the local vicinity at 10 km radial zone around the project
site has been studied during the summer season (16 March to 15 June, 2012) by
Vision Lab PVT. LTD, Hyderabad (NABL accredited Lab.) and analysed by EQMS
India Pvt. Ltd.
Table III: Sampling Location Table
Location Location Location w.r.t. site
Sample Description
code Name Distance Direction
A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site
A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area
A3 Malur 6.0 km E Malur Industrial Area
A4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area
Air
Devankundi Railway stn. &
A5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW
Oil depots
GW1 Project Site
Ground GW2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area
water GW3 kanganhalli 2.2 km N Village & surrounding area
GW4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area
S1 Project Site -- -- ----
Soil S2 Devankundi 5.8 km SW
Oil depots
S3 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area
Project Site
N1 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site
(Core Zone)
N2 Makannalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area
Noise N3 Malur 6.0 km E Malur Industrial Area
N4 Huralgere 2.3 km S Village & surrounding area
N5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW
Oil depots
20 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Meteorological Data
A meteorological station was installed in the project area at about 10 m above the
ground level. All care was taken to see that the station is free from obstructions to free
flow of winds. Wind speed, wind direction, temperature and relative humidity data was
collected daily on hourly basis during the study period.
Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%)

Month Maximu
Minimum Mean Maximum Minimum Mean
m
16 March –15 35 18 28 86 6 37
April
16 April-15 May 36 21 27 92 10 56
16 May-15 June 36 18 27 92 6 55
The analysis of the average wind pattern shows predominant winds from west
direction Having 35-38% wind frequency, and other directions that include East with
wind frequencies of 20-22% respectively. The calm wind (wind speed < 0.5 m/s)
conditions were prevailed for13.27% of the total time.
Air Environment
The ambient air quality in the 10 Km radius study area will form baseline information
over which the predicted impacts is superimposed to find out the net impact on the air
quality in the project impact section.
Monitoring of particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than 10 micron (PM10),
particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than 2.5 micron (PM2.5), Sulphur
Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO), NH3, Fluorides,
Benzene including VOCs was conducted twice a week at 5 locations(refer Table III)
during the study period (Summer Season).
After Comparing the analysis Results with the NAAQ standards of MoEF august
2009.It can be concluded that the air quality of the monitored locations in the study
area are well within the permissible standards for Industrial, Residential, Rural & other
areas.
Noise
Noise levels were recorded at four different locations (refer Table III) within the study
area. It has been observed that in all the locations, the noise level during day time and
night time was well within limit specified for Residential areas i.e. 65dB (in Day),
55dB(in night) and industrial limits i.e.75dB (in Day),70dB(in night).
21 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
However, locally the installed machinery’s noise level should be studied after
installation of the plant machineries.
Land use of the Study Area
A recent satellite image for the study area (i.e. 10 km radius) was collected using
Google Earth Pro. The image was interpreted for identification of various land usage
along the study area and was actually verified at site through ground truth survey.
Land use of study area is broadly classified into categories as given below:
Area(Sqkm)
6% Agricultural land
Agri fallow land
41% Settlement
29%
Barren land
Water body
Dense forest
6%
9% 7% Open forest
2%
Major part of the study area is agriculture dependent. Baseline data of the
Environmental Impact Assessment and also the land classification details suggests
that ecologically speaking, the niche that is offered by the proposed site is not wide in
its diversity and the species diversity that can be expected will also be low with low
diversity index. In addition, proposed plant is not expected to have any impacts that
could influence the existing ecosystem diversity or its functions.
Soil quality
The red soil is found in kolar district and is derived from granitic gneisses .The soils do
not show any regular variation in depth and colour due to undulating topography.
Mineralogical the red soils are dominated by Kaolinite, halloy site and to some extent
iron and aluminium oxides. The soil samples were taken from various locations (refer
Table I) and examined for various parameters to determine the existing soil
characteristics of the study area.
From the analysis it is concluded that Physical Properties of Soil i.e. Sand, silt, clay
etc. reveals that soil is sandy clay in nature. The type of soil is best suited for landfills
because it is impervious to water, chemicals and it compacts very well.
22 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Topography
The topography of the project site and the study area of 10 km radial zone are
calculated with the help of contour and TIN map.
The elevation of the project area varies from 840 to 960 m in general. However, in the
northern and western side to the project area the elevations are in the range of 910 to
920 m, which provides a gentle slope towards east direction of the project site.
Hydrogeomorphologically, major portion of study area is a pediplain (70.17%), formed
under the conditions of arid and semiarid climate over an eroding mountain range or
hilly relief. The topology / terrain of the study area are generally flat, fairly level land
with least undulations and nearly level slope (72.88% of the total study area) and very
gentle slope region (26.28% of the total area. The plain areas can be observed at the
proposed project site and surrounding 10 km buffer area although varying slopes such
as nearly level, very gentle, gentle and moderate, with slope value varying from 0-10%
exist.
Ground Water Quality
Ground Water samples were collected from four locations (refer Table III) within the
study area as following and analysed for parameter mentioned in IS 10500.The
summary of the results is given below
Parameters Above
S.N Name of
. Village Desirable Value Maximum Permissible Value
TDS, Total Alkalinity as
Total Hardness as CaCO3,
1. Project site CaCO3, Magnesium as Mg,
calcium as Ca
Fluorine as F
CaCO3, Total Hardness as
2. Makanhalli -
CaCO3, calcium as Ca,
Magnesium as Mg
CaCO3, Chlorides as Cl-, Total Hardness as CaCO3,
3. Kanganhali
Magnesium as Mg, Fluoride as calcium as Ca
F, Copper as Cu, Arsenic as As
TDS, , Total Alkalinity as
CaCO3, Sulphates as SO4-2,
4. Huralgere calcium as Ca, Magnesium as Total Hardness as CaCO3,
Mg, Fluoride as F, Copper as
Cu, Arsenic as As
23 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
The Ground water quality in the region has been compared with respect to the
Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS: 10500:1991 and it has been found that
the Ground water is not desirable for Drinking Purposes. Some of the Parameters like
Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca which is above Permissible Limit
Hydro geochemistry of ground water - the study area revealed slightly acidic to
alkaline pH in all the analysed groundwater samples, with majority of samples having
salinity and TDS values within the desirable limit of 2000 µS/cm and 1000 mg/L
respectively. Majority of the groundwater samples are considered as hard and very
hard water as their total hardness value is above the standard limit of 150 mg/l based
on WQI, salinity, SAR and Percent sodium. Overall, groundwater samples are
considered safe for drinking and other utilitarian purposes
It is also noticed that arsenic in Kanganhali and Huralgere village is also exceeding
the desirable arsenic value for drinking water. The Potential health impacts of arsenic
can be Skin damage or problems with circulatory systems, and may have increased
risk of getting cancer.
Surface Water Quality
No Surface Water samples were collected as because of no surface water body was
found within the study area.
Biological Environment
For the purpose of surveying the vegetation quadrates were laid to record phyto-
sociological features of the vegetation. The vegetation data collected for
phytosociological information were analysed
Project area has been defined as core zone (CZ) and surrounding area has been
defined as Buffer Zone (BZ).
Total Nine study sites were selected following general survey No reserve forest was
found in the adjoining areas except the village waste land and plantation along the
roadside. However, commercial plantation for Eucalyptus has been undertaken at
large scale. No perennial water bodies and drains / stream are present in the study
area. However, some low lying area where soil has been dugout for Brick Industries
are able to get stagnate some rain waters. It was also observed from the land use
pattern that most of the area falls under agriculture land and drought prone in nature
During the study no endangered species of flora and fauna was observed in the study
area and same has also been confirmed from the record of State Forest Department
as per Red data book of Botanical Survey of India and Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972.
24 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Ecological Sensitive Areas

No major eco-system / biosphere reserves have been identified within the periphery of
the project site. Also, the study area does not contain any such features having great
historical or archaeological importance.
Fisheries and Aquatic Life
No natural or commercial fishery activities are observed within 10 Km radius of the
existing premises, and hence proposed project activities are not envisaged to have
any adverse effect on fisheries and aquatic life.
National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest
There are no National Parks/wildlife sanctuaries in the 10 km radius of the study area.
As per the working plan of Karnataka State Forest Department (KFD), there no state
reserve forests within a radius of 2km from the buffer zone. But, there are about 12
reserve forests within 10km buffer zone around the project site (but outside 2 km
buffer). Land use / land cover classification revealed that major part of the study area
(10 km buffer zone) is agriculture dependent. Nonetheless Eucalyptus, Acacia and
other exotic plantation is also seen over a large area in the buffer zone.
Socio-Economic Profile
The study area of 10 km radial zone mainly falls in the Tehsil: Malur of District Kolar
and, Tehsil: Haskote of district Bangalore rural. There are total 28 villages in study
area, 19 of them belongs to Tehsil: Malur, 9 of them in Hoskote Tehsil.
Education facilities
There are 34 Primary School, 4 Secondary Schools in Study Area. No College exists
in the Study Area. Almost all of the villages have at least one primary School.
Health facilities
No Hospitals and Dispensaries are present in the study area. There is only 1 Primary
Health Centre and 10 Primary Health Sub-centres found in the study Area. However,
several private medical practitioner and community health workers are also found.
Drinking Water facilities
Villagers depend on groundwater as a source of Drinking water. Hand pumps, Well
water, Tube well and Tap water are observed in almost every village.
Communication Facilities
There are 10 post office found in the study area. 73 Telephone connections were
encountered in the study area.
25 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Banking Facilities
2 Banks and 6 Credit Societies are found within the 28 Villages of Study Area.
Anticipated Environmental Impact Identification, Prediction and Mitigation
The methodology adapted to carryout impact assessment of the Common Hazardous
waste facility is such that the whole Project is divided into major activities and for each
activity adverse or positive impact is identified. On the Basis of these the complete
chapter is divided into following sections
4. Identification of major Activities
5. Impact Prediction, evaluation due to these activities and its mitigation
Measures
6. Impact analysis i.e. consequence/Score analysis
Air Environment
Construction phase
The sources of air emission during construction phase will include site clearing,
vehicles movement, materials storages and handling and operation of construction
equipment. Emissions from them are expected to result in temporary degradation of
air quality, primarily in the working environment affecting construction employees.
However, dust generation and PM rise in the ambient air will be coarse and will settle
within a short distance close to the construction sites. Hence, dust and other
emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to affect the surroundings of the
construction site.
Mitigation Measures:
Dust Control
Water spray, through water trucks is an effective way to keep dust under control.
Sprinklers can also be employed to deliver continuous moisture in dust prone areas.
High vehicle speeds increase the amount of fugitive dust created from unpaved areas.
Reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 km/hr. can reduce emissions by a large extent.
Care shall be taken to keep all material storages adequately covered and contained
so that they are not exposed to situations, where winds on site could lead to dust/
particulate emissions. Fabrics and plastics for covering piles of soils and debris is an
effective means to reduce fugitive dust from the material stores/ warehouses.
Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly so that the spilled
materials do not become a source of fugitive emission.
26 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes shall be contained/ cleaned up immediately

before they can infiltrate into the soil/ ground or runoff in nearby areas.
Gaseous Emissions Control
Regular maintenance of machinery and equipment will be carried out.
All the vehicles used for construction activity shall be checked for ‘Pollution under
Control’.
Ambient air quality monitoring should be carried out during construction phase. If
monitored parameters are above the prescribed limits, suitable control measures must
be taken
Operation Phase
Impacts on ambient air during operation phase would be due to emissions from the
stacks attached to plasma gasification unit, incinerator of medical waste, metal
recovery unit and coal fired boilers. All except DG sets are continuous stacks. In
addition there will be fugitive emissions. Adequate measures have been proposed for
the control of emissions to keep these within prescribed limits.
Emissions from the sources were analysed for their impacts on the Ground Level
Concentration (GLC) for various distances using the dispersion modelling guidelines
given by the Central Pollution Control Board, New Delhi and the Industrial Source
Complex Short Term Model (ISCST3) of the United States Environment Protection
Agency (USEPA).
Table IV: Details of Continuous Gaseous Emissions
Stacks Stacks Pollutant Concentration (m gm/Nm3)
Internal Temperature, Height, Flow Particulate SO2 Nox HCL HF TOC
Diameter K m Nm3/Hr. Matter
m
Plasma 0.45 433.00 30.50 8000.0

Gasification 0 <50 <200 <400 <50 <4 <20
Unit
Incinerator 0.30 433.00 30.50 4000.0
Bio Medical 0 <150 <200 <450 <50 --- ---
Wastes
Metal 0.15 493.00 30.50 1000.0
Recovery 0 <150 < 200 < 450 < 50 --- ---
Furnace
Coal Fired 0.50 493.00 30.50 9040.0
< 150 < 200 --- --- --- --
Boiler 0
27 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table V: Details of Emissions Load

Stacks Pollutant Emission Load (gm/sec) Remarks
Particulate SO2 NOx HCL HF TOC
Matter
Plasma Gasification 0.4 0.8 0.00 0.0
0.11 0.11
Unit 4 9 8 4
Incinerator Medical 0.2 0.4 0.00 0.0
0.165 0.05
Wastes 2 4 4 2
Metal Recovery 0.0 0.1 0.01
0.042 --- ----
Furnace 5 1 3
Coal Fired Boiler 0.376 0.5 --- --- --- ---
DG Set Non
DG Set Continuous
Stacks
The estimated 24 hourly maximum ground level concentrations (excluding background

concentration) for the modelled pollutants at the ambient air quality monitoring stations
are presented below:
Table VI: Predicted 24hr max GLC at the ambient air quality monitoring
stations
Location w.r.t. Site Predicted 24hr max GLC, ug/m3
Station Sampling
Distance Description
ID Location Direction PM SO2 NOx HCL HF TOC
(km)
A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed
- - - - - -
Project Site
A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village &
surrounding 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
area
A3 Malur 5.0 km E Malur Industrial
0.8 5.7 11.5 1.4 0.5 0.5
Area
A4 Huralgere 2.5 km S Village &
surrounding 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
area
A5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi
Railway stn. & 0.7 5.1 10.4 1.3 0.4 0.5
Oil depots
A6 Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village &
surrounding 0.4 2.7 5.5 0.7 0.2 0.3
area
Key mitigation measures adopted to control stack emissions are as below
28 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table VII: Key Mitigation Measures

S. No. Plant Stack Attached to Mitigation Measures
1 Plasma Gasification Unit Gas Quencher
Ventury Scrubber
HCl Scrubber
Alkali Scrubber
Wet ESP
2 Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes Ventury Scrubber
Alkali Scrubber
3 E Waste Recovery; Metal Ventury Scrubber
recovery Furnace Alkali Scrubber
4 Coal Fired Boiler Dual Cone Cyclone
Separator
 Bag Filter
Table VIII: Mitigation measures for Fugitive Emissions
Name and source of Abatement Method
fugitive emissions
VOC from liquid storage All vents from the liquid storage tank will be connected to exhaust
tank header. Exhaust header will be connected to exhaust blower.
Exhaust blower discharge will be connected to inlet of Steam
Boiler furnace where syn gas will be combusted.
VOC/Odorous air from Combustion air fan for syn gas boiler will draw air from the
haz. Waste storage area hazardous waste storage area. Suction of combustion air fan will
be taken from hazardous waste storage area.
Emergency Vent from Emergency vent will open in abnormal plant condition only.
Plasma Reactor Exhaust of emergency vent will be connected at the inlet of syn
gas boiler.
Scrubber Circulation Scrubber circulation vent will be connected to downstream gas
Tank vents ducting of syn gas which will be always under negative pressure.
Additional Measures to Control Air Pollution.

7. Air borne particulate may results during handling and transportation of
waste due to wind. The status of ambient air quality shall be closely
monitored.
8. Ambient air quality at the facility and at the vicinity shall be monitored to
meet the prescribed standards prescribed by CPCB.
29 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
9. Watering of road as well as constructing of metalled roads shall be

carried out.
10. Approx. 30544.4M2 Green belt development shall be carried out.
11. Traffic Operation Plan for better traffic management shall be worked out.
Noise environment
Construction Phase
This noise pollution is transient and will occur only for the duration of Setting up the
development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility,
Common E-waste Recycling & Management facility, Common medical Waste
Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage
There is no as such major source of noise Pollution during operation of facility;
however there shall be slight disturbance in noise ambient of area due to regular traffic
movement to the facility
Mitigation measures for noise will include the following:
Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipment and machineries (like
mufflers in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce noise levels at source.
Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive maintenance of
vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels.
Plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated is limited to
CPCB norms. Equipment will be provided with noise control measures such as
acoustic insulation etc., to ensure noise abatement. Rotating equipment will be
properly balanced. Where high noise levels are produced, employees will be provided
with ear protection devices.
Personnel Protective Equipment (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be given to all the
workers at site and it will be ensured that the same are wore by everybody during their
shift.
All the openings like covers, partitions shall be acoustically sealed.
Water Environment
Impact by integrated waste Management Facility on Water environment can be
predicted in two ways i.e.
12. Impact on water resources
13. Impact on Water Quality
Impact on Water Resources
30 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Surface water resources

No impact on surface water resources is anticipated during both the construction
phase and operational phase of the project as there is no such surface water
resources prevails in the study area,
Ground Water Resources
No impact on Ground water resources is anticipated during both construction as well
as operational phase of the project as there is no withdrawal of water, however Water
demand shall be met through state Water Board supply.
Impact on Water Quality
Construction Phase
The wastewater generated during construction phase is mainly from construction
works & domestic activities. Adequate drainage system will be provided for runoff
water to avoid water logging and it will be utilized during the construction phase for the
proposed plant. Therefore, no long term adverse impact on water quality (surface as
well as ground) is anticipated during construction phase
Operation Phase
The total maximum requirement of water for the facility is delineated to 335 KLD
maximum.
Two alternate mode of disposal is proposed for the facility.
Alternative I: Disposal of treated waste water to CETP through tankers
Alternative II: Disposal of treated waste water through Multi Effect Evaporation system
(MEES) and recycle treated waste water to plant for reuse. Waste water treatment
system consist of following sub systems
14. Physico Chemical Treatment Units
15. Heavy Metal Removal Units
16. Oil Removal System
17. Multi Effect Evaporation system
18. Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant
The following mitigation measures will also be implemented:
EWML will use best engineering technique during setting up the development of
Common Hazardous Waste Treatment facility so that proposed activities will not
contaminate the ground water.
31 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Hazardous waste storage area and plant area will be completely covered from top and
side. Strom water runoff will be managed through separate storm water drains. Before
discharging storm water into surface drain, it will be passed through small RCC pit
where online pH sensor and recorder will be provided to keep check on pH of outgoing
storm water.
Regular monitoring of ground water quality through monitoring wells as per CPCB
guideline.
The water samples shall be analysed for the 36 physical, chemical and bacteriological
parameters as per MOEF guidelines.
The landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid the leachate
infiltration into the ground
Vehicle or Wheel Wash shall be treated in Physico Chemical Treatment Plant followed
by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.
ETP sludge shall be disposed off to secure landfill
Land Environment
As the project site is on non-agriculture land (Provided in ch-2 i.e. 30.81 Acre) and no
major rehabilitation prevails in the site area so impact on land use shall be of no
significance.
However Positive Impact will be there as Project Proponent will provide the
Employment to the Workers from nearby villages (158 workers) which further affect
(Positive effect) the Occupational structure of the Area.
Impact on Soil and Geology
During the operational phase, there is a probability of accidental spillage of hazardous
waste on the routes through which hazardous waste would be transported and its
adjoining areas if a vehicle carrying hazardous waste meets with an accident. Since
the hazardous waste is stored at the site for incineration there is a possibility that due
to accidental spillage soil can be contaminated. Landfills gas production and migration
leading to changes in soil temperature.
Mitigation Measures
During the operational phase of hazardous landfill as there is a possibility of
contamination risk due to damage of liners of the landfill at the site. Therefore the
Landfill will be constructed by complying the CPCB Land Fill sitting Guide lines. Store,
preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during restoration period; and
domestic waste
32 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Ecology and Biodiversity

There is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including national park,
sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserves existing in within 2km buffer zone of the proposed
site. Most of the vegetation is aggregated on agricultural boundaries, road side
plantation, private land and social forest area
Mitigation Measures
Installation of systems to discourage nesting or perching of birds endangers
environments
Socio Economic
Critical analysis of the socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis its scenario with
project activities identifies the following impacts:
Social impacts like property price depreciation represent an external ‘cost’ of waste
disposal and treatment facilities. Property values are also affected by their proximity to
a new landfill. The other adverse impact includes stress arising from fear to risk to
health, etc. However, as a result of such projects, there would be employment
generation, business generation, infrastructure development, etc.
The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the region due to the
requirement of workers in trail making, supply of raw material, auxiliary and ancillary
works, which would marginally improve the economic status of the people.
The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through exposure to
activities.
As the existing loose / soft surface roads, trails shall be upgraded to facilitate the
movement of the heavy equipment required, the project in turn would lead to
improvement in transport facilities.
Mitigation Measures
Proper compensation for land and crop based on APMC rates: this does not have
significance in this case as the land was specifically allotted to the project proponent
for the TSDF project by State Government.
Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular movement
Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages based on need and
request from the village Panchayat.
Conclusion
After implementation of all the mitigation measures the project can be considered as
non –polluting project on the basis of rating criteria discussed in detail in EIA report.
33 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
1. INTRODUCTION
This chapter provides information of the Project, Project Proponent and EIA
consultant, need of the EIA study, scope and EIA methodology adopted and
structure of the report.
1.1. The Project
1.1.1. Project Proponent:

19. SMS Infrastructure Ltd. (SMSIL) is a leading company for
infrastructure development, Environment & Clean Energy Projects
with the track record of Quality & Technical engineering capabilities
since last 47 years having its head office in Nagpur. Various
projects of international standard are been successfully erected and
executed under Environment and Clean Energy Sector.
20. The SMSIL believes in adopting the best eco-friendly technology
available world over for the scientific disposal of wastes and
specializes in treatment and disposal of hazardous solid and liquid
waste using environmentally sound methods.
21. SMSIL pioneer in establishing in the first-of-its kind Plasma
Gasification based Hazardous Waste Management. Performance of
SMS Pune Plant is attached as Annexure-I with all supporting data.
22. Various projects of international standard are being successfully
erected and executed under Environment and clean energy sector:
Table 1.1 Project at Glance

S. Particular Details/Remarks
No.
i) Name of the Project Integrated Waste Management Facility
ii) Location Madanhatti & pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar
District, Karnataka.
Govt. of Karnataka has notified this site for very first
Integrated Waste Management Facility in Karnataka
vides its GO No. CI 183 Dated 18-August-2011(refer
annexure VIII)
iii) Facilities provided
Facility Sub Facility Capaci
ty
Hazardous Advanced Thermal 20
Waste Treatment Unit based on MTPD
34 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Managemen Plasma Technology with

t Facility Heat Recovery and Power
Generation
Secured Landfill 3,7500
0
Tones
Used Oil Recycling Unit 40
TPD.
Hazardous Waste Co- 30 TPD
Processing Unit
Medical 2.5
Waste TPD
Treatment &
Disposal
Facility
E-waste 4000
Recycling & TPA.
Managemen
t Facility.
iv) S.No. in the Schedule& 7(d) and Category A
Category
v) Land Requirement Total Land -30.81 Acres
vi) Water Requirement 334.8 KLD (maximum)
vii) New/Expansion/Modernization New
viii) Total Cost of the project 221.69 crores Rupees
1.1.2. Project Location:
23. The proposed project site is located at 3/2, 5/2, 65, 4P2 from village
Pitchguntrahalli and 96/5, 96/6, 96/7, 96/8,134/1,134/2,134/3,135/1,
135/2,135/3,136/2,136/3,136/4. The site consists of Non-agricultural
Land (N.A). The project location details are shown in Figure 1.1,
Figure 1.2 and Table1.2.
35 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 1.1 Karnataka Political map showing Kolar
Source: Google Earth
Figure 1.2 Satellite Image showing proposed site location.
36 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 1.2 : Project Location Details

S. Particular Details Remarks
No
.
1 Location 3/2,5/2,65,4P2,from the village pitchguntrahalli;
96/5,96/6,96/7,96/8,134/2,134/1,134/3,135/1,135/2,135/3,136/3,136/2,1
36/4from Madanhatti Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.
2 Latitude 13° 0' 13.68"
3 Longitude 77° 53' 8.88"
4 Nearest NH-648 / NH207 9 Km(SW direction)
National
Highway
5 Nearest Devangonthi Station 6.21 km
Railway
Station
6 Nearest BLR Hindustan 23.12 km
Airport
7 Nearest Yeshwantpurvill 2.0 km
Populated pitchguntrahalli 0.4 km
Area
Source: Field Investigation, Google earth and Client
1.2. Need and Justification of Project:
24. This Integrated waste Management Facility will serve as a Common

E Waste Management, Medical Waste Management, Waste Bank
for Hazardous Waste Co-Processing plant and Co—Processing
unit, Plasma Gasification for destruction of Hazardous waste and
waste Oil recovery.
25. Having an integrated facility would minimize the risk involved in
waste transportation and waste movement and monitoring of such
facility would be better and feasible.
26. This plant will cater the needs of industries situated in Karnataka by
providing environmental services for single window Waste
Management solutions.
27. Karnataka stands Seventh among highest e-waste generators in
India. It is estimated that annual e waste generation in Karnataka is
over 9000 MT. While as per survey done by Karnataka State
Pollution Control Board, total biomedical waste generating units in
the state of Karnataka are 10,537, and the biomedical waste
generated over here is 52 tonnes per day. In the same way, there is
large amount of hazardous waste generation not only in Karnataka
but also in India. An Inventory data shows that Total Hazardous
37 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
waste generation in Karnataka is around 152,153.80 MT/A. These

figures lead to development of Integrated Waste Management
Facility in Karnataka, which will solve the problem of treating these
types of waste at the same place. The percentage wise contribution
of each type of waste is shown here in Figure 1.3. The Inventory
Abstract is provided here Annexure-II.
28. Considering the above EWML is proposing to set up a green field
‘Integrated Waste Management Facility at Madanhatti Village, Malur
Taluka, Kolar District, Karnataka.
19%
22%
Landfillable
Recyclable
Incinerable
59%
Figure 1.3 :Waste generation in Karnataka
1.3. Regulatory Frame work
29. As per the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government

of India EIA Notification 2006 and as amended on December 1,
2009, the proposed ‘Common Hazardous Waste Treatment &
Disposal Facility’ has to take environmental clearance prior to
commissioning of the plant. The proposed project is covered under
Schedule 7(d) Category 'A'2as per the Schedule of EIA Notification
and hence requires environmental clearance from MOEF.
30. Public hearing shall be conducted for the project as per provisions
of Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, 2006 and the
issues raised by the public shall be addressed in the EIA/EMP.
2
The Project shall have landfill as well as Incineration Faciltity.Therefore it comes under catgory’A’ project
38 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
31. More Applicable laws rules and acts:

 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.
(Amended 1988)
 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Cess Act,
1977. (Amended 1991)
 Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981. (Amended
1987)
 The Environmental (Protection) Rules 1986. (Amended 2002)
 The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986.
 The hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989
Under E.P.A. Act, 1986 (Amended 2000; 2003 & 2008)
 Bio-Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000
(amended 2003)
 E- Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011
1.4. EIA Consultant
32. The proponents have engaged M/s EQMS India Pvt. Ltd. New
Delhi to carry out EIA study, who is authorized to represent, in the
matter.(For accreditation Letter Refer Second Page of the report)
1.5. Purpose of the Report
33. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study undertaken is

mainly focused on identification of environmental aspects of the
project site, its impact on pre and post commissioning. A detailed
prediction of all environmental impacts associated with the various
activities during the construction and operation phases of the
proposed plant and suggesting suitable measures to navigate the
observed adverse environmental impacts.
34. In other words, we can say that the purpose of an EIA is to
determine the potential environmental, social and health effects of a
proposed development. It is a systematic examination of the
environmental consequences of projects, policies, plans and
programs. Its main aim is to provide decision-makers with an
account of the implications of alternative courses of action before a
decision is made.
39 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
1.6. Scope and Methodology of the Study
35. This study is aimed at providing a deeper insight into the proposed
project and its various environmental components. The present
study area for the environmental assessment is within 10 km radius
of the location of the project. The methodology used for the study is
given below:
 Monitoring and collection of baseline data of study area for various
environmental components as per the MoEF guidelines.
 Identification and quantification of significant environmental impacts
due to the project and associated activities.
 Evaluation of impacts due to proposed activities and preparation of
an environmental impact statement.
 Preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
encompassing strategies for minimizing identified adverse impacts
along with budgetary provisions to be made by the project
authorities for implementation of mitigation measures.
 Delineation of post Environmental Quality Monitoring Programme
(EQMP) along with organizational setup required for monitoring the
effectiveness of mitigation measures.
 The flow diagram showing methodology adopted for the EIA study
has been presented in Figure 1.4
1.7. Approved TOR for EIA Study by MOEF
36. The application for the scoping of the said project has been
submitted to the MOEF Presentation for the scoping of the project
(Terms of Reference (TOR) approval for EIA study) was held on
40th meeting held on 05/Mar/2012. MOEF has issued the TOR for
the EIA study on 27 April, 2012.vide its letter No. F. No. 10-19/2012-
IA.III Copy of the same has been annexed as Annexure – IV
40 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 1.4 Methodology adopted for the EIA
41 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 1.3 : TOR Compliance Status

S.N TOR Points Compliance
Proposed TOR Presented during 05/March/2012
1. Study area - 10km radius around the Project site locations along with site map of 10
proposed site boundary km area from the proposed boundary and
other relevant details i.e. railway station,
airport, archaeological monuments , water
bodies, vegetation etc. is given vide, Figure
3.1
2. Project description existing and Project description along with the process flow
proposed covering: Details with plant chart is given vide, Section 2.6
layout, process description Site location Details of plant layout (Figure 2.21), Project
maps Transportation facilities Proposed site location (Figure 3.1), project description
pollution control systems Water and transportation facilities is given vide
Conservation measures Chapter Section 2.7.
Proposed pollution control measures of Air,
Water, Noise, Soil and land is given vide
Chapter 2, Section 2.9
3. Ambient air quality in the study area Ambient air quality at 6 locations within the
would be monitored in study area. The study area of 10 km., aerial coverage from
location of the monitoring stations would project site as per NAAQS notified on 16th
be based on the pre-dominant downwind September, 2009 is given vide Chapter 3,
direction, population zone and sensitive Section 3.4.4, Location of one AAQMS has
receptors including reserved forests with been selected in pre-dominant downwind
one monitoring station in the upwind direction and upwind direction.
direction.
4. Metrological data of the study area will be Site-specific micro-meteorological data using
provided for hourly, wind speed, wind ambient dry and wet bulb temperature, relative
direction, relative humidity, ambient dry humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and
and wet bulb temperatures and rainfall is given vide Chapter 3 Section 3.4.1
precipitation
5. Description of the environmental A detailed description of Present land use
conditions comprising of physical, based on satellite imagery for the study area of
biological and socio-economic attributes. 10 km radius is given vide Chapter 3 ,
One season data. Details of Ground water sampling locations
A detailed description of the existing land and analysis are shown in Error! Reference
use. source not found.3.4.3..
The soil quality of the area at 3 Location. One season site specific met data is given in
Water quality (ground / surface) and Chapter 3 Section 3.4.1.
Wastewater Quality study at plant area. Noise generation and control is given in
Sampling frequency: Grab (once during section 3.4.4. A detailed description of the flora
the study period). Source of water supply and fauna of the area is given in section 3.5
and nearby water ponds/ground water
sources will be analysed at 2-3 Location.
Impact of the project on the AAQ of the
area with details of the model used. The
wind roses would also be provided.
Noise level monitoring will be made for
during day and night time. Monitoring at
5-6 Location
42 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
A detailed description of the flora and

fauna of the area will be given in the
environmental assessment report along
with their effects due to the proposed
expansion.
6. The environmental impacts including The environmental impacts identification on
impacts on air, water, soil, ecology and air, water, soil, ecology and social aspects
social aspects will be identified for from the proposed project during construction
construction and operation stages of the and operational phase are given (including
project and major environmental issues details of the model used for AAQ) vide
of concern will be presented in the Chapter 4
environmental assessment report.
7. An Environmental Management Plan Detailed Environment management Plan
(EMP), specifying stage of (EMP) with specific reference to details of air
implementation, time frame, pollution control system, water & wastewater
responsibility and resources would be management, monitoring frequency,
prepared along with all necessary responsibilities and compliance of various
considerations as per norms rules is provided in Chapter 9
8. An outline monitoring programme for An outline monitoring programme for
construction and operation stage will be construction and operation stage including
made and regular monitoring programme regular monitoring programme detailing out the
detailing out the frequency of monitoring frequency of monitoring Chapter 6.
will be included for the parameters to be
monitored in the EIA report.
Additional TOR Points approved by MoEF.

9. Submit the justification of the Project. The inventory abstract of waste generation in
Project components and capacities shall Karnataka state, Justification of the project
be submitted. including project components and capacities
are given in Section 1.2 (Chapter 1) and
Chapter 2.
10. Critical environmental aspects with Critical environmental aspects with reference
reference to proposed facilities i.e. to proposed facilities like Bio-medical wastes
BMW, E-Waste Facility, Oil recycling and (BMW), E-Waste facility, Oil recycling and HW
HW facility shall be facility are given vide Chapter 2 and Chapter 4
identified. Combined effects shall be Section 2.9. and Section 4.5 respectively
discussed with specific mitigation plan.
11. Submit the details of site selection The details of site selection criteria - CPCB
criteria - CPCB guidelines along with the guidelines along with the various sites
various sites examined based. examined is given vide Chapter 2, Section 2.3
and Chapter 5 , Section 5.2
12. At page no 8 of Pre-feasibility report, it Waste bank for HW co-processing including
was stated that Waste bank for HW co- Technical details and identified waste
processing plant will be provided. generators is given vide Chapter 2, Section
Technical details and identified waste 2.6.1.5,
generators with justification shall be EWML shall comply the guidelines of CPCB on
submitted. Action plan to comply the co –incineration
guidelines on co-incineration published
by CPCB.
13. Site lay out plan clearly showing various Site lay out plan clearly showing various units,
43 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
units, green belt, laboratory, roads, green belt, laboratory, roads, vehicle parking,
vehicle parking, office building etc. to be office building is given vide Chapter2, Figure
submitted. 2.21
14. In the project report on page No 6, it was Technical Details of Plasma Gasification
stated that SMSIL had already Based hazardous waste (HW) Management
established Plasma Gasification Based facility is given vide Chapter 2, Section
HW Management facilities at Pune and 2.6.1.3.For Performance of Pune Plant Refer
Nagpur. Performance of the same shall annexure-I
be submitted with supporting data
15. Technical details of proposed advanced Technical details of proposed advanced
thermal treatment of 20 TPD and thermal treatment of 20 TPD and secured
secured landfill. landfill of 3,75,000 are given vide Chapter 2,
Section 2.6.1.3
16. Submit the details of the compliance EWML shall comply the Hazardous Wastes
with respect to the provisions of (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary
Hazardous Wastes (Management, movement)) Rules, 2008 including collection
Handling and Trans-boundary and transportation. design Responsibilities of
movement)) Rules, 2008 including Proponent are given in section 9.5
collection and transportation and design
etc. All the applicable rules shall be
listed and mitigation plan to comply the
applicable rules shall be submitted in
detail.
17. Action plan and infrastructure required EWML shall comply the protocol prepared by
to comply the PROTOCOL as prepared CPCB for performance evaluation/monitoring
by CPCB for performance evaluation of TSDF. The protocol already being complied
and monitoring of TSDF. for Pune plant. Kindly refer annexure-I for the
compliance of CPCB protocol for Pune plant
18. Submit the details of the compliance The details of the compliance with respect to
with respect to the provisions of Bio- the provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes
Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000 is given
Rules, 2000. vide Chapter 9, Section 9.4
19. Submit the details of the waste The details of the waste generated, present
generated, present mode of disposal as mode of disposal as per the State PCB
per the State PCB authorization etc. authorization are given as annexure-IX.
However the inventory abstract can be
revealed from the annexure II
20. Submit the MoU made between member Refer annexure-XI.
units along with responsibilities.
21. Examine the details of monitoring of Production of dioxins or furans is negligible
Dioxin and Furan. (due to factors such as, high temperatures,
oxygen starved environment and absence of
free chlorine in APC system dioxin and Furan
shall be monitored once in every six month.
For monitoring plan Refer chapter 6
22. Submit a copy of MoU for disposal of There shall not be any ash generation from
ash through the TSDF. Plasma gasification facility.
Generation of Ash will be only from Bio
medical waste facility which will be in very
small quantity and will be disposed off in SLF
44 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
/vitrified in Plasma gasification facility.
23. Submit the details of Air Pollution Refer Section 2.9.1

Control Measures.
24. Environmental Management Plan should A well-defined Environment Management and
be accompanied with Environmental Monitoring Plan shall be followed For detailed
Monitoring Plan and environmental cost management Plan structure Please refer
and benefit assessment. Regular chapter 9 and Chapter 6.
monitoring shall be carried out for Regulator monitoring of Odour shall be carried
Odour control. out however to curtail odour generation various
mitigation measure shall be followed by
EWML(Refer section 9.5.3)
25. Water quality around the landfill site Water Quality shall be monitored. Within the
shall be monitored regularly to examine site- upstream and downstream side of landfill.
the impact on the ground water. For complete monitoring Plan Refer section
6.2.1
26. Submit details of a comprehensive A well-defined disaster Plan shall be followed
Disaster Management Plan including by EWML. Refer Section 7.4
emergency evacuation during natural
and man-made disaster
27. Submit details of Cumulative impact The Cumulative impact of biomedical and E-
including Biomedical and E- waste etc. waste are given in section 4.3.1
28. Applicable rules under E- Waste SMS /EWML shall comply the E- Waste
(Management & Handling) Rules, 2011 (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011.The
and action plan to comply the provisions Management Plan including Responsibilities of
Proponent are given in section 9.6
45 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed Hazardous Waste Management
Facility with location, size & magnitude of operation including associated activities required by
and for the project, proposed schedule for approval and implementation, including environmental
aspects and technical details of raw material, quality and quantity etc.
2.1. Introduction:
37. The proposal involves development of an Integrated Waste

Management facility at Madanhatti village in Kolar District,
Karnataka. To ascertain the market scenario SMS undertook a
survey for realizing the potential, availability of input material with
respect to quantities estimated to be available in this region. This
project will serve as a single facility for Hazardous Waste,
Biomedical Waste, E Waste and Waste Oil Management. It will have
various facilities such as Common Hazardous Waste Treatment
Storage and Disposal Facility, Common E Waste Management
Facility, Common Bio medical Waste Treatment Storage and
Disposal Facility.
38. Proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided
into three sub facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an
Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely,
 Hazardous Waste Treatment& Disposal Facility,
 Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility,
 E-waste Recycling & Management Facility.
2.1.1. Definition of Wastes:
Hazardous Waste:
39. Any waste, by virtue of any of its physical, chemical, reactive, toxic,
flammable, explosive or corrosive characteristics causes danger or
is likely to cause danger to health or environment, whether alone or
when in contact with other wastes or substances is defined as
hazardous Waste
Bio Medical Waste:
40. Bio-medical waste" means any waste, which is generated during the
diagnosis, treatment or immunisation of human beings or animals or
in research activities pertaining thereto or in the production or
46 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
testing of biological, and including categories mentioned in

Schedule I as given Annexure IV;
E-waste:
41. E-waste can be defined as “Waste Electrical and Electronic
Equipment including all components, sub-assemblies and their
fractions except batteries falling under Schedule 1, Schedule 2 and
Schedule 3” of the E-Waste (Management & Handling) Rules. The
details of schedules are provided in Annexure-VI
42. Details’ regarding the treatment processes is given below in the
following chapters.
2.2. Project Site location:
43. Location of the Project (satellite view) has been presented in Figure
2.1. and the surrounding area profile in Table 2.1:
Figure 2.1 Satellite Image showing proposed site location.
47 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Source: Google Earth
Table 2.1 : Surrounding Area Profile

Item Details
3/2,5/2,65,4P2,from the village pitchguntrahalli;
96/5,96/6,96/7,96/8,134/2,134/1,134/3,135/1,135/2,135/3,13
Plot/Survey/Khasra No. 6/3,136/2,136/4 from Madanhatti Village,
Taluka Malur
District Kolar
State Karnataka
Nearest railway station/airport R.S- Deavangonthi – 6.21 km
along with distance in Km A.P- Bangalore- 23.12 km
Nearest town, city, District Yeshwant purvill- 2.09 km
headquarters along with Pitchguntrahalli-0.4 Km
distance in Kms
2.3. Selection criteria for this site:
2.3.1. Preliminary Site Investigation:

44. Preliminary environmental considerations for selection of this site:
 Govt. of Karnataka has notified this site for very first Integrated
Waste Management Facility in Karnataka vides its GO No. CI 183
Dated 18-August-2011 (Refer annexure VIII)
 Topography: Undulating
 Site : un-irrigated land generally surrounded by Eucalyptus
plantation
 Scanty habitation in vicinity of 5 Km and no major habitation in 10
Km radius.
 No water body in the vicinity of 5 Km
 Ground water level at 300 ft minimum
 Rocky formation at the depth of 15 m.
 Yellow and Red Soil with low permeability
 Major waste generation industries in the vicinity of 100 Km radius.
 No Archaeological monument in the vicinity of 10 Km radius
Table 2.2 : Rejection or knock-out criteria Identification location of site village/ city
S/N. CRITERIA ANSWER Remarks
(Y/N)
1 Existing or planned drinking water protection N
48 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
and catchments areas

2 High flood prone areas N Kolar is not at all
flood prone area.
3 Area with unstable ground N
4 Closer than 200 meters to populated areas N
5 Closer than 200 meters to river boundaries N
6 Close to National Parks, monuments, Forests N
with large no. of flora and fauna, historical,
religious and other important cultural places
7 Existing use of site Non un-irrigated land
(Agricultural/Forest/Old dump site) agriculture generally
land surrounded by
Eucalyptus
plantation
8 Site is suitable for detailed EIA study (Y/N) Y
Discussion:
CPCB Knock out criteria followed as shown in Table: 2.2. (Other Site NH-4
in Kolar district located approximately 5 KM away but found not suitable)
2.3.2. Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation
45. Only those sites, which pass the examination for the knock-out
criteria, would undergo detail investigation.
46. According to CPCB there are certain guidelines and criteria for
selecting a site for hazardous waste treatment and disposal facility.
In study these environmental aspects are considered:
Table 2.3 :Detailed Site Investigation and Evaluation

S.No. CPCB: site selection criteria Remarks/Status
1. Topography and Soil: Topography; undulating –an un-
irrigated land generally
surrounded by Eucalyptus
plantation
Soil: Yellow and red Soil with low

permeability sandy/Loamy soil
and lateritic soil
2. Subsidence: (e.g. owing to subsurface mines, No
water, oil or gas withdrawal; or solution-prone
subsurface)
3. Flood prone area No
4. Wet Land No
5. Areas within 500 meter from water supply zone No water body in the vicinity of 5
and within 200 meter from property line Km
6. Natural depression and valleys where water Ground water level at 300 ft
contamination is likely: minimum with rocky formation at
Water table the depth of 15m.
49 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
7. Unique habitation areas, close to national parks NO

with scenic beauty and formerly used landfills.
8. Areas with high population, unique archaeological, Scanty habitation in vicinity of 5
historical, paleontogical and religious interests: Km and no major habitation
within 10km.
No Archaeological monument in
the vicinity of 10 Km radius
9. Agricultural and forest lands and existing dump Non-agricultural Land (N.A).
sites:
10. Atmospheric conditions that would prevent safe Strong Inversion extend beyond
dispersal of an accidental release: the release height and calm
condition may
Prevent safe dispersion of an
accidental release. At project
site, approx.
13.3% calm hours were
recorded during the study
period.
11. Major natural hazards: e.g. volcanic activity, No major Natural Hazard
seismic disturbance and landslides envisaged
12. Sensitive locations: (e.g. storing flammable or No sensitive Location.
explosive materials; airports):
13. Local hydro-geological situation, No springs or drinking water
wells within very close proximity
to the chosen area
14. Extremely bad access, i.e. no existing access None
roads to the selected area which may involve Hoskote-Malur Road is located
long distance more than 5 km from main roads; at about 4 km in NE direction
access roads passing densely populated areas;
great differences in altitude between the area of
waste collection and the selected site;
difficult geological situation, danger of mass

movements, too steep slopes, strata-bound
groundwater etc
(Source: Hydrogeology Report, satellite Data collection and field Survey)
2.4. Size and Magnitude of the Project

into Three Sub Facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as
an Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely
1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility
2. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility
50 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2.4.1. Hazardous Waste Management Facility

48. The facility shall have following main treatment and disposal
components. The entire Hazardous Waste Management Facility
shall be planned on 30.81 Acres of Land.
2.4.2. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with
Heat Recovery and Power Generation
49. This unit shall have a capacity to treat 20 MTPD of Incinerable
Hazardous Waste.
2.4.3. Secured Landfill Facility
50. The Secured Landfill shall be spread over approximately 8 Acres of
Land having a Total Landfill capacity of 3,750,00Tones of Landfill
Waste. The secured landfill shall be developed in two phases:
Landfill 1 and Land fill 2.
2.4.4. Used Oil Recycling Unit
51. This unit shall have a total recycling capacity of 40 TPD.
2.4.5. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit
52. This unit will be designed to handle 30 TPD of Hazardous Waste
2.4.6. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility
53. This facility shall have incineration capacity of 2.5 TPD of Bio
Medical Waste and shall also have autoclave and other ancillary
units.
2.4.7. E-Waste Recycling and Management Facility
54. This facility shall have E-waste management capacity of 4000 TPA.
51 | P a g e
Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti &
Pitchguntrahali Village, Malur Taluka, Kolar District, Karnataka.)
Figure 2.2 Overall Process Flow Diagram of IWMF
52 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2.5. Proposed Schedule of the Project:
55. This facility is proposed to be set up in phases:

Phase 1: E-waste, Bio-Medical Waste and oil Recycling facility.
(CTE in Progress)
Phase 2: Hazardous waste treatment and disposal facilities.
 EWML are in the process of getting Prior Environmental Clearance

from Ministry of Environment & Forest for following components of
the Proposed Hazardous Waste Management sub-facility as a part
of IWMF Facility, which fall under the purview of EIA Notification
2006.
1. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology
With Heat Recovery and Power Generation.
2. Secured Landfill Facility
2.6. Process/Technology Description:

into four Sub Facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an
Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely
 Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility
 Oil Recycling Unit
 Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility
 E-waste Recycling & Management Facility
2.6.1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility

 Concept of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal
Facility
57. Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility
(CHWTSDF) is a facility where hazardous wastes are collected,
transported to storage facility from small/ medium / large
generators.
58. Common Hazardous Waste Treatment Storage Disposal Facility
(CHWTSDF) is a final alternative for disposal of Common
hazardous waste generated from various production activities. The
53 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
proper functioning and implementation of necessary treatment
schemes installed at this site will reduce the environmental risks
expected to be generated from malfunctioning and mismanagement
of disposal of hazardous waste.
59. Thus proposed facility can be broadly divided into following
sections:
a) Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage
b) Secured Land Filling
c) Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology
with waste heat recovery and Power Generation.
d) Oil recycling Unit
e) Co-Processing Plant
2.6.1.1 Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage
60. Treatment of chemical waste and its disposal is mainly
accomplished through three processes viz. physico-chemical,
incineration (plasma technology) and secure landfill. Prior to
taking up effective treatment it is necessary to collect, segregate
and store adequate quantity of waste in most scientific manner
through safe transportation system and storage facility. The storage
facility shall therefore comprise of temporary storage and
permanent storage for separate storage of treatable and non-
treatable / incompatible waste. The requirement / selection of proper
treatment shall be met through appropriate laboratory analysis /
equipment which enable to select appropriate treatment viz.
incineration followed by landfill or direct disposal to landfill without
any preliminary treatment.
54 | P a g e
Figure 2.3 PFD Hazardous Waste Management Facility
55 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2.6.1.2 Secured land fill
61. The Secured
Landfill shall be
spread over
approximately
8 Acres of Land
having a Total
Landfill
capacity of
375000 Tons of
Landfill Waste.
The Landfill
shall be
developed in
two Phases.
62. Secured land Source: SMS infrastructure Limited

fill is one of the methods available for the treatment and disposal of
hazardous waste. Those wastes whose TOC is more than 5%
and/or whose calorific value is higher than 2500 Kcal/kg alone are
considered for plasma gasification / advanced thermal treatment.
Waste whose calorific value is less than 2500 kcal/kg is either sent
for direct land fill or landfill after necessary pre-treatment. Following
diagram explains the sequence and methodology of waste handling
after it is received as site
Figure 2.4 Sequence and Methodology of Waste Handling

Source: SMS infrastructure Limited
56 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 2.5 Flow Chart for Solidification and Stabilization
63. Secured landfill is the part of waste management facility. This place
is final graveyard for the hazardous wastes. This secure landfill is
prepared as cells in which waste is encapsulated. These cells have
bottom liner, side liners and top liner. The impermeability and
reactivity of these liners is of prime importance. After construction of
bottom and side liners waste is filled into cells. On complete filling of
waste, the top liners are placed and packed. Leachate collection
system is provided in cell in order to collect leachate out in well for
the further treatment and disposal.
Details of Secured Land Filling
64. The Construction of Secured Land Fill site shall consist of following
steps.
A. Site Investigation
65. For detailed engineering design, a detailed investigation program
shall be carried out which will be comprised of,
a) Subsoil Investigation
b) Ground Water/Hydro geological Investigation
c) Topographical Investigation
d) Hydrological Investigation
e) Geological Investigation and Seismic Investigation
B. Study of Characterization and Quantification of Waste:
57 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
66. Waste quantification based on inventories is provided in earlier
section of this report. Waste whose calorific value is less than 2500
kcal/kg is either sent for direct land fill or landfill after necessary pre-
treatment. So waste on receipt of site is analysed and diverted to
either direct landfill or to the pre-treatment section required before
landfill.
58 | P a g e
Figure 2.6 Land Fill Layout
59 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
67. Proposed secured land fill is designed to handle present landfill
waste generation at the rate of 11000 Tons/Annum. Considering
approximately 5% increase every year in generation of the
hazardous waste the projected waste quantity is provided in
following Table 2.4
Table 2.4 : Projected Waste Quantity for Landfill

Sr No Basis of Design Unit SLF Waste
1 Present Landfill Waste Generation TPA 11000

2 Incremental Waste % per Year 5
3 landfill Life Years 20
4 Waste Density T/M3 1.3
Projected Waste Flow to Secured Landfill
Year of Cumulative Waste Waste Volume in
Operation Waste Receipt at site Filled in SLF Landfill
TPA T M3
1 11000.00 11000.00 8461.54
2 11550.00 22550.00 17346.15
3 12127.50 34677.50 26675.00
4 12733.88 47411.38 36470.29
5 13370.57 60781.94 46755.34
6 14039.10 74821.04 57554.65
7 14741.05 89562.09 68893.92
8 15478.10 105040.20 80800.15
9 16252.01 121292.21 93301.70
10 17064.61 138356.82 106428.32
11 17917.84 156274.66 120211.28
12 18813.73 175088.39 134683.38
13 19754.42 194842.81 149879.09
14 20742.14 215584.95 165834.58
15 21779.25 237364.20 182587.85
16 22868.21 260232.41 200178.78
17 24011.62 284244.03 218649.25
18 25212.20 309456.23 238043.25
19 26472.81 335929.04 258406.96
20 27796.45 363725.50 279788.84
C. Capacity of Secure Landfill Facility

68. Proposed facility will have two cell landfill. Life of each cell of landfill
will be approximately 10 years to accommodate 365000 Tons of
waste. Allocated land area for land fill is 8 Acre. Based on actual
site area and perimeter available the equivalent ground level
dimension of the site is arrived as mentioned in Table 2.5. It may be
60 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
noted that this project dimension is representation only for
calculation of waste quantity.
69. Following is summary of calculation for the estimation of waste
quantity for the proposed landfill facility.
Table 2.5 :Calculation of Waste Quantity

S.NO. DESCRIPTION SYMBOL Landfill A Landfill B
Bench Height
Bench Off Set
1 Length @ bottom of cell L 56 75

2 Bredth @ bottom of cell B 68 77
3 Depth below Ground LvL. D 10 10
4 Interim Depth above G.L. d 4 4
5 Side Slope of Soil(outside) So 2.5 2.5
6 Side Slope of Soil(inside) Si 2 2
7 Width of Ebankment @ top W 4 4
8 Depth of subgrade Ds 0 0
Depth of Bottom Liner 1.5 1.5
9 Height of intermediate cover in % 10 10
10 Height of waste above top of Emb. @ center h 5 5
11 Density of Waste G 1.3 1.3
12 Total Depth of Cell (D+d) Dt 14 14
13 Length @ ground level LGL 96 115
14 Width @ ground level BGL 108 117
15 Length @ Top of embankment LTOP 120 139
16 Width @ Top of embankment BTOP 132 141
17 Total Length @ GL over all LF 140 159
18 Total Width @ GL over all BF 152 161
G Total Volume of Waste Vw 124879 163810
H Total tonnage of Waste Tw 162343 212953
D. Constructional features
70. The construction of landfill and development phase requires proper
planning and proper selection of the earthwork / lining material. The
containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner system
with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground.
Top Liner
61 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
71. The top liner is provided with parabolic shape to allow drainage of
surface run-off. HDPE liner of 1.5 mm thickness will be provided
over which drainage layer of 150 mm will be laid. The bottom of liner
will have 750 mm layer of blended soil. The drainage layer will be
covered with top yellow soil of 750 mm thickness. Uniform
vegetative cover will be provided to protect the top liner from
erosion during heavy rains and dust blow due to heavy winds. A
section of top liner is shown in Figure 2.7
Figure 2.7 Section of Top Liner

Bottom Liner
72. The containment system of landfill is proposed with double liner
system with a view to avoid the leachate infiltration into the ground.
The primary (top) membrane of 1.5 mm HDPE liner will be laid over
450 mm thick clay layer. Over the HDPE layer, 300 mm thick
perforated granular layer is laid for leachate collection. Leachate
contribution is mainly due to release of entrapped liquid waste in the
solid waste and any unseasonal rainfall likely to occur. The bottom
62 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
layer of secondary membrane of 1.5 mm HDPE liner will be laid
over 450 mm thick clay layer resting on subsoil.
73. Over the HDPE layer 300 mm drainage / detection layer. The
secondary membrane shall comprise of geotextile membrane laid
over 300 mm drainage / detection layers. The section of the bottom
liner is shown in Figure 2.8
Figure 2.8 Section of Bottom Liner

Side Liner
74. The side layer of secondary membrane of 1.5 mm HDPE liner will
be laid over 200 mm thick blended clay layer resting on subsoil. The
side layer will have a slope of 1: 2 (1 vertical to 2 horizontal).
75. The secondary membranes shall have suitable resistance
properties to ward itself from soil bacteria / fungus, compatible with
waste being filled, ample water resistance. The mechanical
strength should be adequate to withstand the load conditions, soil
pressure, compaction, seismic stresses, strain due to anchor trench
etc. The membrane shall have permeability < 10-12 cm/sec or its
equivalent.
63 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
76. The clay liner is formed with varying preparation of hydrated
Aluminium silicate (e.g. keolinate, bentonite etc.). The properly
compacted layer with the required compounds form a soil mass
giving low hydraulic conductivity. Proper permeability test shall be
carried out to achieve suitable clay layer to minimize the leachate.
77. The construction guidelines shall suit the following criteria:
 The sub-grade material shall meet specified grading, moisture
content and density requirements.
 The material shall meet acceptance and conformance testing as per
manufacturers’ guidelines.
 The integrity of the seams shall be maintained.
 The membrane on installation shall be covered with layer of soil or
geo-synthetic as soon as possible after quality activities are
completed.
 The maximum hydraulic conductivity shall be 1 x 10-7 cm/sec.
78. The soil used in the liner shall meet the following minimum criteria:
 The soil shall be classified under the United soil classification
system CL, CH, SC and OH (ASTM standard D248769)
 The soil shall allow greater than 30% passage through no. 200
sieve (ASTM test D 1140)
 The soil shall have a liquid limit equal to or greater than 30 units
(ASTM test D 423)
 The soil shall have plasticity greater than or equal to 15 units
(ASTM test D 424)
 The soil shall have pH of 7.0 or higher.
 The soil may be pre-processed for carrying out water adjustment,
removal of oversized materials, pulverization of any clumps,
homogenization of the soils and introduction of additives such as
bentonite.
 The sub-grade on which the compacted clay liner will be
constructed shall be properly prepared by compacting and obtaining
required firmness.
64 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Necessary compaction should be ensured to meet the hydraulic
conductivity specified above. Proper bonding shall be ensured
between the various layers to avoid preferential pathways.
 Preventive measures to protect compacted layers from desiccation
are to be provided during construction.
E. Leachate Drainage / Collection and Its Management
79. A leachate collection system shall be designed at the base of

landfills. It shall comprise of drainage layer i.e. layer of pebbles of
greater permeability, leachate collection piping attached with sump,
and leachate transfer pump.
80. After collecting leachate it is transferred to onsite Effluent Treatment
Section, which will provide the physico chemical treatment
consisting of neutralization, precipitation and filtration of leachate.
Here, acidity, suspended solids and heavy metal content of leachate
will be precipitated and removed from the waste water. The
available treated leachate will be then evaporated in multiple effect
evaporation system using steam generated from the plasma
gasification plant. Effluent treatment plant will also receive bleed
stream from the scrubber system of plasma gasification plant and
utilities such as water treatment plant and cooling towers. All these
bleed stream shall be equalized in waste water treatment plant and
subjected to physico chemical treatment. After physico chemical
treatment treated waste water shall be sent to multiple effect
evaporation system for the evaporation, shall be used for dust
suppression on landfill, for quenching slag generated from the
plasma gasification plant and on road.
65 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
81. Alternatively treated wastewater shall be sent to CETP for the
further treatment and disposal.
Figure 2.9 Landfill Covered During Rainy Season

F. Contaminated Rain water management

82. As per the guideline of the operation of the SLF site, landfill will be
covered with the temporary liner system from top and side before
the onset of the monsoon season so that surface runoff does not
come in direct contact with the landfill waste. Waste during the rainy
season will be stored in intermediate storage shed which shall be
provided with the proper rain protection shed to avoid contamination
of the surface runoff water. It is expected that even after covering of
the potential contaminated area there are chances of contamination
of surface runoff water. As a practice first five min of surface water
runoff water of the first rain will be collected in collection tank of
effluent treatment plant. This first five min surface water runoff will
be checked for the contamination of pollutant and if found above the
disposal limit, will be treated in effluent treatment plant and will be
sent to CETP for further disposal.
G. Gaseous Emission Management
66 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
83. Gas generation shall be avoided or reduced by avoiding disposal of
biodegradable / organic waste into landfill. However, gaseous
emission is anticipated which shall be managed by (a) controlled
passive venting or (b) control collection and treatment /reuse.
H. Surface Runoff Management System
84. Surface water management system shall be provided. It is required
to ensure that rainwater run-off does not drain in to the waste from
surrounding area and that there is no water logging / pounding on
covers of landfills. A surface runoff management system comprises
of channels, ditches, culverts and basin.
I Final Cover System
85. Final cover of secured landfills shall be placed after completion of
total capacity of SLF. The shape of the final cover shall be in
parabolic shape to avoid the infiltration of rain water in to SLF and
provide the normal slope towards the surface run off drainage
/system. Please refer the conceptual drawing for the top liner shown
above in Figure 2.7
J. Green belt plan:
86. Green belt though not associated directly with treatment/disposal
facility is a major psychological aspect creating impact of effective
disposal scheme around the CHWTSDF site area. The green belt
will be developed along plot boundaries with width of 20 m(area
30544.4 sq. metre), which is around 25% of the total area, using
varieties of plant species suitable to local environment. Species type
will be based on soil characteristics and other related aspects to
mitigate pollution effects due to noise, odour, dust etc. The major
advantage of green belt is development of buffer zone and visual
barrier for surrounding locality.
K. Closure and Post Closure Maintenance Plan
87. A statement on the end use of SLF site is an essential part of the
plan for landfill closure and post closure maintenance plan. The
maintenance plan comprises following components:
 Plan for vegetation stabilization of the final landfill covers and side
slopes.
 Plan for management of surface water run off with an effective
drainage system
67 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Plan for periodical inspection and maintenance of landfill cover
 Plan for post closure management of leachate & post closure
environmental monitoring.
 Super fund for any unforeseen event.
Description of Operation for CHWTSDF
88. The operation at CHWTSDF shall be consisting of following steps.
1. PRE SHIPMENT WASTE ANALYSIS:

89. Before a facility treats, stores or disposes of a waste, it must profile
the waste including a detailed chemical & physical analysis of a
representative sample of waste
2. WASTE RECEIVING:
90. Waste shipment normally transports by trucks as containers from
generators to the common facility.
91. The truck is weighed. Representative sample is collected for testing
& verification of parameters. Then after verification, the truck is
directed to an unloading area. Unloading area can be in temporary
hazardous waste storage area or storage area for incinerable waste
or direct to secure land filling or to Landfill after treatment.
3. WASTE STORAGE AND PREPARATION:
92. After unloading, the wastes which are transferred to storage shed
are moved in to storage that can consist of tanks, impoundment for
bulk liquids, lined bed for solids & sludge, or warehouses for
containers and bags.
93. Storage is done to store the waste safely before introducing as feed
into the system of unit treatment and disposal process.
4. WASTE TREATMENT:
94. After maintaining the waste in storage the treatment schedule is
developed from the laboratory analysis report. The waste is treated
& disposed to the final disposal facility. The flow diagram for the
same is shown in following figure
95. Hazardous waste is chemically bound to the stabilizing agent,
thereby controlling further leaching. Stabilization / solidification are
proven technology for the treatment of Hazardous Wastes.
68 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
5. EMISSIONS & RESIDUAL MANAGEMENT:
96. Each waste treatment process produces gaseous emissions,
wastewater effluents or solid residuals, which are required to treat
further. For these residuals components following facilities are
proposed.
97. For gaseous emissions from plasma based incineration facility wet
scrubbing system followed by wet ESP are proposed. Then,
sufficient height of chimney shall be provided to disperse clean gas
as per specified emissions norms.
98. Scrubber water, leachate water or wheel wash effluent shall lead to
effluent treatment plant for proper treatment and final disposal to
CETP or Multiple Effect Evaporator System to attain Zero Liquid
Discharge (ZLD) at the Site.
99. Solid residues from Advanced Thermal Treatment System shall be
used in Road work or land filling or ultimate disposal into Secured
Landfill based on TCLP characteristics.
2.6.1.3 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste
100. Proposed PGVR plant will have capacity to process 20 metric tons
per day of industrial/hazardous solid, semi-solid and organic liquid
wastes. The system shall be designed to use the energy-rich
syngas generated by the plasma gasification system to generate
electricity and steam. Electricity will be utilized within the plant.
Steam generated shall be used in process requirement and for the
utilization in Multiple Effect Evaporation System (MEES) to be
deployed for waste water treatment.
101. The unit will provide the following benefits to the Industries and
vicinity:
 Useful and effective handling and treatment of Incinerable waste as
such facility is not available in state of Karnataka.
 Present an innovative and cost-effective use of the valuable
alternative energy such as power and steam produced by the
syngas generated by the Plasma Gasification system.
 The proposed project will result in a net reduction of CO2 emissions
and should therefore qualify for Clean Development Mechanism
benefits.
69 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Offer the above benefits while exhibiting the highest levels of safety
and environmental compliance.
 PGVR plant produces virtually no secondary wastes; while
generating valuable end-products with commercial value. Emissions
from the PGVR system shall be far below regulatory limits (and
significantly lower than current regulatory standards). PGVR
systems do not produce any harmful pollutants such as dioxins
and furans.
102. SMS Infrastructure has successfully executed and operated 75 TPD
Plasma Gasification Project for the treatment of incinerable waste at
their site at MIDC, Ranjangaon, Pune. The plant is based on plasma
gasification technology. Here in this plant SMSIL has successfully
treated wide range of waste streams generated by more than 400
member industries. SMSIL is therefore first in operating plasma
gasification plant in not only India but in Asia on commercial and
large capacity level which can deploy a waste management solution
that supports the goals of sustainable development. The PGVR
technology is NOT incineration and, indeed, is far superior to
incineration
Figure 2.10 Plasma Gasification Facility with Power Plant for Incinerable Waste
70 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
103. Plasma Gasification and Vitrification Reactor (PGVR) plant consists
of following major components (Refer Fig. 2.10)
i. Waste Feed System: Solid and Liquid Waste Feed System
consisting of waste lifter, shredder, screw feeder, fork lift for drum
and waste conveying, drum crusher (enclosed with proper
ventilation and VOC collection system), drum unloading and
pumping system.
ii. Plasma Reactor
iii. Molten slag quenching and granulation system
iv. Gas Conditioning and Cleaning System
a. Gas quencher
b. Ventury Scrubber
c. HCl Scrubbing System
d. Alkali Scrubbing System and Na2S recovery system
e. Gas Cooler
f. Solution preparation tanks.
v. ID Fan
vi. PSA Plants for Nitrogen and Oxygen generation
vii. Plasma Torch and Plasma Power Supply System with Chilled
Water Circulation system
viii. Torch Air Compressor
ix. Enriched Air supply system
x. Syn Gas Utilization System: Gas Holder, Booster Fan, Gas filters,
Gas Engine and Alternator and Power Panel, Synchronizing Panel,
Waste Heat Recovery Boiler, Boiler Feed water system
xi. Syn Gas Boiler System (As standby to Gas Engine System)
xii. Exhaust Stack and Syn Gas Flare System
xiii. PCC/MCC Panel, Substation, synchronizing panel, emergency DG
Set.
xiv. Instrumentation and Control System
xv. Raw water storage tank, elevated water storage tank, Water
Treatment Plant, water storage tank.
xvi. Cooling tower and cooling water circulation system
xvii. Instrument Air Compressor and compressed air network
xviii. Plant bleed water collection and recycling system
xix. Fire water storage tank, fire water pumps and fire hydrant network
and system. Fire detection, alarm, auto sprinkler system, fire
extinguisher
Plant Design Basis
71 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Waste Disposal Capacity: PGVR Plant
Capacity 20 Tons/Day
Avg Feed Calorific Value of Waste: 4300 kcal/kg
Feed Rate of Waste: 1 Tons/hr

(Single Stream, at avg CV of Waste)
Operating Hours: 6500 hrs/year
 Operation Range
Plant will be designed to operate between 60% and 100% capacity
with respect to thermal capacity of the feed.
 Waste Characteristics
Table 2.6 Ultimate Analysis of Waste

WASTE COMPOSITION ( WT % BASIS )
Liquid
Combined Packed waste high Slurry and
Waste Solid Waste CV Sludge
Type 1 Type 2 Type 3
% DISTRIBUTION 85.11 63.83 8.51 12.77
QUANTITY IN KG/HR 1000.00 750.00 100.00 150.00
QUANTITY IN TPD 20.00 15.00 2.00 3.00
COMPOSITION IN WT % BASIS
CARBON C 48.19 42 66 60
HYDROGEN H 3.29 3 6 3
OXYGEN O 15.05 15 18 17
NITROGEN N 0.95 1 1 1
CHLORIDE Cl 1.90 2 2 2
SULFUR S 1.95 2 2 2
MOISTURE H20 8.62 10 3 5
INORGANIC/INERT 20.05 25 2 10
TOTAL 100.00 100.00 100.00 100.00
GROSS CALORIFIC VALUE KCAL/KG 4421.80 3826.28 6670.05 5194.53
NET CALORIFIC VALUE KCAL/KG 4371.81 3768.28 6652.65 5165.53
Notes: Maximum Limit of Hg + Cd + Th will be < 0.3 ppm by weight in combined waste.
 Produced Syngas Utilization System:

Gas shall be used for power generation in gas engine. Exhaust hot flue gas from gas
engine shall be utilized for the generation of low pressure steam.
72 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Power Plant
Power plant shall be based on gas engine. Gas engine shall be operated using
synthesis gas generated from the PGVR plant. Projected power generation using gas
engine shall be 1200 KW. Power generated using gas engine shall be fully utilized
within the plant for captive consumption.
 Utilities
Water required for the process shall be obtained through tankers.
Specification of process water shall be as under
pH: 6.5 to 7.5

Total Dissolved Salts: < 300 mg/lit
Total Hardness: < 120 mg/lit
Suspended Particles: < 25 mg/lit
 Grid Electric Power shall be available from the local electricity board at following rating
Voltage: 11/ 22 / 33 KVA (Subject to confirmation from local board

authority), 3 Phase
Frequency: 50 Hz
 Emission Standards
While operating at 100% rated capacity, emission limit from the discharge of stack shall be
as under:
Parameter Emission Limit (mg/Nm3)
Particulates 50
HCl 50
SO2 200
CO 100
TOC 20
HF 4
NOX (NO and NO2 expressed 400
Expressed as NO2)
Note: All values above shall be corrected to 10% oxygen on dry volume basis.
 Hydrocarbon: 10 ppm, over an hourly rolling average on dry basis,
measured as propane.
 Opacity: While operating properly at 100% rated capacity, the
system shall have visible emission rate of less than on equal to
73 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
10%, except for condensed water vapour, from the discharge of
stack (one hour rolling average).
 Dioxin / Furans: While operating at 100% rated capacity, the system
shall have an emission of dioxin and furans less than or equal to 0.1
ng TEQ / Nm3 corrected to 10% Oxygen. Sampling period shall be
minimum 6 hours and maximum 8 hours.
 Metals: While operating properly at rated capacity, the system shall
have an emission rate from the discharge of stack to atmosphere
less than or equal to
Metals: Emission Limit (mg/NM3)
Cd + Th (& it’s compounds) 0.05

Hg (& it’s compounds) 0.05
Sb + As + Pb + Cr + Cu + Mn + Ni + V
(& it’s compounds) 0.5
Note: All values above shall be corrected to 10% oxygen on dry volume basis.
 Design Standard
104. EWML will follow good engineering practice for gas and liquids
which either operates at ambient conditions or near to ambient
conditions and at less than 3.5 kg/cm2 g operating pressure.
105. For design of pressure parts and vessels (especially boiler system)
EWML will follow ASME standards for design.
106. Description of major sub system of PGVR plant and process is
described as under
Feed system
107. The project is provided with solid/semi-solid waste feed system and
liquid waste feed system. Solid and liquid waste is received in
various forms and packing. This is summarized as under along with
its methods of feeding to plasma reactor and MEE
Sr No Type of Waste Physical Feeding Method to Plasma
Characteristics Reactor
1 Solid Waste / sludge Solid waste packed in Feed System 1: Waste is charged
in loose form / bags and mildly sticky but in waste lifting cart which will fed
packed in bags in loose form waste into waste shredder and
from waste shredder waste will
enter into screw feeder. Screw
74 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
feeder will feed waste
continuously to plasma Reactor
Feed System 2: Waste is charged
in waste lifting cart which will fed
waste into Double door ram
pusher mechanism. Waste is as
such fed into the plasma reactor.
This feed system is only operated
when waste cannot be shredded
in waste feed system 1.
2 Solid waste in loose Solid waste is easily Solid waste from drum is
form and packed in removable from the drum unloaded into Waste lifting cart
drums by tilting drum. which then feed waste to
shredder of feed system. From
shredder waste will be fed to
screw feeder. Screw feeder will
feed waste continuously to
plasma Reactor
3 Waste in sludge form Very sticky and solidified Drums will be subjected to
and very difficult to sludge which is formed crushing and then shredding in
remove from drum, due to solidification of separate drum crusher and
received in steel or liquid waste shredder at ground level.
HDPE drums Shredded mass is collected in
bag and then it is fed to plasma
reactor similar to as described in
1.
4 Waste received in Liquid Waste is pump- Such drums will be placed in

liquid form in drums. able from normal sludge separate drum unloading room
pump and is having low / which is sealed in nature. Drums
high flash point but can will be opened in this room with
be toxic in nature and proper PPE by single person and
cannot be left open is connected to suction of pump.
Once drum is connected, person
will come out and then liquid
pumping from drum will be
started using pump, into plasma
reactor at controlled rate.
5. Waste received in Liquid Waste is pump- Same as 4 above. The balance
liquid form in drums able but highly viscous left in drums along with drum is
with sludge at the and drums having sludge crushed in drum crusher and then
bottom at the bottom. Can be drum is fed to waste feed system
high/low flash point as described in 1.
Plasma Reactor
108. Plasma gasification process is carried out at very high temperature
(1100-1200 0 C) and in oxygen starved atmosphere. This condition
is developed in high heat reaction zone at the base of the reactor at
75 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
which all the organic material will be gasified and all inorganic
material would be melted. The most likely compound formed due to
gasification process would be Methane, CO, CO2, H2O and H2.
The heat source for the process is plasma torch which is supplied
with electric power only.
109. Plasma reactor made of mild steel and lined with refractory and
insulation, where the high temperature created by the plasma
torches dissociates the molecules that make up the waste into their
elemental constituents. The dissociated constituents of the waste
are then “re-formed” (through the addition of stoichiometric amounts
of oxidant: oxygen and/or steam) into the syngas.
110. Plasma reactor is provided with adequate design consideration for
ensuring complete gasification of waste. Due to nature of assumed
design basis waste feedstock, it would be required to inject an
oxidant to convert Carbon to Carbon Monoxide. Oxygen enriched
air is used as oxidant for the oxidant for the process. Oxygen
required for oxygen enrichment is produced by on site Oxygen
Plant.
111. The plasma reactor at the syn gas outlet area is provided with
steam injection arrangement for conditioning of syn gas. This steam
also functions as an oxidant and provides an additional temperature
control as well as reduces the amount of un-reacted carbon carried
over in the syngas. The addition of steam also tends to enrich the
calorific value of the syngas through an increase in the amount of
hydrogen gas produced
112. The refractory and insulating materials are selected and designed to
minimize heat losses, ensure high levels of reliability in operations
(including resistance to erosion and thermal shock).
113. The top-most refractory layer is designed to quickly conduct the
heat transferred by the plasma torch arcs throughout the entire
plasma reactor bottom. The top refractory layer ensures the even
and effective conduction of heat.
114. Inorganic constituents in the waste would be vitrified (i.e. melted) in
the plasma reactor. Molten slag pool is maintained at the bottom of
the reactor which is taken out periodically through slag tapping
process. During non-tapping operations, the tapping port is closed
using water-cooled tap plugs. When tapping is to be initiated, the
76 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
tap plug is pulled out of allowing the molten vitrified matrix mixture
to flow out of the PRC into the vitrified matrix collection system.
115. The flowing mass is collected in slag quench tank where slag is
collected on the screen. Water passes through screen and collected
in overflow tank. From here water is again circulated back to the
slag quenching trough.
116. Vent collected from the slag quenching system is collected and
passed through VOC removal (activated carbon bed) system to
ensure that there is no VOC emitted from the
117. Vent collected from the slag quenching system is collected and
passed through VOC removal (activated carbon bed) system to
ensure that there is no VOC emitted from the system.
Oxygen and Nitrogen System

118. In order to generate rich syn gas from plasma reactor Oxygen
enriched air is used as oxidant into the reactor. Oxygen will be
generated using on site oxygen generation plant.
119. Nitrogen would be used for a variety of purposes including (but not
limited to) purging and blanketing of key systems for fire prevention
purposes, as an emergency supply for critical equipment such as
the feeding system in the event of an unexpected loss of power.
The nitrogen gas would be provided by an on-site PSA plant with a
nominal capacity of 25 Nm3/hr.
Gas Conditioning and Cleaning System
Gas Quencher
120. The syngas leaving the plasma reactor at approximately 1,000 to
1,200°C would enter gas quencher vessel where it would come into
contact with a spray of circulating liquid through the system. This
circulating liquid will cool down the gas immediately at saturated
condition of 78-80 deg C. Quenched gas along with circulating liquid
enters high pressure drop ventury scrubber for further treatment
Ventury Scrubber
121. Quenched and saturated syn gas is taken to high pressure drop
variable throat ventury scrubber system where in syn gas and
circulating liquid is brought into intimate contact for capturing
particulate matter from the syn gas. Ventury scrubber is designed to
77 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
offer pressure drop of 650 mmwc and to achieve target efficiency of
95% particulate matter removal. Gas quencher is provided with SS
shell with acid proof refractory lining to withstand acidic and hot gas
temperature. Ventury scrubber is also provided with SS shell with
acid proof refractory lining material to withstand operating condition.
HCl Scrubber System
122. The quenched and cleaned gases are then directed to a packed
tower, outfitted with a bottom holding area. The gas is cooled to
approximately 55oC, which is below the saturation temperature of
approximately of 78°C. HCl is captured in a circulating low
concentration stream. Due to the gas cooling and absorption of HCl,
heat is generated. The heat generated would be removed in a
graphite tube heat exchanger using cooling water on its shell side.
Simultaneous to the HCl gas being scrubbed, a continuous bleed
stream would be removed and collected in an accumulation tank.
There would be an additional particulate matter collection, which
would be continuously removed inside the stream filter press. The
recovered HCl solution (approximately 2.5% to 4%) may also be
beneficially used. If beneficial re-utilization of the HCl aqueous
solution is not possible The HCl bleed stream would be neutralized
with a caustic solution to form a NaCl solution.
Alkali Scrubbing System
123. The cleaned syngas, free of HCl, is then conveyed to an Alkali
scrubber for recovery of a Na2S solution. The Alkali scrubbing
system would be a two stage packed bed scrubber. The bottom part
of the scrubber would circulate the collected 18-20% Na2S solution
with 1-2% free caustic, which would capture the H2S gas from the
syngas. The caustic would react with the H2S to form Na2S in an
endothermic reaction:
H2S + NaOH = Na2S + H2O
124. The upper part of the alkali scrubber would have a packed bed,
where the syngas comes in contact with a lean solution of Na 2S and
a higher concentration of free NaOH (5-6%) to achieve an additional
absorption of H2S that is not removed in the bottom section.
Recovered Na2S would overflow from the holder at the bottom of
the top section to the product collection tank. Cooling is provided
78 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
using an indirect heat exchanger (stainless steel material of
construction) on the circulating water circuit in order to further
reduce the moisture content of the syngas.
125. Depending on incoming H2S loading, the Na2S by-product bleed
stream would be removed from the bottom circulating stream of the
alkali scrubber. This stream would be provided with a polishing
filtration treatment to make it suitable for commercial use/sale. An
overflow amount would be received from the upper portion. A make-
up caustic solution would be added to the upper circulating stream.
Also provided is a mist eliminator at the top of the scrubber to
entrap any entrained liquid droplets.
ID Fan and Syn Gas Holder
126. Two induced draft fans would be provided in parallel (Operating and
Standby), each constructed of SS304 impeller and casing in
MSRL/MSFRP-lined to resist corrosion due to the presence of wet
gases. These fans are integrated within the system downstream of
the gas cleaning and conditioning system to create negative
pressure within the plasma reactor and the rest of the process train
(-1/10 inches Water Column (“W.C.”) to about -1/2 inches W.C.).
The ID fans ensure a fast response by the Variable Frequency Drive
during pressure excursions that may occur in the Plasma Reactor
during operations.
127. Synthesis gas from the ID Fan is taken to syn gas filters.
Syn Gas Utilization System
128. The cleaned syn gases then pass through one of two redundant
trains of filters designed to remove particulates to meet stringent
requirements of the gas engine manufacturers. Each of the two
redundant filter trains consists of two saw dust filters in series and a
safety (fabric/cartridge) filter. These saw dust filters are completely
passive (no bags that require high pressure nitrogen gas for
pulsing), relying on a bed of sifted saw dust to achieve the filtration
process. After passing the filters, the syn gases will be accumulated
in a tank of approximate capacity of 2.0 m3 will accumulate the
syngas at a pressure of approximately +50 to + 100 mmwcg. From
syngas holder, syngas is continuously conveyed into syngas
utilization system using booster fan to provide a stable and uniform
supply of syngas for energy production. The syngas utilization
79 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
system consists of two or more gas engine generator sets to
produce electric power. The exhaust gas from the generator sets,
which exit at a temperature of approximately 500oC will then be
conveyed to an energy recovery system where the enthalpy of the
hot exhaust gases will be recovered in a Heat Recovery Steam
Generation System to generate process steam up to 5 kg/cm2,
saturated. The process steam will be used within the plant
(including in the plasma reactor for syngas production) as well as for
the chiller plant that provides chilled water to the gas cleaning
system as well as cooling water to the plasma power supplies. The
HRSG system will be provided with a separate package boiler that
will be maintained in stand-by condition and will be designed to
provide the ability to combust approximately 50% of the syngas flow
from the plant in the event that one or more gas engine Gensets are
not operating or if the grid is unable to accept the surplus electric
power generated by the plant. This will allow for the continuous
operation of the plant and for the production of process steam for
plant operations. Any surplus steam generated will be condensed
and reused as feed water or vented, as appropriate.
300 KWe x 3 Plasma Torch System with an Insulated Gate Bipolar Transistor
power supply
129. Plasma is a high temperature ionized, conductive gas, which is
created within the plasma torch by the interaction of a gas with an
electric arc. The plasma torch converts the electrical energy into
thermal energy of the gas thereby raising its temperature.
Source: SMS Infrastructure Limited

Figure 2.11 Plasma Torch
80 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
130. The plasma generation system utilized within each reactor of the
PGVR plant comprises of three individual non-transferred arc water
cooled metal electrode torch systems of WPC, USA. Compressed
Air is used as Plasma Gas which passes through both Electrode in
the torch and gets ionized. Hot and ionized air creates high
temperature zone in the bottom of reactor and dissociates waste
into molecules.
131. The top-most refractory layer is designed to quickly conduct the
heat transferred by the plasma plume throughout the entire plasma
reactor bottom, convective and radiation heat transfer also transfer
the torch energy to the rest of the reactor volume. The top
refractory layer ensures the even and effective conduction of heat.
132. The temperature in the plasma reactor is measured from a minimum
of two locations: one location in the upper section of the plasma
reactor; the other location measures the temperature of the lower
sections of the plasma reactor. The plasma torches are operated
without feeding commencing until the plasma reactor bulk
temperature reaches a minimum of 1,000°C to ensure proper
dissociation/pyrolysis/gasification of the organic constituents of the
wastes. Once feeding operations commence, the bulk temperature
quickly increases to the desired operating temperature range of
1,000 to 1,200°C (1,500oC when tapping/melting operations are
conducted) and above.
133. Any inorganic constituents in the waste are melted (vitrified) into an
environmentally safe, leach-resistant, vitrified matrix or slag.
The removal of the vitrified matrix presents no hazards of any kind
to personnel, requires no special tools and does not disrupt the
operating process. The vitrified matrix can be used in a variety of
applications including roadbed/fill construction, blast media and
concrete aggregate.
134. There are two different type of electrodes provided in the plasma
torch. Copper electrode life is approx 200-300 Hrs of operation and
silver electrode life is approx 500-600 Hrs of operation. Electrodes
are replaced at regular intervals by isolating and removing plasma
torch from the reactor. Platforms and access ladders are provided to
provide personnel access to the sections of the plasma reactor to
81 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
facilitate torch replacement. The entire plasma generating system
has an electrical-to-thermal efficiency greater than 65-70% or more.
135. The torches are powered by an advanced IGBT (Insulated Gate
Bipolar Transistor) power supply that provides the following
advantages over other plasma torch power supplies:-
 Requires an input current that is approximately 30% less than SCR
(Silicon Controlled Rectifier) systems;
 Power factors of approximately 0.97;
 Low harmonic distortion (approximately 10 times less than SCR
systems);
 High arc stability compared to SCR systems; and
 Control panel size is smaller than a comparable SCR system.
Power Panel and Process Control System
136. The power/electrical panel houses the motor control center and the
PLC (Process Logic Controller) system and provides complete
access to operate and monitor the process. It is designed for
continuous operation. The electrical panel houses the PLC system
which interfaces with the plant control system containing graphic
interfaces (e.g. flow diagrams and process indications of
temperature, pressure, for example) of each subsystem and major
components critical for the safe operation and efficient monitoring of
the system.
137. Power generated in the PGVR plant at 415 V shall be fed to a
switchgear and a synchronizing panel (which will synchronize with
the grid-supplied electricity that would be used to run the plant
system when the co-generation plant is down for any reason) to
feed the in plant captive power demand. Surplus power generated
by the plant will be fed and metered for sale to the grid in
accordance with all specific local regulations and standards. The
various MCCs are fed by the 415 V switchgear.
138. The voltage levels in the proposed plant will be 415 V, 50 Hz for 3
phases and 240 V for single phase and 240 V ac for control supply
requirement. There will be separate centralized MCC room from
where power will be fed to all drives of the plant. The MCC shall be
82 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
fixed type cubicle, vermin proof with standard fuses, relays and
indication lamps. Weatherproof start – stop push button stations
shall be provided near each motor for local start/stop control.
Necessary power and control cables running from MCC to motors
and back shall be provided. The cables shall conform to
International Electrical Code and relevant Indian standards. All
motors shall be of TEFC construction, motors and components
located within the area housing the Plasma Island and Syngas
Utilization system will be explosion or spark proof design. All drives
above 50 HP (and other selected drives that require or serve fine-
tune control functions, including ID Fans, Booster Fans and Chiller
System pumps) shall be provided with VFDs as power saving option
and for better plant control (The advantage of VFDs is to reduce
starting peak current as well as energy saving when plant operates
at lower loads). Start-Delta starters will be provided for motor ratings
that are greater than 10 HP; DOL starters for motors with ratings
that are less than 10 HP.
139. The PGVR plant is driven by proprietary, state-of-the-art
instrumentation and a computerized control system. A SCADA
(Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) system which is a
distributed measurement and control system that includes hardware
and software components is provided as the process control system
providing a graphics-based visualization of the control and
monitoring system.
140. The SCADA system communicates with the PLC system. The
control system obtains inputs from all of the PGVR plant
subsystems to achieve total overall control of the system. Safety,
interlocking features and emergency shut-down aspects specific to
each subsystem are incorporated to assure safety features are not
compromised.
141. Each subsystem has customized interface screens. The SCADA
system monitors all input and output parameters and prompts the
operator to make appropriate adjustments (or makes automatic
adjustments for critical safety-related conditions) to the waste feed
rate, torch power, plasma reactor temperature, oxidant input (if
required), and the gas cleaning and conditioning system to ensure
that the system operates to meet prescribed environmental
83 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
requirements. The SCADA system also records and logs all events
onto a hard disk, which can be printed for further assessment.
Safety Features and Measures
142. The following overall safety measures is proposed for the facility:-
 Automated, PLC based control system for plant operation;
 Safety interlocks for the plant normal start up and shut down
(normal / emergency) operation;
 Installed Redundancy of critical pumps and fans, including ID Fans,
Syn Gas Booster Fan, scrubber Circulating pumps, Chiller Pumps
 Standby emergency power supply for the system. would include DG
set as well as battery UPS back up for critical components such as
waste feed system (to allow for safe shutting of isolation gates in the
event of power failure), ID Fans, scrubber circulating pumps , PLC
and SCADA system and selected instrumentation within plasma
island (including, reactor pressures and temperature, on-line gas
analyser) and nitrogen purging system;
 Provision of Emergency Safety valve venting in the unlikely event
that a reactor overpressure condition occurs in case of failure of
above safety back-up systems and power failure (including failure of
UPS System) ;
 Installation of smoke detectors, fire alarm, ambient/personal CO
monitors fire hydrant fighting system and fire extinguisher system.
Preventive maintenance;
 Use of PPEs;
 DO’s and DON’TS boards for workers at prominent place; and
 Mock drills and training.
Fire Fighting System

143. The fire protection system shall comprise of:-
 Pressurized Hydrant system - For waste storage, PGVR plant,
power plant block ,administration building area and other areas
also;
 Transformer rooms, consumer 11KV SSU, Genset room and UPS
room will be outfitted with CO2 total flooding system
84 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Plasma torch power supply rooms, MCC/PCC room and
PLC/Control Room will be outfitted with FM200 Total Flooding
System.
 Fire detection and alarm system for waste storage area, PGVR
plant, power plant block and administration building area;
 Fire Fighting system shall comprises of following major equipment
and systems;
 Electric driven main fire pumps with emergency power from standby
Diesel Genset for hydrant network serving of hydrants and
hosereels;
 All necessary pump controls complete with all accessories for the
above-mentioned pumps;
 All buried piping and over-ground pipes, fitting, valves, automatic
actuators, supports etc for fire water distribution networks;
 All necessary sign-posting for the water-hydrant ring system
including brackets, complete with accessories;
 All electrical rooms will be provided with clean agent automatic fire
extinguisher systems
 Complete Addressable analogue fire detection system with heat and
smoke detectors for various plant area including storages with
necessary cabling, interface panels, controllers, sounders, manual
call points, sirens, response indicators, and all necessary hardware
and accessories; and
 All necessary electrical equipment, such as LV switch-gear, LV
motors, LV power and control cables, control panels with alarm,
PBB and interlocks, necessary DC systems, push button stations,
cable trays and accessories, cabling, glands lugs, earthing and
lightning protection conforming to relevant electrical specifications.
On Line Gas Analyser
144. The plasma gasification system is provided with on-line syngas

analysis equipment and on line stack analyser system.
145. An on-line syngas analyser would be provided to continuously
monitor the composition of the syngas leaving the plasma reactor.
85 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
The system would monitor temperature, CO, H2 and O2 utilizing
suitable sensors.
146. On line gas analyser installed at stack would monitor PM, HCl, SO2,
Nox and O2utilizing suitable sensors.
Heat and Mass Balance of PGVR Plant
147. Heat and Mass Balance for the proposed PGVR project is provided
as under.
86 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
87 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
88 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
89 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 2.12 Heat and Mass Balance

Source: SMS Infrastructure Limited
2.6.1.4 Used Oil Recycling Facility

Introduction:
148. Used oil is termed as hazardous. Crude oil straight out of the
ground is processed into numerous products like gasoline,
lubricating oils and asphalt. Uncontaminated Crude Oil is generally
90 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
fully bio-degradable. While automobile engine is running, the motor
oil collects heavy metal (lead, cadmium, zinc, and barium, iron steel
particles, and copper). Several of these contaminants are toxic and
harmful to the environment.
149. The hazards associated with used oil result from the various
additives used in its manufacture and from the heavy metal
contaminants picked up from use in the internal combustion engine.
Illegally disposed of oil can pollute the groundwater with
contaminants such as lead, magnesium, copper, zinc, chromium,
arsenic, chlorides, cadmium and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs).
It is said that, it takes only one litre of oil to contaminate one million
liters of water.
150. The most important advantage of Re-Refining is economic. Re-
Refining of used oil can play a big role in reducing pollution.
Reckless dumping of used oil can cause damage to land and water
and burning of used oil as fuel can pollute air. Re-refining of used oil
also forms a good source of used oil for generator by saving the
expenditure on lubricants. Recycled used oil can be used as an
industrial burner fuel, hydraulic oil, incorporated into other products
or re-refined back into new lubricating oil.
Benefits of used oil recycling:
A] Environmental Benefits:
151. Refining of used oil can play a big role in reducing pollution.
Reckless dumping of Used Oil can cause damage to land and water
and burning of Used Oil as fuel can pollute air. Refining of used oil
while saving the environment also creates wealth for the generator
of used oil.
B] Other uses for recycled oil:
152. While the following uses may not be all that "green", it goes to show
just how important that this resource is recycled rather than just
thrown out. By recycling engine oil, we reduce the need for
extraction of crude oil and the associated environmental impacts of
that activity.
153. Engine oil can also be used as fuel oil. By recycling just two gallons
of used oil, it has the energy potential to generate enough electricity
to run the average household for almost 24 hours. One gallon of
91 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
used oil processed for fuel contains about 140,000 British Thermal
Units (BTUs) of energy.
 It can be reused as hydraulic oil.
 Many petro-chemical based products can be made with it.
 Used Oil refining can save up to 50% of expenditure on lubricants.
 Recycling of used oil is saving the environment from pollution.
Storing used oil for a long time increases chances of spillage which
is harmful to the soil and underground water.
 India is fully dependent on import of lube oil. Indian crude oil does
not have any lube content. Hence by refining used oil we can save a
huge amount of foreign exchange.
 Petroleum reserves are limited. Instead of depleting this valuable
natural resource it is logical to recycle and conserve it.
Used oil Recovery Facility
154. EWML wish to put used oil recycling facility having a capacity of
40,000 KL/year. The primary target generators shall be only the
member industries of TSDF. We are very much confident that we
can meet our requirement from TSDF members itself. The
automobile sector and transport sector will also be a good market
for us.
155. The waste/Used oil generated by our existing customers will be our
primary target –quantity envisaged to half of our capacity. We are
also in touch with the managements of ports in the state for the
management of waste/used oil generated from the ships. Also, the
automobile sector, transport sectors will also be good markets for
us.
Proposed Technology
156. EWML has proposed to install a technology based on High Vacuum
distillation for the Recycling/ Recovery of the used oil. EWML has
proposed to put 2 parallel units- each having capacity of 20,000
KL/Y. The facility will consists of high vacuum distillation and after
treatment set up. Both the set ups will be in non- flame proof
construction.
Unit Operations and Equipment
92 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
157. Vacuum distillation is a method of distillation whereby the pressure
above the liquid mixture to be distilled is reduced to less than its
vapour pressure (usually less than atmospheric pressure) causing
evaporation of the most volatile liquid(s) (those with the lowest
boiling points). This distillation method works on the principle that
boiling occurs when the vapour pressure of a liquid exceeds the
ambient pressure. Vacuum distillation is used with or without
heating the solution.
158. If atmospheric distillation is utilized, the oil from the atmospheric
distillation column is the feedstock for the vacuum distillation
column. In vacuum Distillation the feedstock can be separated into
products of similar boiling range to better control the physical
properties of the lube base stock – distillate cuts that will be
produced from the vacuum tower products. The major properties
that are controlled by vacuum distillation are viscosity, flash point
and carbon residue. The viscosity of the lube-oil base-stock is
determined by the viscosity of the distillate in terms of its relative
viscosity separation, e.g. Light, medium and heavy oil.
List of Major Equipment
For High Vacuum Distillation set up
1. Pre Heater
2. Separator -1 No.
3. ATFE – 1 No.
4. SPDU – 1 No
5. Partial condenser for ATFE – 1 No
6. Cooler for ATFE Distillate 1 No
7. Cold Traps
8. Hold up receivers
9. Feed Tank
10. Feed Pump
11. Gear Pump
12. Vaccum system
Super finishing/ After Treatment set up
1. Agitator
2. Super finishing tanks- 2 Nos
3. Condenser
4. Receiver – 2 No.s
5. Feed pump
6. Filter Press – 1 No.
93 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
159. The Figure 2.13 shows the vacuum distillation unit / process is
shown below
Figure 2.13 Oil Recovery Process

2.6.1.5 Waste Bank and unit for Co-processing of Hazardous Waste:
160. Co-processing is the use of waste as raw material or as a source of
energy or both to replace natural mineral resources and fossil fuels
such as coal, petroleum and gas (energy recovery) in industrial
processes, mainly in Cement, Steel, and Thermal power industries.
161. The proposed facility is designed to handle 30 TPD Incinerable
Hazardous Waste to be converted Alternative Raw material of
Source of energy for “Waste Bank and unit for Co-processing of
Hazardous Waste”
Application.
162. The proposed facility is an integral part of hazardous waste
management facility. The incinerable hazardous waste received at
site will have common storage facility for sending incinerable waste
either to plasma gasification plant or for the cement co-processing
unit..
163. The categories of Hazardous Waste / Substance which has been
granted permission is provided in Table 2.4 of the Guideline on Co-
Processing by CPCB, along with detailed methodology for getting
approval of the waste for co-processing.
94 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
164. The co-processing facility consists of following major components:
1. Collection, Storage and Characterization of Waste (Common with
the Incinerable Hazardous Waste)
2. Premixing process.
3. Packaging and Transportation
165. Acceptance criteria of Hazardous Waste for use as Alternative Raw
material for Cement Co-Processing is tabulated as under as per the
CPCB Guideline on co-Processing.
Table 2.7 : Specification of HW for use as Alternative Raw Material/ fuel for Cement
Units
Parameter Limit
Volatile organic Hydrocarbon < 5000 ppm
Total organic Carbon (TOC) < 1000 ppm
CaO + SiO2 + A1203 + Fe203 + SO3 > 80 %
(In Ash)
Chloride < 1.5 %
Sulphur < 1.5 %
PCB/PCT (ppm) < 5.0
Heavy Metals (ppm)
Hg < 10
Cd + Tl + Hg < 100
As + Co + Ni + Se + Te + Sb + Cr + Sn + Pb + V < 10,000
Table 2.8 Specification of HW for use of energy recovery

Parameter Limit
Calorific Value As received basis >2500 k Cal/Kg
Ash
-Liquid < 5%
-Solid < 20%
Chloride < 1.5 %
Halogens (F+Br+I) < 1.0 %
Sulphur < 1.5 %
PCB/PCT (ppm) < 50
Heavy Metals (ppm)
Hg < 10
Cd+Tl+Hg < 100
As+Co+Ni+Se+Te+Sb+Cr+Sn+Pb+V < 25,00
pH 4 to 12
Viscosity (cSt) for Liquid < 100
Flash point (Deg Centigrade) (for Liquid) > 60
95 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
166. Hazardous waste falling within above acceptance criteria is taken to
preparation facility for cement co-processing suitable material.
Premix for Solids and Liquids:
167. This is very important step in the process of formation of waste as
alternative raw material of fuel (AFR) for co processing in cement
kilns. Hazardous Waste suitable as AFR for Cement industries will
be processed at pre-mix chamber. Facility will have premix solid
and premix liquid plants. After studying the suitability criteria, waste
volumes and compatibility studies, waste will be mixed in pre-mix
plants. Here, waste will be converted in a more solid or compact or
in homogenous form. This form of processed waste will make the
waste more suitable to use as AFR for cement kilns; as handling,
transportation and packing of such waste is easier.

Figure 2.14 Flow Diagram for Solid Premix Formation
96 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 2.15 Flow Diagram for Liquid Premix formation

(Source: SMS infrastructure Limited)
Blended solid waste or liquid waste will be packed as per the suitability for
the transportation and cement industry. Solid waste will be packed in bags
of capacity 500kgs/ 1Mt. Blended liquid waste will be transferred to
tankers.
2.6.2. Medical Waste Management Facility
 Introduction:
168. The state of Karnataka has become a major hub for Biotechnology
and Pharmaceutical Industries and is the first stop for global and
domestic biotech investment in the country. The state has the first
mover advantage, with strong research capabilities, resource base,
skilled manpower and government support creating an enabling
environment for high growth. India’s largest biotech company
Biocon focused on delivering affordable healthcare solutions is
operating in the city of Bangalore. Dedicated Biotechnology parks
and centers planned such as Nutraceutical and Phyto-
Pharmaceutical Park at Mysore, Marine Biotech Park at Mangalore,
Agri Biotech Park at Dharwad, and Vivarium (Animal House) at
Bidar. In Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules,
1998, Category 3mentions all waste generated from various Bio
Technology R&D Industries and has to be treated and disposed off
in Bio- Medical Waste Management Facility.
169. The state is also one of the hubs having Bulk drug and formulations
industry. Waste like rejected batch / discarded medicines and
cytotoxic drugs are covered under Category 5 of the Bio-Medical
97 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Waste rules and these are also to be treated and disposed off in
Bio-Medical waste treatment facility. In addition to this, such
industries also have their first aid centres which generate
biomedical waste which is to be treated and disposed off in
biomedical waste management facility.
170. The proposed facility is in closer vicinity of the eastern part of the
Bangalore city which does not have any existing Biomedical Waste
Management Facility. Also the district of Malur where the facility is
located does not have a Bio- Medical waste Management facility.
This facility can cater to the demand of the hospitals, nursing homes
blood banks and clinics for the disposal of the biomedical waste
generated by them as per category No. 1 to 10 mentioned in the
Bio- Medical Waste Management Rules.
171. The proposed facility will not only cater the pollution control needs
of the health care establishment units but also increasing number of
small and medium size industrial units of pharmaceutical and
biotechnology sector and this project will go long way in meeting
this important social objective of health care management and also
improve the Medical/Health tourism as it is a growing sector in
Bangalore. Advantages for medical treatment in Bangalore include
the availability of latest medical technologies, which attracts lot of
health tourists. If these hospitals and industries have compliance
with the biomedical waste management rules, it will improve the
current state of health tourism in Bangalore.
 Treatment and disposal
172. Bio-medical waste shall be treated and disposed off in accordance

with Schedule I of Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling)
Rules, 1998 (provided in Annexure-IV, and in compliance with the
standards prescribed in Annexure VI.
173. Every occupier, where required, shall set up in accordance with the
time schedule in Schedule VI, requisite bio-medical waste treatment
facilities like incinerator, autoclave, microwave system for the
treatment of waste, or, ensure requisite treatment of waste at a
common waste treatment facility or any other waste treatment
facility.
98 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Proposed Technology
174. EWML has proposed to put controlled air Oil Fired Incinerator with a
Burning Capacity of “250 kg/hr.” The incinerator will be As per
CPCB guidelines August 2003 Incinerator for Common Bio medical
Treatment Facility.
 Medical Waste Management
175. The transported MW will be stored in suitable, constructed and well-
enclosed storage room for segregation purpose according to their
respective colour codes i.e. Red bags are Non-Incinerable and kept
for Disinfect, while Yellow bags for incinerable material.
176. This will be sent for Incineration. The process is described by flow
chart shown below in Figure 2.16:
Figure 2.16 Flow Diagram for Medical Waste Management

99 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Non-Incinerable waste will be disinfected by Hypo chlorination system then
autoclaving system. The time taken for Hypo chlorination is approximately 30
min.
 Autoclaving will be done by specially manufactured Autoclaving machine. This
process is done about in one hour by throwing vaporous air at 1.5 bar pressure
& 121°C temperature. The whole procedure is shown in Figure:2.16
 All records will be maintained to produce the required details to the Authorized
Personnel’s from the Pollution Board and for the own records of EWML. Each
and every activity will be monitored and recorded for our reference and for the
reference of the concerned Authorities.
 A Logbook will be maintained for each and every equipment, to record all the
operational parameters during each cycle. Time, Date and Duration of each
Treatment
 Cycle will be maintained with the total hours of operation.
 Record for Waste Accepted will have the following parameters:
- Vehicle Number
- Waste Collection Date
- Name of healthcare unit
- Quantity of Waste
- Category of Waste
- Name and Signature of receiving person at site.
 Unit Operations and Equipment
A) Autoclave System: 50 kg/Hr
177. EWML have selected the following Autoclave system: The

specifications are as follows: -
1. The chamber will be constructed of heavy – duty stainless steel
316 to withstand pressure of 1.2 kg/cm3 to 2.2-kg/ cm3
corresponding to temperature of 121°C - 134°C. The capacity of
the chamber is 1000 ltrs/batch
2. Two rails will be provided in the chamber bottom for easy loading
and unloading of the material on carriage.
3. Door – it has a double door system, which is operated manually

or using the sliding type arrangement.
4. Vacuum Breaker valve will be provided for heavy duty and safety
precautions.
100 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
5. Plug screen in the chamber will be provided to prevent the
chocking of the discharge line with solids; it is easily removable for
cleaning.
6. A thermostatic steam vent will be fitted in chamber to discharge

line for automatic removals of air and chamber condensate
immediately.
7. S.S. baffle plate will be fitted in the chamber in front of the steam
inlet for proper distribution of steam in the chamber.
8. The sterilizer will be operated by steam supplied by in-built

electric steam generator operable on electric coil. It has safety
feature such as low water cut off, pressure control etc.
9. The system will have PLC based with tamper – proof control
panel and recording devices.
After the waste is disinfected, materials like Plastic Saline Bottles,

Syringes, etc. will be broken down into small pieces by using the
Shredding machine so that none of this waste is reused.
B) Shredder: 75 kg/hr
178. EWML have finalized the Shredder with the specifications as given
below:
1. The shredder is constructed and designed for min maintenance
and manual handling; having capacity of 75 kg/Hr.
2. The shaft is made of high strength steel alloys fitted with cutters
having angular way.
3. Cutters are made of High speed steel which is heat treated to

avoid damage due to sharp shred waste, syringes, scalpels, glass
vials, I.V sets, rubber gloves, plastic materials, etc.
4. Special Hoppers designed for shredder with Ram assistance to

push the material in cutting chamber.
5. Trolley is providing for handling shredded material.
6. External panelling covers are fitted for operator’s safety.
7. The shredder is supplied with control unit, which has an

automatic reversing function. This function will protect the shredder
101 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
from over load damages and accident, it also has auto shut down in
case the door of collection box or hopper lid is opened.
C) Incinerator: 250 kg/hr.

179. The Incinerator is double chambered and is designed on
“controlled-air” incineration principle with a minimum of 100%
excess air. Volatilization of waste is achieved in primary chamber
through supply of air through various nozzles on all sides of the
primary chamber. Primary air is also admitted at the hearth for
better contact. Heat is generated with fuel oil burner with auto
operation system. This is done by the F.D. Fan provided with the
Incinerator.
180. In the incineration process, the waste is thermally decomposed in
the primary chamber at a temperature of 800±500°C. The gaseous
products (volatile mater) are completely oxidized in the secondary
chamber due to sufficient residence time, high temperature
(1050±500 °C.) high turbulence and 100% excess air. The flame
port through which the gases pass from primary chamber to
secondary chamber is sized to produce high velocity for excellent
mixing of combustion air and gases.
181. Both the chambers are fitted with burners to fire support fuel for
initial heating up of chambers to required temperatures as well as
maintain these temperatures.
 TREATMENT & DISPOSAL PLAN
182. All Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal process will be done as
per New CPCB Guidelines of August – 2003 :
1. Vehicles specially designed packed bodies will daily visit all the
pre-decided and pre-informed member Hospitals, Clinics,
Pathological labs, etc. to collect Bio – Medical Waste.
2. Each Vehicle will be consists of a driver and waste collectors,

which make waste collection efficient, easier and faster.
2.6.3. E - Waste Treatment and Disposal Facility

183. E-waste comprises of wastes generated from used electronic
devices and house hold appliances which are not fit for their original
intended use and are destined for recovery, recycling or disposal.
Such wastes encompasses wide range of electrical and electronic
102 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
devices such as computers, hand held cellular phones, personal
stereos, including large household appliances such as refrigerators,
air conditioners etc. E-wastes contain over 1000 different
substances many of which are toxic and potentially hazardous to
environment and human health, if these are not handled in an
environmentally sound manner
184. The proposed treatment facility consists of the following treatment
units:
1. Collection
2. Storage
3. Dismantling and Segregation
4. Recycling
5. Treatment and
6. Disposal
1. Collection Systems for E-waste:

The E-waste is collected from the generators and stored in the
collecting system which is located at the treatment facility.
2. Storage:
Covered area used for storage of E-waste till such time that the waste
is recycled or treated. Appropriate containers are used for storing
different E-waste items separately to avoid mixing / contamination.
Impermeable surfaces are provided by paving areas to prevent the
transmission of liquids beyond the pavement surface.
3. Dismantling and Segregation:

Dismantling and segregation of E-waste are the first step towards
recycling of E-waste. These are cost effective and labor intensive
activities. Dismantling of E-waste may be carried out manually or
mechanically depending upon the scale of operations and the E-waste
being handled. Then the E-waste is segregated depending upon the
type of waste and treatment required.
4. Recycling:
The composition of E-waste consists of diverse items like ferrous and
non-ferrous metals, glass, plastic, electronic components (resistor,
capacitor, transistor, diode, operational amplifier etc.) and other items
and it is also revealed that E-waste consists of hazardous elements.
Therefore, the major approach to treat E-waste is to reduce the
concentration of these hazardous chemicals and elements through
recycle and recovery. In the process of recycling or recovery, certain
103 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
E-waste fractions act as secondary raw material for recovery of
valuable items.
185. The recycle and recovery includes the following unit operations.
Recycling process is shown in the flow diagram in Figure 2.17;
5. Treatment:
186. Environmentally sound E-waste treatment technologies are used at
three levels as described below and shown in Figure 2.18:
1. 1st level treatment
2. 2nd level treatment
3. 3rd level treatment
Figure 2.17 Recycle, Reuse and Recovery Options

187. All the three levels of E-waste treatment are based on material flow.
The material flows from 1st level to 3rd level treatment. Each level
treatment consists of unit operations, where E-waste is treated and
output of 1st level treatment serves as input to 2nd level treatment.
Similarly, the output of 2nd level treatment will be the input for the
3rd level treatment. After the third level treatment, the residue are
disposed off either in TSDF or incinerated.
1st Level Treatment:
104 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Input: E-waste items like TV, refrigerator and Personal Computers
(PC)
Unit Operations: There are three unit operations at first level of E-
waste treatment
a. Decontamination - Removal of all liquids and gases
b. Dismantling - Manual / Mechanized breaking
c. Segregation
All the three unit operations are dry processes, which do not require
usage of water.
2nd Level Treatment:

188. Input: Decontaminated E-waste consisting segregated non-
hazardous E-waste like plastic, CRT, circuit board and cables.
Unit Operations: There are three unit operations at second level of E-
waste treatment
a. Hammering
b. Shredding
c. Special treatment processes comprising of
 Non CRT and CRT treatment consisting of separation of funnels
and screen glass
 Electromagnetic separation
 Eddy current separation
 Density separation using water
105 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 2.18 Three level treatment diagram

3rd Level Treatment:
189. The 3rd level E-waste treatment is carried out mainly to recover
ferrous, non-ferrous metals, plastics and other items of economic
value. The major recovery operations are focused on ferrous and
non-ferrous metal recovery. The following sections describe the unit
operations, processes, available technology and environmental
implications.
Input / WEEE Operation/Disposal/Recycling/ Output
Residues Unit Technique
Sorted Plastic Recycling Plastic Product
Plastic Mixture Energy Recovery /Incineration Energy Recovery
CRT Breaking / Recycling Glass Cullet
Lead Smelting Secondary Lead Smelter Lead
Ferrous Metal Scrap Secondary steel / iron recycling Iron
Non Ferrous Metal Secondary copper and aluminum Copper / Aluminum
106 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Scrap smelting
Precious Metals Separation (refining) Gold/Silver/Platinum and
Au/Ag Palladium
Batteries (Lead Lead recovery and smelting. Lead
Acid/Ni and Li ION) Remelting and separation
CFC Recovery / Reuse / and CFC/Energy recovery
Incineration
Oil Recovery / Reuse / and Oil recovery / energy
Incineration
Capacitors Incineration Energy recovery
Mercury Separation and Distillation Mercury
2. Disposal:
190. The waste which remains after treatment is disposed off in a
secured landfill.
Unit Operations and Equipment
1. CRT Cutting Machine

191. Used to break the CRT by means of sensible heat provided by the
heaters.
2. Shredder:
192. The circuit boards from the electronic wastes are fed through
feeding conveyer into the shredder. This shredder consists of
cutters and the particle size will be of 10 mm width. Shredders are
specifically designed to reduce plastic waste into fine particles
which can be later utilized for recycling purpose. A plastic shredder
typically has a motor that runs on electric current and moves a rotor.
The rotor has strong blades attached to it which keeps cutting
anything that moves in between. With suitable RPM the blade gains
enough kinetic energy to cut through materials of different strength.
They come with a dispenser basket to collect the fine granules of
plastic, which can be later fed into a recycle plant. Bag house unit is
set up with the shredder for dust collection.
3. Pulverizer
107 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
193. It is a kind of crushing equipment, using impact energy to crush
materials. When materials get into the area where the board
hammer plays a part, under the impact function of board hammer at
a high speed, the crushed ones are thrown to the impact device
above the rotor continuously. And then they are rebounded from the
impact liner to the area where the board hammer plays a part, and
are impactedagain. The
materials from large ones to
small ones get into the impact
cavity for being crushed
repeatedly. The process is
repeated until the materials are
crushed to the required sizes
and discharged from down of
the machine.
4. Eddy Current Separator
194. Whenever relative motion occurs between a metal conductor and
magnetic lines of force, electric current are induced in the surface of
the metal conductor. These induced electric currents are commonly
referred to as “Eddy Currents”. Conversely, whenever electric
currents flow through a metal conductor, magnetic lines of force are
induced in the surrounding
atmosphere. These induced
magnetic lines of force are, of
course, capable of inducing
secondary electric currents in a
second metal conductor in the
immediate vicinity and these, in
turn, are capable of inducing
magnetic lines of force in the
surrounding atmosphere which, are again capable of inducing
electric currents in the first metal conductor and so on. The resulting
phenomenon is known as “mutual induction”, or “indicative
coupling”. The whole process of induction is therefore, a completely
reversible transformation of magnetic and / or electrical energy into
electrical and / or magnetic energy and vice versa.
108 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
5. Granulator
195. It is used for final size reduction of the material And granule
formation.
6. Separation Table
196. For final separation of the remaining fraction into a plastic (organic)
fraction and a mixed metal fraction.
7. Collection Bin
197. They are set up for collecting the E-waste containing separated
metal and non-metal.
8. Packaging
198. All segregated recycling material is packed in different cartons and
sent to the respective recyclers.
2.7. Proposed Infrastructure/Utilities and layout:
199. The proposed layout of site is given in Figure2.10: showing various

units namely;
i. Green belt,
ii. Laboratory,
iii. Roads
iv. Vehicle parking area, weigh bridge
v. Vehicle wash area
vi. Waste storage area
vii. Stabilization unit
viii. Bio medical waste management facility
ix. Co-processing and unit
x. Advance treatment thermal unit
xi. Landfill area
xii. ETP
xiii. WTP
109 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
xiv. Water reservoir
xv. E-waste recycling facility
200. The proposed infrastructure for the site is following;

1. Entry & Exit
201. A well-defined entry and exit way will be provided for vehicles
collecting daily waste to smoothly offload the waste at the facility. A
separate entry & exit point will be provided to the Administrative
building so that unauthorized people won't have access to the plant
area.
2. Vehicle Washing Facility & Vehicle Parking Area
202. All vehicles will be disinfected after the waste is unloaded and sent
to the vehicle parking bay provided at the facility.
3. Segregation Room & Segregated Waste Storage Room
203. All waste that is weighed after unloading from the vehicles will be
moved to the Segregation Room, where the waste will be
segregated as incinerable and non incinerable waste and will be
stored in the pre-determined spaces for immediate disposal as per
C.P.C.B. norms.
4. Treatment Equipment Room
204. Each equipment will have a separate defined space for smooth
operation and maintenance. Separate housing will be made for the
following equipments: - PGVR, Autoclave & Shredding etc.
Storages
5. Main Waste Storage Room
205. This room will be big enough to accommodate the waste collected
daily by the vehicles. Being one of the first room where waste will be
offloaded, this room will be as per the CPCB norms with regards to
Roofing, Ventilation, Flooring etc.
6. Treated Waste Storage Room
206. This room will have the structure, as mentioned above and proper
space planning will be provided for the particular category of treated
waste and for Non Incinerable Waste.
7. Weighing Room
110 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
207. This room will be adequate enough to handle the daily waste
coming in. All waste will be weighed and numbered as per the
different colour codes. The categorization of waste will also be done
in this room before it goes to the Main waste storage room for
incineration or Autoclave process.
8. Administrative Building
208. The Administrative Building will house the Management &
Executives handling Logistics, Billing & Collection, IT Department,
Manager’s cabins, Conference Room and any other defined space if
needed. The strategy, planning and operations will also be run from
this premise.
9. Green Belt
209. Free space will be provided for plantation purpose and the right
saplings will be planted to provide ambience to the people working
at the facility and also keeping in mind the environmental benefits of
these plants.
10. Generator Room
210. A generator will be provided to run the equipments at facility in case
of power failures.
11. Safety equipments / Amenities
211. All employees who have access to the plant (restricted area) will be
provided Boots, Cotton Boiler Suits, Hand Gloves, and Face Masks
as a Pre requisite to enter this space. There will be provision for an
advanced first aid kits and an emergency siren system. A provision
will also be made for Doctor on call 24 x 7.
12. Site Security & Surveillance
212. All necessary surveillance equipment will be setup to monitor the
activities at the premises. Manual security will also be setup to
check the vehicles and to safe guard the waste collected at the
premises. This service will be outsourced to a leading agency in the
city and will have the highest standards and precaution measures to
handle any untoward incidents.
13. Drinking water facility
213. Reverse Osmosis (RO) System shall be provided for drinking water.
111 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
14. Monitoring well, in the up stream and down stream of the
facility to assess and monitor the ground water quality in and
around the facility
2.7.1. Boiler
214. Steam will be required for Lube oil recycling plant and various other
usages. One 5 TPH coal fired boiler has been provided to supply
the steam. Coal shall be sourced through local purchase. For
Storage Area refere Table Below
2.7.2. Storages
215. The proposed project will have storages for various inputs,
intermediate materials and fuels etc as given below:
IWMF Section/Sub Material Storage Details

Facility
Used Oil Recycling Used Oil ( Raw Oil ) 20 KL X 6 Nos, MS Tanks
Recycled Oil ( Product ) 20 KL X 3 Nos, MS Tanks
Bio Medical Waste FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank
Facility
E-Waste Recycling FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank
Hazardous Waste Solid Hazardous Waste 1200 Tons, Packed & Loose
Management Facility (Incinerable) Form, Under Shed
Liquid Hazardous Waste 20 KL X 3 Nos, SS Tanks
(Incinerable)
FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank
Syn Gas Holder for 1000 Litres ( 1.0 M3 ), MS
Plasma Plant Tank (Storage Pressure – 300
mmwca)
Coal Fired Boiler for Coal 500 Tons, Top Covered Yard
Steam Generation ( for ( Monthly consumption 750
Multiple Effect Tons apprx )
Evaporator and Used
Oil Recycling )
2.8. Project requirements:
2.8.1. Land Break-up

216. Total land area for plant is. 124722sq.m (30.81 acre). Out of which
25% approx.) of area will be used for providing green belt, The
break-up of the land has been presented in Table:2.9 and layout
plan of the project has been presented in FIGURE 2.21
Table 2.9 :Land Break up of Project
112 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
SR AREA ALLOCATION AREA (m²) % AREA
NO
1 Electrical switch yard 300 0.24
2 Admin Building & Laboratory 1220.5 0.97
3 Vehicle parking area & weigh bridge 2641.2 2.1
4 Bio medical waste management facility 4283.7 3.43
5 E- waste recycling facility 8218.5 6.58
6 Oil recovery unit with tank farm 5663.8 4.54
7 Advance thermal treatment plant & power 5101.6 4
plant
8 Raw water lagoon 8050.6 6.45
9 Inci. Waste storage area & landfill waste 4074.2 3.26
storage
10 Co-processing unit 1888.9 1.5
11 Stabilization unit 1664.2 1.3
12 Land fill area A 14150 11.34
13 Land fill area B 17706 14.19
14 ETP / LTP 1596.6 1.2
15 Vehicle wash area 397.8 0.3
16 Water treatment plant 855.7 0.68
17 Green belt 30544.4 24.49
18 Road & margin area 16363.9 13.1
TOTAL PLOT AREA 124722 100
2.8.2. Electricity
217. Total power requirement for the project will be approximately 2500
KVA. The power will be taken from state electricity Board (KPTCL).
In case of power failure it would be met with the DG sets proposed
for back up purposes .
113 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2.8.3. Water
218. Total water requirement for the proposed project is 335 KLD, which
shall be supplied through KUWSSB.The overall water Balance is
given here in Figure 2.19.
2.8.4. Employment
219. The proposed unit will require the services of 158nos. of employee
in its commissioning and operation phase of which 58 personnel
would be provided with direct employed and 100 personnel would
be hired from near by villages.
114 | P a g e
Figure 2.19 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-1)
115 | P a g e
Figure 2.20 Water Balance Diagram(Alternative-2:Discharge To CETP)
116 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 2.19(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-1)
Figure2. 20(a): Over all Water Balance Diagram (Alternative-2)
117 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 2.21 :Site Layout
118 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2.9. Environmental Aspects:
220. This section consists of Environment Management and Pollution

Control of different units /processes of the facility. Each waste
treatment process produces gaseous emissions, wastewater
effluents or solid residuals, which are required to treat further. For
this residuals proponent proposed following facility.
2.9.1. Emissions Management
221. Emission from the proposed facilities will be from the stacks
attached to the processing units (thermal unit, E Waste Stack/metal
recovery), incinerators, Boiler and DG sets. All except DG sets are
continuous stacks. In addition there will be fugitive emissions.
Adequate measures have been proposed for the control of
emissions to keep these within prescribed limits.
Table 2.10 Details of Continuous Gaseous Emissions

3
Stacks Stacks Pollutant Concentration (m gm/Nm )
Internal Temper Height, Flow Particu SO2 Nox HCL HF TOC

Diamete ature, K m Nm3/Hr late
rm Matter
Plasma 0.45 433.00 30.50 8000.00

Gasification < 50 < 200 < 400 < 50 <4 < 20
Unit
Incinerator 0.30 433.00 30.50 4000.00
Bio Medical < 150 < 200 < 450 < 50 --- ---
Wastes
Metal 0.15 493.00 30.50 1000.00
Recovery < 150 < 200 < 450 < 50 --- ---
Furnace
Coal Fired 0.50 493.00 30.50 9040.00
Boiler
< 150 < 200 --- --- --- --
Table 2.11 : Details of Emissions Load

Stacks Pollutant Emssion Load (gm/sec) Remarks
Particulate SO2 Nox HCL HF TOC
Matter
Plasma Gasification Unit 0.11 0.44 0.89 0.11 0.008 0.04
Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes 0.165 0.22 0.44 0.05 0.004 0.02
Metal Recovery Furnace 0.042 0.05 0.11 0.013 --- ----
DG Set Non Continuous
DG Set Stacks
Key mitigation measures adopted to control stack emissions are as below in Table
2.12
119 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 2.12 : Key Mitigation Measures
S. No. Plant Mitigation Measures
Stack Attached to
1 Plasma Gasification Unit  Gas Quencher
 Ventury Scrubber
 HCl Scrubber
 Alkali Scrubber
 Wet ESP
2 Incinerator Bio Medical Wastes  Ventury Scrubber
 Alkali Scrubber
3 E Waste Recovery; Metal  Ventury Scrubber
Recovery Furnace  Alkali Scrubber
4 Coal Fired Boiler  Dual Cone Cyclone Separator
 Bag Filter
Table 2.13 Mitigation measures for Fugitive Emissions

Name and source of Abatement Method
fugitive emissions
VOC from liquid storage All vents from the liquid storage tank will be connected to exhaust
tank header. Exhaust header will be connected to exhaust blower.
Exhaust blower discharge will be connected to inlet of Steam
Boiler furnace where syn gas will be combusted.
VOC/Odorous air from Combustion air fan for syn gas boiler will draw air from the
haz. Waste storage area hazardous waste storage area. Suction of combustion air fan will
be taken from hazardous waste storage area.
Emergency Vent from Emergency vent will open in abnormal plant condition only.
Plasma Reactor Exhaust of emergency vent will be connected at the inlet of syn
gas boiler.
Scrubber Circulation Tank Scrubber circulation vent will be connected to downstream gas
vents ducting of syn gas which will be always under negative pressure.
222. Additional measures to control air pollution.

 Air borne particulate may results during handling and transportation
of waste due to wind. The status of ambient air quality shall be
closely monitored.
 Ambient air quality at the facility and at the vicinity shall be
monitored to meet the prescribed standards prescribed by CPCB.
120 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Watering of road as well as constructing of metalled roads shall be
carried out.
 Approx 30544.4M2 Green belt development shall be carried out.
 Traffic Operation Plan for better traffic management shall be worked
out.
2.9.2. Water and Waste water Management

Name and source of bleed stream Abatement Method
Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash Water from Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment
Plasma Gasification Plant Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to
CETP for further disposal.
Wash Water from “Waste Bank and unit for Co- Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of
processing of Hazardous Waste Unit” Effluent Treatment followed by MEE for
reuse or sent to CETP for further disposal.
Wash Water from Stabilization Plant Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of
Effluent Treatment followed by MEE for
Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash Water from Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment
Medical Waste Management Facility Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to
Wash Water from E-waste Management Plant Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of
Wash Water from Oil Recycling Plant Treated in Oil Removal System (Skimmer)
for removal of floating oil, followed by
treatment in physic chemical treatment
followed MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for
further disposal.
Leachate from SLF Treated in Heavy Metal Removal Unit of
Vehicle or Wheel Wash Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment

Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to
121 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Cooling Tower Blow Down Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment
Boiler Blow down Treated in Physico Chemical Treatment

Domestic Sewage Treated in Packaged Sewage treatment

plant consisting of Biological and Tertiary
Treatment. Treated sewage is used for on
land irrigation and balance is recycled to
process as make up water.
223. Various waste water bleed streams are generated from various
section of the plant with typical quality of waste water streams (refer
Figure 2.22) and their treatment method provided in the facility. Two
alternate mode of disposal is proposed for the facility.
Alternative I: Disposal of treated waste water to CETP through tankers
(MOU with CETP Refer annexure-X)
Alternative II: Disposal of treated waste water through Multi Effect Evaporation
System (MEES) and recycle treated waste water to plant for
reuse.
122 | P a g e
Figure 2.22 :Water/Waste Water System
123 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2.9.2.2 Description of proposed Effluent treatment plant
224. Waste water treatment system consist of following sub systems
 Physico Chemical Treatment Units
 Heavy Metal Removal Units
 Oil Removal System
 Multi Effect Evaporation system
 Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant
225. Waste water received from various section of plant is collected and
equalized in collection cum equalization tank. This tank is provided
with mixing air for equalization of waste water. From here waste
water shall be pumped to pH correction tank. Here waste water
shall be subjected to Acid / Alkali dosing through pH control system
under intense agitation. After pH correction system effluent shall be
treated with Flocculant and Polyelectrolyte in flocculator for
coagulation of suspended particles. Effluent from flocculator shall be
collected in neutral effluent collection tank. Effluent shall be them
subjected to filtration in filter press equipment for separation of
suspended solids. Filtered effluent shall be collected in treated
effluent collection tank.
226. From this tank, part of the effluent shall be recycled to process and
balance effluent shall be taken to Multi Effect Evaporation (MEE)
system feed tank or CETP discharge tank.
2.9.2.3 Description of proposed Sewage Treatment Plant

227. Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant with activated sludge process
for the treatment of 20 M3/Day Capacity shall be provided.(Refer
figure 2.23) The plant will be skid mounted and ready to start after
installation of interconnecting piping work. The proposed packaged
plant will consist of circular aeration tank provided with in-built
tubular media separator. Raw sewage at uniform rate will be
pumped in Aeration Tank. In aeration tank biological degradation of
organic matter in the presence of oxygen and micro-organisms is
carried out with activated sludge process. Aeration Tank is provided
with fine bubble membrane diffuser with air blower for the supply of
oxygen required for the biological process. Mixed liquor from
Aeration Tank is fed to central settling zone of the packaged plant.
Here bio mass is separated under gravity from the treated sewage.
124 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
To make design compact settling zone is provided with tubular
media for providing higher surface area per volume of settling.
Overflow the settling zone is collected in treated sewage collection
tank. From the bottom of settling zone settled biomass is
continuously circulated back to aeration tank using sludge
recirculation pump. Sludge wasting is carried out intermittently and it
is filtered through filter press. Treated sewage from biological
treatment shall be subjected to polishing treatment in tertiary
treatment plant for disinfection, removal of suspended particulate
matter, color and odor. This is done by treatment in dual media
(graded sand and activated carbon) filter followed by chlorination
treatment. Treated sewage after tertiary treatment plant shall be
suitable for on land irrigation purpose or for disposal in to sewer.
Figure 2.23 Sewage Treatment Plant
2.9.3. Solid/ Hazardous Waste Generation
125 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
228. Since it is a hazardous waste disposal facility this generation clause
is not applicable. The solid waste if produced is disposed off in the
facilities provided in the facility itself like:Incinerator ash will be
disposed to secure landfill
Oil Recycling Facility:
229. The distillation residue coming out of distillation column shall either
be sold out to rubber manufacturing units or shall be incinerated in
the incinerator
2.9.4. Noise Pollution
230. All the employees working at the facility shall use appropriate
PPE’s. Regular maintenance of all equipments is planned to reduce
the noise generation. Peripheral green belt will absorb the noise
generated to some extent
Landfill:
231. The plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise
generated is limited to PCB norms. The equipment will be provided
with noise control measures such as acoustic insulation etc, to
ensure noise abatement. The rotating equipment will be properly
balanced. Where high noise levels are produced, employees will be
provided with ear protection devices.
Oil recycling Facility:
232. The only pollution expected is noise pollution, which will be taken
care by periodical maintenance of equipments and machineries and
by providing appropriate PPE’s to all employees and worker. Oil
sludge generated shall be disposed off through incinerator exists
within the premises.
2.9.5. Thermal Pollution
233. Heat transmitted from hot components constitutes a pollution
problem. In order to dissipate heat properly, plant layout will ensure
good air circulation and natural ventilation. Thermal insulation will
be provided where the skin temperature is more than 65 º C to limit
the skin temperature to not higher than 60 to 65 º C.
2.9.6. Fugitive emission:
234. As waste has to be collected or to be acquired from several
industries, hence, most of it would be transported with the help of
126 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
trucks and heavy vehicles, hence, a special plan for the handling &
transportation of the raw material within the premises which are as
mentioned below:
 All trucks will be transported after covering from the top.
 Raw material unloading will be done by mechanized truck unloading
system.
 Dust collectors will be in line with unloading hoppers.
 Material handling in the plant will be done in closed conveyors.
 All the trucks being used for transportation of raw material and final
product shall be checked for "Pollution under Control" certificate
prior to their entry to the plant premises.
 Storage of raw material in dedicated sheds to avoid fugitive
emissions.
 Speed of vehicles inside the factory premises will be controlled.
2.9.7. Green belt development:
235. Green belt will be developed all around the plant, fuel handling area,
administration building etc. The wastewater generated will be used
for green belt development and sustenance. The green belt
development shall be in line with the guidelines set by CPCB. . The
green belt will be developed along plot boundaries with width of 9 m
using varieties of plant species suitable to local environment.
2.9.8. Occupational Health & Safety Plan
236. All employees will first undergo medical checks-up organized by the
HR Department before hiring is done. There after all people who
have a satisfactory health condition will be hired and the facility for
free medical checkups will be given to each and every employee
every 6-12 months.
237. First aid facilities will be available at the premises to treat basic
injuries. If the case is beyond first aid, then the person will be taken
to the nearest hospital for further treatment and consultation.
238. All necessary pre-cautions will be taken to monitor restriction at
work period. All government banned substances and products will
be in the restriction list at the premises. All necessary signboards
will be put up at the required places through-out the facility.
127 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
2.10. Project Cost:
Table 2.14 Project Cost Estimation
 The total project capital outlay for integrated waste management facility is
estimated at rs. 221.69 crores. Also company shall invest 0.1 % to 0.2 % of
annual turnover to CSR activities.
128 | P a g e
comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District,
Karnataka.)
3. DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT
This Chapter describes the baseline environmental conditions around the

project site for various environmental attributes, viz., and physical, biological
and socio-economic, within the 10 km radial zone, which is termed as the
study area. Topography, soil, water, meteorology, air, noise, and land
constitute the physical environment, whereas flora and fauna constitute the
biological environment. Demographic details and occupational pattern in the
study area constitute socio-economic environment. Baseline environmental
conditions are based on the field studies carried out during the study period
(15 March 2012 to 15 June 2012; summer season) at and around the
proposed site and through secondary data collected from published sources.
3.1. Introduction:
239. To evaluate environmental impacts from the project, it is essential to

monitor the environmental quality prevailing in the surrounding area
prior to implementation of the project. The environmental status
within the study zone is used for identification of significant
environmental issues to be addressed in the impact assessment
study. The impacts from this project on its surrounding environment
are mainly regulated by the nature of pollutants, the quantities
discharged to the environment, existing environmental quality,
assimilative capacity of the surrounding environment and
topography and terrain of the project site as well as the surrounding
area.
3.2. Site Location and its surroundings:
240. The proposed project site is located at Village: Madanhatti Taluka:

Malur District: Kolar Karnataka.
241. The site is situated at Latitude 13° 0' 13.68" and Longitude 77° 53'
8.88" at an altitude of 913m above the mean sea level.
242. The project site is located at a distance of around 8 KM from the
National highway NH 648 in South West direction.
129 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3.2.1. Brief Introduction about district and Taluka:

243. Kolar district is located in the southern region of the State and
happens to be the eastern-most district of the Karnataka State. .It is
land locked district and hard rock terrain of Karnataka in the maiden
(plain) region and covers an area of 8223 sq.km..
244. The district is bounded by the districts of Bangalore and Tumkur on
the west and on all other sides by the districts of the adjoining
States of Andhra Pradesh and Tamil Nadu. The Kolar Sub-Division
contains five Talukas::
1. Kolar,
2. Bangarpet,
3. Malur,
4. Mulbagal,
5. Srinivaspur.
245. Malur is at a distance of 46 km from Bangalore City and is located
on the Bangalore - Chennai trunk railway line. It has an average
elevation of 910 meters (2985 ft).
246. The town’s eminence drew from the nearby Kolar Gold Mines which
recently actively produced a major part of the country’s gold. Kolar
is now well known for its silk farming and wool spinning. Kolar is
popularly known as city of Gold, Silk, Mangos and Milk.
3.2.2. Study Area
247. The study area zone also shows the village, water bodies present,
in and around the project site. It is found that in our study area there
are 80 villages of Hoskote Taluka of Bangalore District are also
prevails The distances of villages are shown here in Table 3.1: and
Figure 3.1
130 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 3.1 : Study Area Map of 10 km Radial Zone
131 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 3.1 List of surrounding villages
Village Distance(km) Direction

Yeswanthapura 2.09 NE
Byalahalli 4.09 SE
Huralagere 2.13 S
Upavasapura 4.41 SE
Kurandahalli 4.52 SE
Channakal 8.21 SE
Mylandahalli 7.30 SE
Hulimangalahosakote 5.05 S
Kodur 6.66 S
Pura 7.44 S
Lakkur 9.07 SSW
Thalakunte 9.35 SSE
Pichaguntrahalli 2.90 SW
Madivala 5.56 NE
Irabanahalli 5.26 NE
Hedaginabele 5.46 NE
Malkanahalli 5.36 WNW
Medahatti 6.67 SW
Kudiyanur 9.40 SE
Kodihalli 8.32 WNW
Nidagatta 9.72 N
Naduvathi 8.72 W
Handenahalli 8.42 SW
Somalapura 5.21 SW
Honachanahalli 6.05 SW
Devanagondi 5.23 SW
Lingadeeramallasandra 2.18 S
3.3. State of the Environment (Regional)
3.3.1. Land Environment

3.3.1.1 Geomorphology:
248. Geomorphology is the scientific study of landforms and the
processes that shape them
249. Geomorphology plays an important role in understanding the
interaction between human activities and the changing landforms of
our rivers, estuaries, coasts and offshore areas.
250. Geomorphologically the district is divided into following units:
132 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 3.2 Details of landform in district

Origin Land Forms Occurrence in the District
Fluvial Valley Fill Scattered in the entire district in between
structural hill
Denudation Pediment Main concentration in north east and
scattered in entire district
Burried Main concentration in east and scattered in
pediment entire district
Hill Structural hill Covers entire district except north east
Source: kolar.nic.in/kolar_district_maps.htm
3.3.1.2 Soil composition and characteristics:
251. The study area comes under the Eastern-dry zone of Karnataka’s
agro-climate zones. The soils of Kolar district occur on different
landforms such as hills, ridges, pediments, plains and valleys. The
types of soils distributed range from red loamy soil to Yellow red
sandy soil and lateritic soil with low permeability. The soil do not
show any regular variation in depth and colour due to undulating
topography
252. Of the total area, about 73% is suitable for agriculture and
horticulture; about 3% for forestry, pasture and the remaining area
is suitable for quarrying, mining and as habitat for wildlife.
3.3.2. Land Use
253. 9% of the total area of the district is covered by forest and 66% by
cultivable land. 16% of the area is uncultivated (02-03). Area sown
in the district forms 34% of the total area of the district.
133 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Malur
Source: http://cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/karnataka/KOLAR.pdf
Figure 3.2 Land-use of Kolar district
134 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3.3.3. Natural Disasters

3.3.3.1 Seismic consideration:
254. According to GSHAP data, the state of Karnataka mostly falls in a
region of low seismic hazard with border areas lying in regions of
low to moderate hazard
Project
site
Figure 3.3 :Seismic Hazard Map of karnatka

255. As per the 2002 Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) map,
Karnataka also falls in Zones II & III. Historically, parts of these
states have experienced seismic activity in the M4.0 range. The
figure given above reflects that our project site lies in low hazard
zone.
135 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3.3.3.2 Flood Proness

Kolar is not a flood prone area
3.3.4. Water Environment:
Hydrology:
256. Hydrology of the study area is broadly classified into following two
categories:
 Surface water hydrology consisting of river, stream, canal, ponds,
dams, etc.
 Ground water hydrology consisting of accumulation of water in
deeper strata of ground.
257. The main occupation of people is agriculture. In the absence of

surface water irrigation system ground water is the main source of
irrigation. The district has highest number bore wells in the state
258. Basin and Drainage:
There are no perennial rivers in Kolar district.
The district is drained by three river basins namely
 Palar,
 North Pennar (North Pinakani), and
 South Pennar (South Pinakani ).
259. All these rivers and their tributaries are small and carry water only
during rainy season. North Pennar drains 47%, Palar drains
32% and South Pennar drains 21% of the total area of the Kolar
district. But none of the three passes through our study area.
Ground water:
260. The occurrence and movement of ground water is controlled by
weathered zone and fractures and fissures that exist in hard rocks.
261. Malur is the most arid taluk in Kolar District, and the excessive
drawing of groundwater by farmers to grow vegetables is
threatening the taluk with desertification.
The Central Ground Water Board has listed Malur is among the six
136 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
“Over-exploited Blocks” in Karnataka, where groundwater

exploitation exceeds recharging. The other blocks are Anekal,
Bangalore (north), Hosakote, Devanahalli and Kolar.
The overexploitation of water has led the groundwater level to go

down dangerously in the taluk. Existing bore wells have dried up,
and new bore wells strike water, if at all, at 1,200 ft and below. Such
water, excessively contaminated by nitrates and fluorides, is unfit for
drinking. Water though is encountered at 300 ft minimum depth.
There is rocky formation at 15 m.
262. With water availability reducing, farmers are now resorting to drip
irrigation. In drip irrigation, irrigation in which the required quantity of
water is supplied at low pressure to the root zone of each plant drop
by drop by drippers / emitters through a network of pipes in order to
conserve water and ensure that water is provided to plants without
any waste.
263. Even though Kolar district stands first in having the maximum
number of irrigation tanks (4488 tanks) in Karnataka, their
dependability for irrigation again depends upon rainfall conditions.
Hence, ground water has a special significance for the all-round
development of this water-starved district and plays a vital role in
the development of this drought-prone area.
(Source: CGWB and other secondary sources)
 Status of Groundwater Development
264. Wells are the major source of irrigation in the district. There are
11196 dug wells and 56684 bore wells in the district as per 3rd MI
census. 791dug wells and 1822 bore wells have gone dry in the
district due to lowering of water level.
Table 3.3 well description table
S. No. Typ Description

e of
well
1. Dug Well (DW) Where, water table is very shallow and/or aquifers with low
transmissivities are present (weathered,issured/clayey formations)
2. Bore Well (BW) Where, water table is deep and/or a thick column of weathered /
clayey formation
137 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3. Tube Well (TW) Where, loose or collapsible unconsolidated and semi-consolidated

sediments with fairly good transmissivities are present
3.3.5. Climate and meteorology:

265. Kolar district falls in the Eastern dry agro climatic Zone. It
experiences a semi-arid climate, characterized by typical monsoon
tropical weather with hot summers and mild winters. The year is
normally divided into four seasons. They are;
a) Dry season during Jan-Feb,
b) Pre monsoon season during Mar-May,
c) Southwest Monsoon season during Jun-Sep and
d) Post or Northeast monsoon season during Oct-Dec
Rain Fall:
266. The southwest monsoon contributes around 55 percent of the

annual rainfall. The other monsoon (NE) yields around 30 percent.
The balance of around 15 percent results from the pre monsoon.
September and October are the wettest months with over 100mm
monthly rainfall. Thunderstorms are common during the month of
May. The post monsoon season often gets copious rains due to
passing depressions.
267. Being a semi arid area the district is drought prone. In the recent
years, 2002 and 2003 are deficient in rainfall. On an average year
2004 is a normal year and 2005 is a rainfall excess year amounting
to nearly 50 percent excess over the normal.
Table 3.4 Rainfall intensity in Malur Tehsil

2001
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
e
Averag
2002
2003
year
Rainfall
965.8 694.7 761.3 1041.8 1246.1 412.0 838.5 937.3 747.7 607.7 700.68
intensity
Source:http://kolar.nic.in/kolar_statistics.pdf
138 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3.4. State of the Environment (Site-Specific)
268. The environmental status of the local vicinity at 10 km radial zone

around the project site has been studied during the summer season
(16 March to 15 June, 2012) and the details are given in the
following sub-sections:
3.4.1. Meteorological Study:
269. Meteorological study exerts a critical influence on air quality as it is
an important factor in governing the ambient air quality. The
meteorological data recorded during the study period is used for
interpretation of the baseline information as well as input for air
quality simulation models. Meteorological data was collected for
summer season. A meteorological station was installed in the
project area at about 10 m above the ground level. All care was
taken to see that the station is free from obstructions to free flow of
winds. Wind speed, wind direction, temperature and relative
humidity data was collected daily on hourly basis during the study
period. The maximum, minimum and average temperatures as well
as relative humidity of the study period are presented in Table 3.5
Table 3.5 Summary of Micrometeorological Data

Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%)
Month Maxim Minimu Mea Maximu Minimu Mea
um m n m m n
16 March –15 35 18 28 86 6 37
April
16 April-15 May 36 21 27 92 10 56
16 May-15 june 36 18 27 92 6 55
Source: field Studies carried Out by EQMS
270. The wind rose diagram for the study area is shown in Figure 3.5
and the wind class frequency distribution is shown in Figure 3.6
The analysis of the average wind pattern shows predominant winds
from west direction Having 35-38.% wind frequency, and other
directions that include East with wind frequencies of 20-22%
respectively. The calm wind (wind speed < 0.5 m/s) conditions were
prevailed for13.27% of the total time.
139 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 3.4 Wind Rose at Project Site
Figure 3.5 Wind Class Frequency Distribution
140 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 3.6 Sampling location map
Table 3.4(a) Sampling Location Table

Location Location Location w.r.t. site
Sample Description
code Name Distance Direction
Air Devankundi Railway stn. &
A5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW
Oil depots
GW1 Project Site
Ground GW2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area
water GW3 kanganhalli 2.2 km N Village & surrounding area
S1 Devankundi 5.8 km SW
Soil Oil depots
Project Site
N1 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site
(Core Zone)
Noise N3 Malur 6.0 km E Malur Industrial Area
N5 Devankundi 5.8 km SW
Oil depots
141 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

3.4.2.1 Topography:
271. The topography of the project site and the study area of 10 km
radial zone is undulating and is calculated with the help of contour
and TIN map as shown in figure 3.6 and figure 3.7:
272. The elevation of the project area varies from 840 to 960 m in
general. However, in the northern and western side to the project
area the elevations are in the range of 910 to 920 m, which provides
a gentle slope towards east direction of the project site. There are
no hills, hillocks but at parts there is undulating land in the study
area which is not a major area of concern.
Figure 3.7 TIN of study Area
142 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 3.8 : Contour Map of study area

(Source: Satellite Data collection)
3.4.2.2 Land Use
273. The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA
study is to identify the manner in which different parts of land in an
area are being utilized or not utilized. Remote sensing data provides
reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping as it is a
rapid method of acquiring up-to-date information of over a large
geological area.
274. Land use and land cover mapping was carried out by standard
methods like digital image processing (DIP) supported by ground
truthing. For this purpose digital data on CD ROMs was procured
from National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Hyderabad. DIP of
the satellite data, preparation of various thematic maps, and their
interpretation were achieved EQMS using Erdas Imagine 9.0 of
Leica Geosystems. Before digitally processing, image
enhancement, transformation, classification and pre-processing was
done for band separation. Different bands were downloaded into the
workstation using Erdas Imagine 9.0. The images were checked for
143 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
occasional shortcomings in the quality of radiometric and line

dropouts.
275. Band separation and windowing of the study area Environmental
Impact Assessment – Land Use and Land Cover with the help of
Survey of India (SOI) topo sheets was performed.
Table 3.6 Land use description

Class Area(Sqkm)
Agricultural land 19.95
Agri fallow land 91.91
Settlement 18.67
Barren land 23.50
Water body 4.71
Dense forest 28.43
Open forest 128.07
Total 315.24
Source: Satellite Data collection
AREA(SQKM) Agricultural
land
6%
Open forest Agri fallow land

41% 29%
Settlement
Dense forest
6%
9%
Barren land
Water body 7%
2%
Figure 3.9 Land use diagram

144 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 3.10 Land-Use map of the study area

3.4.2.3 Soil Characteristics
276. Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth's crust that serves as a
natural medium for the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated
mineral matter that has been subjected to and influenced by genetic
and environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for
plants and crops and also provide mechanical anchorage and
favourable tilts
277. The samples were examined for various parameters, thus the
sampling locations are decided based on one or more criteria these
are:
 To determine the existing soil characteristics of the study
area;
 To determine the impact on soil characteristics due to the
activities of the existing industries located in the study area;
 Soil samples were collected from the project site as well as
from nearby areas to assess its physio-chemical
characteristics in the study area. The sampling locations are
145 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
shown in Table 3.7 and the analysis results are given in

Table 3.8.
278. Mainly six Broad soil groups have been identified in the state i.e.
 Black Soil
 Red soils
 Laterite soils
 Coastal alluvials
 Dark brown clayey soils
 Saline alkali soils
 The red soil is found in kolar district and is derived from
granitic gneisses .The soils do not show any regular
variation in depth and colour due to undulating topography.
Mineralogically the red soils are dominated by Kaolinite,
halloysite and to some extent iron and aluminium oxides.
These soils are classified under order alfisols.
Table 3.7 Soil Sampling locations

Location w.r.t. Site
Station
Station Name Distance Direction Description
Code
(km)
S1 Project Site -- -- --
Devenkundi Railway stn. &
S2 Devankundi 5.8 km W
Oil depots
3.4.2.4 Subsidence.
279. Area with unstable soil such as filled up area still under the process
of consolidation may not be suitable for construction of the landfill
due to chances of uneven settlement, which may rupture the liner
system
146 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 3.8 Analysis Results of Soil Sampling

Sr. No. Parameter S1 S2 S3
Texture Sandy Clay Sandy Clay Sandy Clay
Sand (%) 38 42 48
1
Silt (%) 22 12 08
Clay (%) 40 46 44
2 pH 7.36 7.21 7.01
3 EC (us/cm) 86 121 106
4 Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.09 1.11 1.08
5 SAR 2.27 0.97 0.55
6 Available Nitrogen (kg/ha) 168 129 156
7 Available P as PO4 (kg/ha) 86 72 88
8 Available K (kg/ha) 118 102 156
9 Exchangeable Ca (meq/100gr) 0.96 3.20 2.60
10 Exchangeable Mg (meq/100gr) 0.54 1.12 0.98
11 Exchangeable Na (meq/100gr) 1.21 2.32 1.21
12 Organic Carbon (%) 0.24 0.26 0.32
13 Manganese (meq/100gr) 0.06 0.24 0.31
14 Zinc (meq/100gr) 3.90 3.10 3.60
15 Boron (meq/100gr) 0.02 0.02 0.02
(Source: soil Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)
Table 3.9 Standards of soil characteristics

Soil Tests Classification
<4.50 Extremely Acidic 6.50-7.30- Neutral
4.50- 5.00 Very Strongly Acidic 7.30-7.80- Slightly Alkaline
pH 5.00- 5.50- Strongly Acidic 7.60-8.50- Moderately Alkaline
5.50-6.00- Moderately Acidic 8.50-9.00- Strongly Alkaline
6.00-6.50- Slightly Acidic >9.00- Very Strongly Alkaline
Up to 1.00 – Average
Electrical
Conductivity 1.01- 2.00- Harmful to germination
(µmhos/cm)
2.01-3.00- Harmful to crops sensitive to salts
Up to 0.2- Very less 0.61-0.8- on an average sufficient
Organic
0.21-0.4- Less 0.81-1.0- Sufficient
Carbon(%)
0.41-0.5- Medium >1.0- More than sufficient
Up to 50- very less 151-300- Better
Nitrogen
51-100- less <300- Sufficient
(kg/Ha)
101-150- Good -
147 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Soil Tests Classification

Up to 15- Very less 51-65- on an average sufficient
Phosphorous
16-30- less 65-80- Sufficient
(kg/Ha)
31-50- medium > 80- More than sufficient
0-120- very less 241-300- Average
Potash
120-180- less 301-360- Better
(kg/Ha)
181-200- Medium > 300- more than sufficient
280. Discussion: Physical Properties of Soil i.e.Sand,silt,clay etc. Reveals

that soil is sandy clay in nature. The soil is best suited for landfills
because it is impervious to water, chemicals and it compacts very
well.
3.4.3. Water Environment
281. The study of water environment aspect in the ecosystem is to identify
sensitive issues, and to take preventive measures by maintaining
ecological homeostasis. Ground water as well as, surface water
samples were collected from different sources within the study area
for impact assessment study. Important physical and chemical
parameters were analysed for establishing the water quality status of
the study area. Most of the domestic water requirement is met from
ground water sources that are from the bore wells inside the study
area. A detailed water quality assessment was done to evaluate and
assess the possible impacts of the proposed green/ brown field
project on the water regime and quality.
3.4.3.1 Preliminary Survey
282. A reconnaissance survey was conducted for water samples collected
and assessed for the water quality based on the following
considerations.
 Location of surface water bodies
 Representative conditions
 Potential users
283. Water resources within 10 km of the study area were selected and
water parameter measured describing the water environment.
284. Selected water quality parameters for water resources within 10 km of
the study area have been used for describing the water environment,
148 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
and assessing the impacts on it. To assess the water quality impacts,
water resources in the impact area have been grouped into two
classes.
 Surface water resources including streams, tanks, rivers, etc
 Ground water resources in the deeper strata of the ground
 The ground water sampling locations are shown in Figure 3.5. And
Table-3.10
3.4.3.2 Methodology
285. Ground water from dug wells, tube wells and hand pumps cater to the
drinking water needs of the villages in the region. The quality of
ground water was assessed by taking samples and analysed as per
CPCB guidelines. The methodology followed for sampling and
analysis is as follows:
286. Reconnaissance survey was undertaken and monitoring locations
were selected based usage and source. Water samples were
collected in pre-washed bottles in ice boxes and analysed later in
laboratory. Physical parameters like Temperature, EC, pH were
monitored onsite.
3.4.3.3 Water Quality Assessment
287. The results of water analysis were compared with IS: 10500-1993
drinking water standard to study their suitability for drinking purpose
and surface water were classified on basis of CPCB standard.
Sampling locations for water samples are shown in Figure 3.5. and
the sampling locations and analytical results of the water samples are
shown in Table-3.10: and Table 3.11.
Table 3.10 Ground Water Quality sampling location

Station Station Name Location w.r.t. Site Description
Code Distance Direction
(km)
GW1 Project Site
GW2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village & surrounding area
GW3 kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area
149 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 3.11 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area

S. Parameter Unit Desirable Permissible Project makan Kangan Huralg
No limits limits site halli hali ere
GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4
1 pH -- 6.50-8.50 NR 7.23 7.14 6.98 7.23
2 Turbidity NTU 05 max 10 max 1.30 1.60 1.30 1.60
3 EC µMho/c -- -- 1718 1128 2598 2124
m
4 TDS mg/L 500 max 2000 max 1098 722 1688 1378
5 Total Alkalinity as mg/L 200 max 600 max 420 400 520 440
CaCO3
6 Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 250 max 1000 max 241.4 71.0 454.6 184.6
7 Sulphates as mg/L 200 max 400 max 86.4 52.9 121.2 337.1
SO4-2
8 Nitrates as NO3 mg/L 45 max 100 max 6.6 2.9 8.9 6.9
9 Phosphates as mg/L -- -- <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
PO4
10 Total Hardness mg/L 300 max 600 max 720 448 952 608
as CaCO3
11 Calcium as Ca mg/L 75 max 200 max 201.6 124.6 275.2 166.4
12 Magnesium as mg/L 30 max 100 max 51.8 32.7 63.4 46.1
Mg
13 Sodium as Na mg/L -- -- 59.8 49.2 155.2 205.2
14 Potassium as K mg/L -- -- 4.2 3.2 6.9 4.2
15 Flourides as F- mg/L 1.0 max 1.5 max 1.2 0.9 1.3 1.3
16 Iron as Fe mg/L 0.3 max 1.0 max 0.14 0.12 0.18 0.14
17 Phenolic mg/L 0.001 max 0.002 max <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
Compounds
18 Cyanide as CN- mg/L 0.05 max NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
19 Residual Chlorine mg/L -- -- <0.04 <0.04 <0.04 <0.04
as Cl-
20 Cadmium as Cd mg/L 0.01 max NR <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.002
21 Total Chromium mg/L 0.05 max NR <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
as Cr
22 Lead as Pb mg/L 0.05 max NR <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
23 Zinc as Zn mg/L 05max 15 max 0.23 0.16 0.23 0.32
24 Manganese as mg/L 0.1 max 0.3 max <0.001 <0.001 0.006 0.004
Mn
25 Copper as Cu mg/L 0.05 max 1.5 max <0.001 <0.001 0.06 0.09
26 Nickel as Ni mg/L -- -- <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
27 Total coliforms Mpn/10 Nil Nil Absent Absent Absent Absent
0ml
28 E-Coli /100ml Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent
29 Boron mg/L 01 max 05 max <0.02 <0.02 0.04 0.04
30 Anionic mg/L 0.2 max 1.0 max <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02
Detergents
31 Mineral Oil mg/L 0.01 max 0.03 max <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001
32 Arsenic as As mg/L 0.01 max NR <0.02 <0.02 0.02 0.03
33 Aluminum as Al mg/L 0.03 max 0.2 max <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.02
34 Mercury as Hg mg/L <0.001 NR <0.0002 <0.000 <0.0002 <0.000
2 2
35 Pesticides mg/L Absent 0.001 max Absent Absent Absent Absent
(Source: Ground Water Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)
150 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Conclusion:
S.N. Name of Parameters Above
Village Desirable Value Maximum Permissible Value
1. Project site TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Total Hardness as CaCO3,calcium as
Magnesium as Mg,Fluorine as F Ca
2. Makanhalli TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Total
Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca, ,
Magnesium as Mg
3. Kanganhali TDS, Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium
Chlorides as Cl-, Magnesium as Mg, as Ca
Fluoride as F, Copper as Cu, Arsenic
as As
4. Huralgere TDS, , Total Alkalinity as CaCO3, Total Hardness as CaCO3,
-2
Sulphates as SO4 , calcium as Ca,
Magnesium as Mg, Fluoride as F,
Copper as Cu, Arsenic as As
288. It is envisaged that no surface water body is existing in the study

area.
289. The Ground water quality in the region has been compared with
respect to the Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS:
10500:1991 and it has been found that the Ground water is not
desirable for Drinking Purposes. Some of the Parameters likes
Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca which are above
Permissible Limit
290. Hardness is a general term used to refer to the CaCO3 (calcium
carbonate) content of water. Hardness does not pose a health threat,
but it does cause other domestic problems. It can ruin hot water
heater elements, reduce soap lathering, and make laundry difficult to
clean. Moderate levels of hardness are beneficial because they inhibit
plumbing system corrosion.
291. It is also noticed that arsenic in Kanganhali and Huralgere village is
also exceeding the desirable arsenic value for drinking water.The
general Cause of Exceeding arsenic in the ground water is Erosion of
natural deposits; runoff from orchards, runoff from glass & electronics
production wastes.
The Potential health impacts of arsenic can be Skin damage or
problems with circulatory systems, and may have increased risk of
getting cancer.
151 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3.4.4. Air Environment

292. Preliminary air sampling and monitoring was carried out in the months
of March to June 2012 to establish the air quality of the study area.
3.4.4.1 Purpose
293. The ambient air quality in the 10 Km radius study area will form
baseline information over which the predicted impacts is
superimposed to find out the net impact on the air quality in the
project impact section.
3.4.4.2 Methodology
294. The design of the network of ambient air quality monitoring stations in
the study area was carried out based on the following criteria:
 Sensitivity of site, where the construction activity and traffic due to
the proposed project will take place.
 Presence of sensitive receptors such as settlements.
 Meteorological conditions like Predominant wind direction;
 Topography of the study area;
 Previous regional air quality levels;
 Influence of the existing sources;
295. The main sources of air pollution in the study area are vehicular
emission, resuspended dust from the paved and unpaved tracks, fuel
burning for domestic requirements and wind blown dust from the open
agricultural and waste land.
296. Monitoring of particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than 10
micron (PM10), particulate matter of aerodynamic diameter less than
2.5 micron (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Oxides of Nitrogen
(NOx), Carbon Monoxide (CO), NH3, Fluorides, Benzene including
VOCs was conducted twice a week at each location during the study
period (Summer Season).
152 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 3.12 Air Quality sampling locations

Code Distance (km) Direction

A5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. & Oil depots
A6 Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area
Table 3.13 Analysis result

Sampling Value/Concentr PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO 2 NH3 Benz VOC Pb
Location ation ene
3 3 3 3 3 3
µg/m µg/m µg/ µg/m µg/m µg/m µg/m µg/
3 3
m m
Standard 100.0 60.0Ma 80. 80.0M 2000.0 400.0M --
Max x 0M ax Max ax
ax
PROJECT Arithmetic mean 36.5 18.5 4.6 11.4 95 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
SITE(A1) Maximum 43.5 22.1 5.1 12.8 134 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
Minimum 28.3 14.2 4.1 10.2 73 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
98th percentile 43.1 22 5 12.7 129 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
MAKANNA Arithmetic mean 40.4 21 5.4 14.4 151.5 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
LI(A2) Maximum 46.7 23.9 5.9 15.2 172 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
Minimum 31.6 17.6 4.7 13.4 124 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
98th percentile 46 23.8 5.9 15.2 172 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
MALUR(A Arithmetic mean 51.6 29.2 7 21.6 271.6 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
3) Maximum 54.9 31.8 7.9 23.6 326 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
Minimum 45.6 24.1 5.3 18.3 214 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
98th percentile 54.8 31.8 7.8 23.6 324.2 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
HURALGE Arithmetic mean 38.5 20.5 5.4 13.4 125.8 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
RE(A4) Maximum 43.6 22.3 6.1 14.8 162 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
Minimum 31.6 16.9 4.6 10.6 98 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
98th percentile 43.4 22.2 6 14.7 159.2 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
DEVANKU Arithmetic mean 38 20.9 5.5 14 134.3 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
NDI(A5) Maximum 43.8 22.8 5.9 15.4 162 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
Minimum 30.4 17.2 5.1 12.3 112 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
98th percentile 43.5 22.8 5.9 15.3 157.9 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
KANGANH Arithmetic mean 38.7 20.4 5.1 12.4 139.1 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
ALLI(A6) Maximum 42.3 22.7 5.8 14.3 164 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
Minimum 33.6 17.6 4.3 10.3 112 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
98th percentile 42.2 22.7 5.8 14.3 163.1 <10.0 <0.01 <0.01 <0.1
(Source: Air Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)
3.4.4.3 Conclusion:
After Comparing the analysis Results with thw NAAQ CPCB
standards(given in the same table above).Hence, it can be concluded
that the air quality of the monitored locations in the study area are
153 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
well within the permissible standards for Industrial, Residential, Rural

& other areas.
3.4.5. Noise Environment
297. Noise after a certain level can have a very disturbing effect on the
people and animals exposed to it. Hence, it is important to assess the
present noise quality of the area in order to predict the potential
impact of future noise levels due to the proposed project.
298. Noise monitoring was carried out at 7 locations shown in Table 3.14.
The Noise Monitoring locations are shown in Figure 3.10:
299. Noise measurements were done using Cygnet Sound Level Meter
Model 2031A. Monitoring was carried out both in the day and night
time and accordingly Leq day and night were derived from the
monitored data including the peak values.
300. The results of the monitoring are provided in Table 3.15:. Monitored
levels were compared against Ambient Noise Standards prescribed
under Gazette Notification 643 of Ministry of Environment and
Forests, Government of India.
Table 3.14 Noise Quality sampling locations

(km)
N1 Project Site (Core 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site
Zone)
N3 Malur 5.0 km E Mallur Industrial Area
N5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. &
Oil depots
N6
Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area
Table 3.15 Analysis result

Time N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6
Hours/Day Project Huralge Devankun Kanganha
Time makannalli Malur
site re di lli
Maximum 44.6 52.1 54.8 51.6 49.4 50.4
Minimum 36.1 36.8 35.2 35.4 36.8 36.7
Day equivalent 52.4 72.4 49.3 49.5 48.9 40.6
154 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
dB(A)
Night equivalent
44.2 62.4 42.6 43.3 42.9 37.6
dB(A)
(Source: Noise Quality Analysis during study period by Vision Lab PVT. LTD)
Discussion:
It has been observed that in all the locations, the noise level during
day time and night time was well within limit specified for Residential
areasi.e. 65dB (in Day),55dB(in night) and industrial limitsi.e.75dB(in
Day),70dB(in night).
3.5. Ecological Environment
301. Biological environment of the area constitutes of all living beings of

that area. In general it is represented by flora and fauna. Flora is
categorized in to three groups as herbs, shrubs and trees. Fauna is
divided into two groups i.e. terrestrial fauna including insects
(butterflies), reptiles, birds and mammals whereas aquatic fauna
consists of plankton, benthos and fishes. Biological environment is an
intricate part of the environment. Hence, any change in the
surrounding environment could cause loss of species or decrease in
biodiversity of the area. Therefore, the present study is proposed to
assess the impact on biological environment of proposed project site
upto 10 km radius of the surrounding area. Accordingly mitigation
measures are evolved to sustain the biological diversity.
302. The baseline study for existing ecological environment was carried
out in the summer season (2012). A participatory and consultative
approach was followed. A field visit was undertaken for survey of
Flora and Fauna in the study area. Nine sites from CZ1 to BZ 1-BZ 7
were selected to have an overview of ecological environment in
surrounding area of the project site upto 10 km radius. The
secondary data was also collected for reference purpose. The
description of the sampling sites is given in Table 3.16
andFigure3.10.
3.5.1. Objectives
303. The ecological study of the area has been conducted in order to
understand the existing status of flora and fauna to generate baseline
information and evaluate the possible impacts on biological
environment. The present study highlights the various issues
155 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
pertaining to floristic diversity and faunal wealth in the surrounding

area upto 10km radius of the proposed project site.
3.5.2. Methodology of the Study
304. For the purpose of surveying the vegetation quadrates were laid to
record phytosociological features of the vegetation. The vegetation
data collected for phytosociological information were analyzed.
Besides measuring these parameters, other biodiversity aspects in
the terms of endemic status, conservation status and life form have
been enumerated. For all the plant species found in the area during
ecological survey, Red Data Books of the Botanical survey of India
have been screened to verify their conservation status. The
information was also collected from secondary sources for reference
purposes.
305. The sampling sites were selected based on the Landuse pattern of
the study area and after preliminary survey of the study area within
10km radius from the periphery of proposed project. Project area has
been defined as core zone (CZ) and surrounding area has been
defined as Buffer Zone (BZ).
306. Total Nine study sites were selected following general survey which
are shown in the Table. No reserve forest was found in the adjoining
areas except the village waste land and plantation along the roadside.
However, commercial plantation for Eucalyptus has been undertaken
at large scale. No perennial water bodies and drains / stream are
present in the study area. However, some low lying area where soil
has been dugout for Brick Industries are able to get stagnate some
rain waters. There is one village pond observed near Bayalahalli, rain
water ponds of soil quarry sites at Hurulgeri, and Pichhiguntrapalli. It
was also observed from the landuse pattern that most of the area falls
under agriculture land and drought prone in nature.
Table 3.16 Study sites for ecological environment in surrounding area of the proposed
project (10 km radius)
(km)
CZ 1 Project Site (Core 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project Site
Zone)
BZ 1 Pichiguntrapalli 0.75 km SW Village & surrounding area
156 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

(km)
BZ 2 Hurulagere 2.5 km S Village & surrounding area
BZ 3 Bayallhalli 3.5km SE Village & surrounding area
BZ 4 Jadigenahalli 6.0 km NW Village & surrounding area
BZ 5 Kattigonapalli 2.5 km N Village & surrounding area
BZ 6 Devankondi 5.8 km W Devengundi Railway stn. &
Oil depots
BZ 7 Mallur 5.0 km E Malur Industrial Area
Figure 3.11 Sampling Location for Terrestrial Ecology

3.5.3. Land Use:
307. The vegetation cover for the area of interest has been prepared using
satellite imagery by extracting the areas under different vegetation
classification of Land use pattern. The land use pattern shows that
157 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
about 46.7.% vegetation cover is present in the 10 km radius which

indicates the tree plantation undertaken as Agro forestry Practices
by different stakeholders in the private land. However, no reserve
forest was found present in the area except the village waste land and
road side plantation. The detail landuse pattern is shown in Table3.6
and depicted in Figure 3.9.
Vegetation Cover within Bangalore Rural and Kolar districts (Source: FSI Report)
308. The area in the scope of this study fall under two taluka i.e. Mallur of
district Kolar and Hoskote of district Bangalore Rural of Karnataka
state. The project site is located under Mallur Tluka of Kolar district.
The information is also obtained from the State of Forest Report
published by Forest Survey of India. The forest type of the district
according to Champion and Seth (1935) is southern tropical dry
deciduous and thorn scrub. The area belongs to the semi arid zone of
Karnataka that is due to year-to-year fluctuations in the total seasonal
rainfall and considered as drought prone area.
309. The report shows that the Kolar District, which extends over an area
of 4012 km2, has forests cover of about 9% of its total geographic
area. The geographical forest area ranges from 1.71% (Bangarpet),
2.3% (Malur), 2.78% (Kolar) to 15% (Srinivasapur) and 20%
(Chikballapur). Taluks are grouped into three (<10%, 10-20%
and>20% cover) based on percentage of forest cover (Source: FSI
Report). The dominant species include Anogeissus latifolia,
Terminalia tomentosa, Chloroxylon swietinia, etc.
310. The Forests constitute nearly 16.72% of the geographical area of
Bangalore-Rural district, which are of the deciduous species topping
thorny undergrowth with scrub jungle. Most species are valuable as
firewood.
311. Trees of Terminalia Pniculata, Dalbergia latifolia , Pterocarpus
marsupium , Hardwickia binata, Vitex altissimia are more common in
these forests. Bambusa bambos sub type of forests occurs in Sathnur
range in association with Terminalia and Anogeissus species.
312. Hard wood species predominate in Thorny scrub type forests. Some
of the typical species are Albizzia amara , Chloroxylon swietenia ,
Acacia pinnata , Acacia catechu , Wrightia tinctoria, Acacia suma,
Azadirachta indica, Canthium didynum, Erythroxylon monogynum,
158 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Zizyphusjujuba, Lantana, Randia , Pterolobium , Dodnea etc. The

edaphic types- Hardwickia and Boswellia forests are seen in Sathnur,
Kanakpura and Ramanagaram ranges.
313. Further, To meet the energy requirements, Firewood plantations have
been raised that of Eucalyptus, Acacia auriculiformis and Casuarina
sp.
314. Inventory results of the KFD based on 1% sampling intensity indicates
the tree density to be 26.23 trees/ha and the corresponding volume to
be 4.44 cum/ha. According to the Non-forest inventory Report-2000,
published by the FSI, the entire non-forest area of Bangalore rural
district has 12.5 million trees giving an average of 26.2 trees/ha. The
species wise distribution of the total number of trees shows that
Eucalyptus has the largest representation (17.2%) followed by
Azadirachta indica (6.3%), Ficus (5.3%) Acacia arabica (2.6%) and
tamarindus indica (1.2%). The distribution of the number of trees into
different category of plantation shows that block plantations dominate
the plantations having about (43.6%) followed by farm forestry
(31.7%) and village woodlot (14.3%). The minimum trees were in
canal side plantation (0.02%). The growing stocks of the species in
various plantations are given in tabular form below
Various Plantations in Bangalore Rural Division
SL No Name of the Species Stems/ha

1 Farm forestry 8.32
2 Road side plantation 0.31
3 Village wood 3.76
4 Block plantation 11.41
5 Pond side plantation 0.18
6 Railway side plantation 0.07
7 Canal side plantation 0.01
8 Rest 2.18
Total 26.23
(Bangalore Rural Working Plan, 2000)
315. Farm forestry: Neem appears to be the most favoured species by the
farmers under the Farm forestry which contributes to 13.07% of trees
followed by the ficus species (12.07%), Eucalyptus species (7.82%),
159 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Acacia arabica (6.41%) and Tamarindus indica (2.06%). The rest of

the species contribute less than 1% of the no. of trees under this
category. Owing to their larger size, the Ficus species alone
contributes about 57% to the total growing stock in this category. Two
other species that has significant contribution to the growing stock are
Eucalyptus sp and Tamarindus indica at 6% and 5%, respectively.
316. Village woodlot: The trees under this category which are naturally
growing tree species in the community land /private land obviously
are composed of various species without the predominance of any
particular species. Of them Azadirachta indica, Acacia catechu and
Ficus species contribute 10%, 5% and 3%, respectively, to the
growing stand (Bangalore Rural Division Working Plan, 2001). To
meet the fuel wood and small timber requirement of the people,
nearly 6974 ha of fuel wood plantations have been raised in this
division. These plantations are raised on notified forests or other
government lands. The species commonly planted are Cassuarina
sp., Acacia auriculiformis, and Eucalyptus sp. Some are monoculture
plantations while others are a mix of the above species. The rotation
age fixed for these plantations is 10 years.
317. However, only some part of Hoskote taluka falls in the 10km study
area from Banglore Rural district. The project site is located in the
Kolar district. Though to have an holistic view of vegetation account
primary as well as secondary data has been collected up to 10 km
radius from the periphery of proposed project site.
318. The people of this region are mainly depending on agriculture
followed by agroforestry practice and other produces related to
agriculture, horticulture and forest as The Apiculture i.e. Bee keeping.
The Apiculture is also considered as rural industry. The Bee keepers
are maintaining Bee colonies of Apiaries cerena indica. The main
object of the bee keeping is to get good yeild of the crops through
cross pollination from bees like honey, bee wax etc..
319. In addition to Bee keeping, other commercial activity like Brick Inns,
Poultry, Orchards, Tree Plantation, Vegetables, Agriculture, Industrial
area-Mallur & Devenagundi, Wood Factories, etc. are the common
commercial activities taking place in the project influenced area within
10 km radius.
160 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
320. Further Community forestry which include Grazing land & Degraded
forestland, Short rotation plantation- Eucalyptus spp., Acacia spp. and
Fruit orchard of Mangifera indica, Syzygium cuminii, Tamarindus
indica, Azadirachta indica, Ficus spp. are common practice in the
area.
Farm forestry includes
i) Cropland bund planting in combination of long rotation & fruit orchard
has plantation of -Tectona grandis, Grevillea robusta, Pterocarpus
spp., Mangifera indica, Tamarindus indica, Azadirachta spp., Achras
sapota, Artocarpus spp. and
ii) Cropland block planting of short rotation as Eucalyptus spp and long
rotation as Tectona grandis, Grevillea robusta, Terminalia spp.,
Dalbergia spp. with Fruit Orchard of Mangifera indica, Tamarindus
indica, Achras sapota, Artocarpus, Neem, Guava, Syzygium.
3.5.4. Vegetation Profile of the Study Area

321. During floral survey, it was observed that the area consists of three
types of vegetation. i.e. dry forest type mainly scrub vegetation,
agriculture land and agroforestry land. The area is falls under drought
prone zone of district Banglore Rural and district Kolar . It was found
from the survey as well as from record of forest department that no
reserve forest exists in the surrounding area 2 Km of the proposed
project. However, there are reserve forest beyond two Km and 10 Km
in study area these are listed at Table below and figure below :
Sl. Area
Name of the Reserve Forests
No. (Km2)
1 Appasandra state plantation reserved forest 2.17
2 Bellar state forest 0.31
3 Hale korandahalli state plantation reserved forest 1.20
4 Hosa korandahalli state plantation reserved forest 2.02
5 Jadigenahalli state plantation reserved forest 2.99
6 Kadmutsandra state plantation reserved forest 0.74
7 Maliyappanahalli state forest 0.68
8 Marasandra state plantation reserved forest 2.21
9 Nallad state plantation reserved forest 6.87
10 State plantation reserved forest 1.49
11 Tattanur state plantation reserved forest 0.63
12 Tindlu state forest 1.37
Total Area (sq. km) 22.67
161 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 3.12 Distribution of State Reserved Forests within 10 Km Buffer Zone.

322. Most of the land has dry land-sandy land characteristic followed by
crop land and open land and agricultural fellow land. Tree species
observed in the area are planted by the local inhabitants in their field
and nearby village whereas along roadside and in open land forest
department has done plantation.
323. Most of the vegetation present in the buffer zone is dry deciduous and
scrubby vegetation. No earmarked forest is present in the area.
Grass is conspicuous, herbs are scattered and climbers are not
reported. The common trees found in this region are Anogeissus
latifolia , Terminalia tomentosa , Chloroxylon sweitenia , Santalum
album , Melia composita, Acacia catechu, Hardwickia binata, Cassia
fistula, Diospyros montana and Diospyros melanoxylon .
324. A floral enlistment of trees, shrubs and herbs, grasses, farm
vegetation & orchards with their scientific names, common names
and the family to which they belong is presented in a tabular format
162 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
with updated information of rainy season of 2014 as Tables 3.17 and

shown in Plates ..
Table 3.17 Flora within Study Area

List A: All plant species found in the project site (core area) of 30.81 Acres
during the rainy season of 2014
Botanical name Common / local name Family
Acalypha indica Indian nettle Euphorbiaceae
Achyranthes aspera Uttaraani Amaranthaceae
Aerva lanata Hittina donne soppu Amaranthaceae
Agave americana Bhuttala Agavaceae
Alternanthera pungens Khaki weed Amaranthaceae
Alternanthera philoxeroides Alligator weed Amaranthaceae
Alternanthera sessilis Honganne Amaranthaceae
Andrographis paniculata Nela bevu Acanthaceae
Anisomeles indica Manga maari soppu Lamiaceae
Argemone mexicana Datturi-gida Papavaraceae
Aristida setacea Broom grass Poaceae
Asystasia gangetica Meddhe soppu Acanthaceae
Bacopa monnieri Brahmi Scrophulariaceae
Barleria cristata Bluebell Acanthaceae
Blumea lacera Gaandhaari gida Asteraceae
Butea monosperma Flame of the forest Fabaceae
Calotropis procera Bili yekkada gida Asclepiadaceae
Cardiospermum halicacabum Erumballi Sapindaceae
Cassia absus Kaadu huliga Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia fistula Kakke Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia occidentalis Doddatagase Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia tora Gandu thagache Caesalpiniaceae
Chloris barbata Grass Poaceae
Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae
Chrozophora rottleri Gurugu Euphorbiaceae
Chrysopogon fulvus Guria grass Euphorbiaceae
Cleome viscosa Haladi gida Cleomaceae
Commelina benghalensis Hittagani Commelinaceae
Crotalaria verrucosa Gijigiji gida Fabaceae
Cymbopogon caesius Kamanchahullu Fabaceae
Cymbopogon coloratus Majjige Hullu Fabaceae
Cynodon dactylon Garike Fabaceae
Cyperus rotundus Thunge hullu Cyperaceae
Dactyloctenium aegyptium Crow foot grass Poaceae
Daemia extensa Juttuve Asclepiadaceae
Desmodium triflorum Kaadu pullam purasi Fabaceae
Digera muricata Chenchali soppu Amaranthaceae
163 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Dodonaea viscosa Bandarike Sapindaceae

Eclipta alba Garagadasappu Asteraceae
Eragrostis tenella Grass Poaceae
Eremopogon foveolatus Kalvar Poaceae
Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae
Evolvulus alsinoides Shankhapushpi Convolvulaceae
Hedyotis corymbosa Kallu sabbasige Rubiaceae
Hedyotis puberula Chaaya veru Rubiaceae
Heliotropium indicum Chelumani Boraginaceae
Heteropogon contortus Awn grass Poaceae
Hyptis suaveolens Vilaiti tulsi Lamiaceae
Indigofera tinctoria Nili Fabaceae
Indigofera trita Thoremanthi neeli Fabaceae
Ipomoea carnea Pink Morning glory Convolvulaceae
Jatropha curcas Dodda haralu Euphorbiaceae
Jatropha gossypifolia Chikka kaadu haralu Euphorbiaceae
Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae
Lepidagathis cristata Gantu kaalu gedde Acanthaceae
Leucas aspera Thumbe Lamiaceae
Leucas indica Devvathumbe Lamiaceae
Lippia nodiflora Nela-hippali Verbenaceae
Merremia tridentata llikivisoppu Convolvulacee
Mimosa rubicaulis Rasne / Urisige Mimosaceae
Neptunia triquetra Yellow sensitive plant Mimosaceae
Ocimum basilicum Kamakasturi Lamiaceae
Oldenlandia herbacea Kallasabatrasige Rubiaceae
Opuntia dillenii Nagadali Cactaceae
Panicum repens Sonti-hullu Poaceae
Parthenium hysterophorus Congress grass Asteraceae
Pedalium murex Annegalugida Pedaliaceae
Pergularia daemia Haalu koratige Asclepiadaceae
Peristrophe bicalyculata Cheebee gida Acanthaceae
Phyllanthus maderaspatensis Madaras nelli Euphorbiaceae
Physalis minima Guppatte gida Solanaceae
Portulaca oleracea Dodda goni soppu Portulacaceae
Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae
Rhynchosia minima Bettadavare Fabaceae
Scilla hyacinthina Chikka kaadu eerulli Liliaceae
Sida acuta Vishakaddi Malvaceae
Sida cordifolia Hirethutti Malvaceae
Sida rhombifolia Bolamgadale Malvaceae
Solanum xanthocarpum Chikkasonde Solanaceae
Spermacoce hispida Megidda Rubiaceae
Stachytarpheta indica Indian snake weed Verbenaceae
164 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Tephrosia purpurea Empali Fabacae

Tragia involucrata Dulagondi Euphorbiaceae
Trianthema decandra Gaijasoppu Aizoaceae
Trianthema portulacastrum Bili komme Aizoaceae
Tribulus terrestris Negalu Zygophyllaceae
Tridax procumbens Netta gabbu Asteraceae
Vernonia cinerea Gaaya doppalu Asteraceae
Zornia gibbosa Nellu chollu soppu Fabaceae
List B : Trees, shrubs and perennial climbers found in the buffer zone of the
project site during the rainy season of 2014
Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae
Acacia leucophloea White babul Mimosaceae
Acacia nilotica Black babul Mimosaceae
Aegle marmelos Bilva Rutaceae
Agave americana Agave Agavaceae
Ailanthus excelsa Bende / dodda Simaroubaceae
Albizia lebbeck Siris / Baage Mimosaceae
Albizia procera White siris Mimosaceae
Alstonia scholaris Maddale Apocynaceae
Anthocephalus cadamba Kadamba Rubiaceae
Araucaria columnaris Christamas tree Araucariaceae
Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Moraceae
Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae
Bauhinia purpurea Basavanapaada Caesalpiniaceae
Bauhinia variegata Basavanapaada Caesalpiniaceae
Bixa orellana Lipstick tree Bixaceae
Bombax malabaricum Booruga Bombacaceae
Borassus flabellifer Tal gaha Arecaceae
Brassaia actinophylla Octopus tree Araliaceae
Butea frondosa Muttuga Fabaceae
Callistemon lanceolatus Bottle brush tree Myrtaceae
Calotropis gigantea Crown flower Asclepiadaceae
Calotropis procera Bili yekkada gida Asclepiadaceae
Careya arborea Kavala Lecythidaceae
Carissa spinarum Korindamalekalaavu Apocynaceae
Cassia auriculata Ranawara or avaram Caesalpiniaeae
Cassia fistula Kakke mara Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia javanica Java Cassia Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia siamea Seeme tangdi Caesalpiniaceae
Cassia spectabilis Golden Cassia Caesalpiniaceae
Castanospermum australe Black Bean Fabaceae
Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae
Citrua aurantifolia Orange Rutaceae
165 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Citrus sinensis Sweet orange Rutaceae

Citrus limonum Lemon Rutaceae
Cochlospermum gossypium Arasinabooruga Bixaceae
Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae
Colvillea racemosa Hukuchina mara Caesalpiniaceae
Cordia sebestena Kempuchalle Boraginaceae
Couroupita guianensis Nagalinga Lecythidaceae
Daemia extensa Juttuve Asclepiadaceae
Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Fabaceae
Decalepis hamiltonii Makali beru Periplocaceae
Delonix regia Kattikai mara Caesalpiniaceae
Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Poaceae
Dodonaea viscosa Bandare Sapindaceae
Emblica officinalis Nellikkai Euphorbiaceae
Enterlobium cyclocarpum Elephant Ear Tree Mimosaceae
Erythrina crista-galli Cockspur Coral Tree. Fabaceae
Erythrina indica Halvana Fabaceae
Erythrina suberosa Corky coral tree Fabaceae
Erythroxylon monogynum Red cedar Erythroxylaceae
Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtaceae
Euphorbia nivulia Malekalli Euphorbiaceae
Ficus amplissima Bat tree Moraceae
Ficus benghalensis Aalada mara Moraceae
Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae
Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Moraceae
Ficus religiosa Arali mara Moraceae
Firmiana colorata Coloured Sterculia Sterculiaceae
Gliricidia sepium Gobbarada mara Fabaceae
Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Proteaceae
Hiptage benghalensis Madvi Malpighiaceae
Holoptelea integrifolia Kaladri Ulmaceae
Ipomoea carnea Pink Morning glory Convolvulaceae
Jacaranda mimosaefolia Jacaranda Mimosaceae
Jatropha curcas Dodda haralu Euphorbiaceae
Jatropha gossypifolia Chikka kaadu haralu Euphorbiaceae
Kigelia pinnata Sasega mara Bignoniaceae
Lagerstroemia flos-reginae Hole dasavala Lythraceae
Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae
Manilkara hexandra Ceylon Iron wood Sapotaceae
Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae
Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae
Markhamia lutea Nile Tulip Tree Bignoniaceae
Maytenus emarginata Tandrasi Celastraceae
Michelia champaca Sampige Magnoliaceae
166 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Milletia ovalifolia Moulmein Rose Wood Fabaceae

Millingtonia hortensis Akasha Mallige Bignoniaceae
Mimosa rubicaulis Rasne / Urisige Mimosaceae
Mimosops elengi Maulsari Sapotaceae
Muntingia calabura Jamaica Cherry Muntingiaceae
Parkia biglandulosa Shivalinga Mimosaceae
Peltophorum pterocarpum Haladi Gulmohur Caesalpiniaceae
Phoenix sylvestris Wild date Arecaceae
Phyllanthus reticulatus Karihuli Euphorbiaceae
Pithecellobium dulce Seema hunase Mimosaceae
Plumeria alba Kaadusampige Apocynacae
Plumeria rubra Kaadusampige Apocynacae
Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae
Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Annonaceae
Pongamia fabaceae Honge Fabaceae
Prosopis juliflora Mesquite Mimosaceae
Prosopis spicigera Banni Mimosaceae
Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceace
Pterospermum acerifolium Naradu Sterculiaceae
Punica granatum Pomeganate Punicaceae
Putranjiva roxburghii Amani Putrajiva Putranjivaceae
Samanea saman Male mara Mimosaceae
Santalum album Gandhada mara Santalinaceae
Saraca asoca Ashoka Caesalpiniaceae
Solanum grandiflorum Potato Tree Solanaceae
Spathodea companulata Nirukai mara Bignoniaceae
Sterculia foetida Wild almond Sterculiaceae
Sterculia urens Gum karaya Sterculiaceae
Swietenia mahogany Mahogany Meliaceae
Syzygium cumini Nerale mara Myrtaceae
Tabebuia argentea Tree of Gold Bignoniaceae
Tabebuia avellanedae Pink Tabebuia Bignoniaceae
Tabebuia rosea Pink Poui Bignoniaceae
Tamarindus indica Tamarind Caesalpiniaceae
Tectona grandis Sagavani Verbenaceae
Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae
Terminalia catappa Almond Combretaceae
Thespesia populnea Huvarasi Malvaceae
Tylophora indica Antamula Assclepiadacae
Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae
Wattakaka volubilis Sneeze Wort Asclepiadaceae
Wrightia tinctoria Kondamurki Apocynaceae
Ziziphus glabrata Irula Rhamnaceae
Ziziphus horrida Kotta mullu Rhamnaceae
167 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Ziziphus mauritiana Yalachi Rhamnaceae

Ziziphus oenoplia Jackal jujube Rhamnaceae
List C: Crops grown in the buffer zone

Abeloschus esculentus Ladies fingers Malvaceae
Allium cepa Onion Liliaceae
Arachis hypogea Groundnut Fabaceae
Capscicum annum Capscicum Solanaceae
Capscicum frutescens Chillies Solanaceae
Coccinia indica Tondekya Cucurbitaceae
Cucumis sativus Cucumber Cucurbitaceae
Cyamopsis tetragonoloba Cluster bean Fabaceae
Daucus carota Carrot Apiaceae
Dendranthema grandiflorum Chrysanthemum Asteraceae
Dolichos lablab Kidney beans Fabaceae
Eleusine corocana Raagi Poaceae
Gossyium hirsutum Cotton Malvaceae
Helianthus annuum Sunflower Asteraceae
Lagenaria vulgaris Bottle guard Cucurbitaceae
Luffa acutangula Ridge guard Cucurbitaceae
Lycopersicon esculentum Tomato Solanaceae
Momordica charantia Bitter guard Cucurbitaceae
Oryza sativa Paddy Poaceae
Pennisetum typhoides Bajra Poaceae
Raphanus sativus Radish Brassicaceae
Rosa sp. Roses Rosaceae
Solanum melongena Brinjal Solanaceae
Sorghum vulgare Jowar / Sorghum Poaceae
Tagetus spp. Mary gold Asteraceae
Trichosanthes cucumerina Snake guard Cucurbitaceae
Zea mays Maize Poaceae
List D : Fruit and agro forest species grown in the buffer zone
Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Moraceae
Carica papaya Papaya Caricaceae
Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae
Eucalyptus clones Eucalyptus Myrtacdae
Eucalyptus hybrid Eucalyptus Myrtacdae
Eucalyptus tereticornis Eucalyptus Myrtacdae
Grevillea robusta Silver Oak Proteaceae
Mangifera indica Mango Aacardiaceae
Manilkara zapota Sapota Sapotaceae
Psidium guajava Guava Myrtaceae
168 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Punica granatum Pomegranate Punicaceae

Tamarindus indica Tamarind Caesalpiniaceae
Tectona grandis Teak Verbenaceae
325. No threatened, rare endangered or endemic species were observed
during the survey in this buffer zone.
3.5.5. Terrestrial fauna
326. The information of important animal group such as butterflies, birds,
reptiles and mammals were collected by trekking inhabiting area, and
in the project site along the boundary i.e. agricultural fields etc
present in the impact zone (Plates). The lists of animals recorded
during this study are given below:
A: List of birds either spotted or reported from the study area. End means Endemic
to India. LC menas least concern as per IUCN.
Scientific name Common name Family WPA Schedule
Accipiter badius Shikra Accipitridae IV
Accipiter gentilis Northern Goshawk Accipitridae IV
Accipiter nisus Eurasian Sparrowhawk Accipitridae IV
Accipiter trivirgatus Crested Goshawk Accipitridae IV
Acridotheres Sturnidae IV
Bank Myna
ginginianus
Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sturnidae IV
Acrocephalus agricola Paddyfield Warbler Sylviidae IV
Acrocephalus Sylviidae IV
Blyth's Reed Warbler
dumetorum
Acrocephalus Sylviidae IV
Clamorous Reed Warbler
stentoreus
Actitis hypoleucos Common Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV
Aegithina tiphia Common Iora Aegithinidae IV
Alauda gulgula Oriental Skylark Alaudidae IV
Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV
Anas acuta Northern Pintail Anatidae IV
Anas clypeata Northern Shoveler Anatidae IV
Anas crecca Common Teal Anatidae IV
Anas penelope Eurasian Wigeon Anatidae IV
Anas poecilorhyncha Spot-billed Duck Anatidae IV
Anas querquedula Garganey Anatidae IV
Anas strepera Gadwall Anatidae IV
Anser indicus Bar-headed Goose Anatidae IV
Anthus hodgsoni Olive-backed Pipit Motacillidae IV
Anthus trivialis Tree Pipit Motacillidae IV
Apus affinis Little Swift Apodidae IV
169 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Apus pacificus Fork-tailed or Pacific Swift Apodidae IV

Ardea cinerea Grey Heron Ardeidae IV
Ardea purpurea Purple Heron Ardeidae IV
Ardeola grayii Indian Pond Heron Ardeidae IV
Artamus fuscus Ashy Woodswallow Artamidae IV
Athene brama Spotted Owlet Strigidae IV
Aythya ferina Common Pochard Anatidae IV
Botaurus stellaris Eurasian Bittern Ardeidae IV
Bubo bubo Eurasian Eagle-Owl Strigidae IV
Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Ardeidae IV
Burhinus oedicnemus Eurasian Stone Curlew Turnicidae IV
Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard Accipitridae IV
Buteo rufinus Long-legged Buzzard Accipitridae IV
Cacomantis passerinus Grey-bellied Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Cacomantis sonneratii Banded Bay Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Calidris ferruginea Curlew Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV
Calidris minuta Little Stint Scolopacidae IV
Calidris ruficollis Red-necked Stint Scolopacidae IV
Calidris temminckii Temminck's Stint Scolopacidae IV
Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Nightjar Caprimulgidae IV
Caprimulgus indicus Grey Nightjar Caprimulgidae IV
Carpodacus erythrinus Common Rosefinch Fringillidae IV
Cecropis daurica Red-rumped Swallow Hirundinidae IV
Celeus brachyurus Rufous Woodpecker Picidae IV
Centropus sinensis Greater Coucal Cuculidae IV
Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV
Charadrius Charadriidae IV
Kentish Plover
alexandrinus
Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover Charadriidae IV
Chlidonias hybrida Whiskered Tern Laridae IV
Chloropsis aurifrons Golden-fronted Leafbird Chloropseidae IV
Chloropsis Chloropseidae IV
Blue-winged Leafbird
cochinchinensis
Chrysocolaptes Picidae IV
White-naped Woodpecker
festivus
Chrysomma sinense Yellow-eyed Babbler Timaliidae IV
Cinnyris asiaticus Purple Sunbird Nectariniidae IV
Clamator coromandus Chestnut-winged Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Clamator jacobinus Jacobin Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Columba livia Rock Dove Columbidae IV
Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie-Robin Muscicapidae IV
Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller Coraciidae IV
Coracina macei Large Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV
Coracina melanoptera Black-headed Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV
170 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Coracina melaschistos Black-winged Cuckoo-shrike Campephagidae IV

Large-billed Crow/Jungle Corvidae IV
Corvus macrorhynchos
Crow
Corvus splendens House Crow Corvidae V
Coturnix coromandelica Rain Quail Phasianidae IV
Coturnix coturnix Common Quail Phasianidae IV
Cuculus canorus Common Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Cuculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Cuculus varius Common Hawk-Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift Apodidae IV
Dendrocitta Corvidae IV (End)
White-bellied Treepie
leucogastra
Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous Treepie Corvidae IV
Dendrocopos Yellow-crowned Picidae IV
mahrattensis Woodpecker
Dendrocopos Picidae IV
Brown-capped Woodpecker
moluccensis
Dendrocygna javanica Lesser Whistling Duck Anatidae IV
Dicaeum agile Thick-billed Flowerpecker Dicaeidae IV
Dicaeum Dicaeidae IV
Pale-billed Flowerpecker
erythrorhynchos
Dicrurus caerulescens White-bellied Drongo Dicruridae IV
Dicrurus hottentottus Hair-crested Drongo Dicruridae IV
Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy Drongo Dicruridae IV
Dicrurus macrocercus Black Drongo Dicruridae IV
Dinopium benghalense Black-rumped Woodpecker Picidae IV
Dumetia hyperythra Tawny-bellied Babbler Timaliidae IV
Egretta garzetta Little Egret Ardeidae IV
Egretta intermedia Intermediate Egret Ardeidae IV
Elanus caeruleus Black-winged Kite Accipitridae IV
Emberiza bruniceps Red-headed Bunting Emberizidae IV
Emberiza Emberizidae IV
Black-headed Bunting
melanocephala
Eremopterix griseus Ashy-crowned Sparrow-Lark Alaudidae IV
Eudynamys Cuculidae IV
Common Koel
scolopaceus
Eumyias thalassinus Asian Verditer Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV
Falco chicquera Red-necked Falcon Falconidae IV
Falco tinnunculus Common Kestrel Falconidae IV
Ficedula parva Red-breasted Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV
Ficedula superciliaris Ultramarine Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV
Francolinus francolinus Black Francolin Phasianidae IV
Francolinus Grey Francolin Phasianidae IV
pondicerianus
171 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Fulica atra Common Coot Rallidae IV

Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe Scolopacidae IV
Gallinago stenura Pintail Snipe Scolopacidae IV
Glareola lactea Little Pratincole Glareolidae IV
Glaucidium radiatum Jungle Owlet Strigidae IV
Gymnoris xanthocollis Yellow-throated Sparrow Passeridae IV
Halcyon pileata Black-capped Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV
Halcyon smyrnensis White-throated Kingfisher Alcedinidae IV
Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite Accipitridae IV
Hemiprocne coronata Crested Treeswift Hemiprocnidae IV
Himantopus Recurvirostridae IV
Black-winged Stilt
himantopus
Hirundapus giganteus Brown-backed Needletail Apodidae IV
Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Hirundinidae IV
Hirundo smithii Wire-tailed Swallow Hirundinidae IV
Hydrophasianus Jacanidae IV
Pheasant-tailed Jacana
chirurgus
Hypothymis azurea Black-naped Monarch Monarchidae IV
Ictinaetus malayensis Indian Black Eagle Accipitridae IV
Ixobrychus minutus Little Bittern Ardeidae IV
Lanius cristatus Brown Shrike Laniidae IV
Lanius schach Long-tailed Shrike Laniidae IV
Lanius vittatus Bay-backed Shrike Laniidae IV
Larus ridibundus Common Black-headed Gull Laridae IV
Leptocoma zeylonica Purple-rumped Sunbird Nectariniidae IV
Lonchura malabarica Indian Silverbill Estrildidae IV
Lonchura malacca Black-headed Munia Estrildidae IV
Lonchura punctulata Scaly-breasted Munia Estrildidae IV
Lonchura striata White-rumped Munia Estrildidae IV
Luscinia brunnea Indian Blue Robin Muscicapidae IV
Luscinia svecica Bluethroat Muscicapidae IV
Lymnocryptes minimus Jack Snipe Scolopacidae IV
Megalaima Ramphastidae IV
Coppersmith Barbet
haemacephala
Megalaima viridis White-cheeked Barbet Ramphastidae IV (End)
Megalaima zeylanica Brown-headed Barbet Ramphastidae IV
Merops leschenaulti Chestnut-headed Bee-eater Meropidae IV
Merops orientalis Green Bee-eater Meropidae IV
Merops philippinus Blue-tailed Bee-eater Meropidae IV
Metopidius indicus Bronze-winged Jacana Jacanidae IV
Milvus migrans Black Kite Accipitridae IV
Mirafra assamica Rufous-winged Bushlark Alaudidae IV
Mirafra erythroptera Indian Bushlark Alaudidae IV
Monticola Blue-capped Rock Thrush Muscicapidae IV
172 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
cinclorhynchus
Monticola solitarius Blue Rock Thrush Muscicapidae IV
Motacilla cinerea Grey Wagtail Motacillidae IV
Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail Motacillidae IV
Motacilla Motacillidae IV
White-browed Wagtail
maderaspatensis
Muscicapa dauurica Asian Brown Flycatcher Muscicapidae IV
Ninox scutulata Brown Hawk-Owl Strigidae IV
Nyctyornis athertoni Blue-bearded Bee-eater Meropidae IV
Oriolus chinensis Black-naped Oriole Oriolidae IV
Oriolus oriolus Eurasian Golden Oriole Oriolidae IV
Oriolus xanthornus Black-hooded Oriole Oriolidae IV
Otus bakkamoena Collared Scops Owl Strigidae IV
Otus sunia Oriental Scops Owl Strigidae IV
Pandion haliaetus Osprey Accipitridae IV
Parus major Great Tit Paridae IV
Parus spilonotus Yellow-cheeked Tit Paridae IV
Parus xanthogenys Black-lored Tit Paridae IV
Passer domesticus House Sparrow Passeridae IV
Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl Phasianidae I (LC)
Pericrocotus Campephagidae IV
Small Minivet
cinnamomeus
Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet Minivet Campephagidae IV
Pernis ptilorhynchus Oriental Honey Buzzard Accipitridae IV
Petrochelidon fluvicola Streak-throated Swallow Hirundinidae IV
Phalacrocorax Phalacrocoracid IV
Indian Cormorant
fuscicollis ae
Phalacrocoracid IV
Phalacrocorax niger Little Cormorant
ae
Phoenicurus ochruros Black Redstart Muscicapidae IV
Phragamaticola aedon Thick-billed Warbler Sylviidae IV
Phylloscopus Sylviidae IV
Large-billed Leaf Warbler
magnirostris
Phylloscopus Sylviidae IV
Greenish Warbler
trochiloides
Picus xanthopygaeus Streak-throated Woodpecker Picidae IV
Pitta brachyura Indian Pitta Pittidae IV
Ploceus manyar Streaked Weaver Ploceidae IV
Ploceus philippinus Baya Weaver Ploceidae IV
Pomatorhinus Timaliidae IV
Indian Scimitar Babbler
horsfieldii
Porzana fusca Ruddy-breasted Crake Rallidae IV
Prinia hodgsonii Grey-breasted Prinia Cisticolidae IV
Prinia inornata Plain Prinia Cisticolidae IV
173 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia Cisticolidae IV

Prinia sylvatica Jungle Prinia Cisticolidae IV
Threskiornithida IV
Pseudibis papillosa Indian Black Ibis
e
Psittacula Psittacidae IV
Plum-headed Parakeet
cyanocephala
Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacidae IV
Ptyonoprogne concolor Dusky Crag Martin Hirundinidae IV
Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotidae IV
Pycnonotus jocosus Red-whiskered Bulbul Pycnonotidae IV
Pycnonotus Pycnonotidae IV
White-cheeked Bulbul
leucogenys
Recurvirostra avosetta Pied Avocet Recurvirostridae IV
Rhipidura albicollis White-throated Fantail Rhipiduridae IV
Rhipidura aureola White-browed Fantail Rhipiduridae IV
Rhopodytes viridirostris Blue-faced Malkoha Cuculidae IV
Riparia diluta Pale Sand Martin Hirundinidae IV
Rostratula Rostratulidae IV
Greater Painted-snipe
benghalensis
Saxicola caprata Pied Bushchat Muscicapidae IV
Saxicola torquatus Common Stonechat Muscicapidae IV
Saxicoloides fulicatus Indian Robin Muscicapidae IV
Stachyris ruficeps Rufous-capped Babbler Timaliidae IV
Streptopelia chinensis Spotted-necked Dove Columbidae IV
Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove Columbidae IV
Streptopelia orientalis Oriental Turtle Dove Columbidae IV
Streptopelia Columbidae IV
Laughing Dove
senegalensis
Streptopelia Columbidae IV
Red Turtle Dove
tranquebarica
Strix ocellata Mottled Wood Owl Strigidae IV
Sturnus malabaricus Chestnut-tailed Starling Sturnidae IV
Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy Starling Sturnidae IV
Sturnus roseus Rosy Starling Sturnidae IV
Sturnus vulgaris European Starling Sturnidae IV
Surniculus lugubris Asian Drongo-Cuckoo Cuculidae IV
Sylvia curruca Lesser Whitethroat Sylviidae IV
Sylvia hortensis Orphean Warbler Sylviidae IV
Taccocua leschenaultii Sirkeer Malkoha Cuculidae IV
Tachymarptis melba Alpine Swift Apodidae IV
Tadorna ferruginea Ruddy Shelduck Anatidae IV
Treron phoenicopterus Yellow-legged Green Pigeon Columbidae IV
Tringa erythropus Spotted Redshank Scolopacidae IV
Tringa glareola Wood Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV
174 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Tringa nebularia Common Greenshank Scolopacidae IV

Tringa ochropus Green Sandpiper Scolopacidae IV
Tringa totanus Common Redshank Scolopacidae IV
Turdoides affinis Yellow-billed Babbler Timaliidae IV
Turdoides caudata Common Babbler Timaliidae IV
Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler Timaliidae IV
Turdoides striata Jungle Babbler Timaliidae IV
Turdoides subrufa Rufous Babbler Timaliidae IV (End)
Turdus merula Eurasian Blackbird Turdidae IV
Tyto alba Barn Owl Tytonidae IV
Upupa epops Common Hoopoe Upupidae IV
Vanellus cinereus Grey-headed Lapwing Charadriidae IV
Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing Charadriidae IV
Vanellus malabaricus Yellow-wattled Lapwing Charadriidae IV
Zoothera citrina Orange-headed Thrush Turdidae IV
Zoothera marginata Dark-sided Thrush Turdidae IV
Zoothera wardii Pied Thrush Turdidae IV
Zosterops palpebrosu Oriental White-eye Zosteropidae IV
B. List of Vertebrates other than birds either spotted or reported from the study area
Scienfific name Common name WPA Schedule
Mammals
Axis axis Cheetal/Spotted Deer III
Bandicota bengalensis Indian mole rat IV
Bandicota indica Bandicoot rat IV
Canis aureus Golden Jackal II
Cervus unicolor Sambar III
Cynopterus sphinx Short-nosed Fruit Bat IV
Dacnomys millardi Large-toothed giant rat IV
Funambulus palmarum Three-striped palm squirrel IV
Golunda ellioti Indian bush rat IV
Herpestes edwardsii Common mongoose IV
Herpestes javanicus Small Indian mongoose IV
Lepus nigricollis Indian Hare/Blacknaped Hare IV
Macaca mulatta Rhesus Macaque II
Megaderma lyra Indian false vampire Bat IV
Megaderma spasma Asian false vampire Bat IV
Mus booduga Indian field mouse IV
Mus dunni House/Rice-field mouse IV
Parascaptor leucura White-tailed Mole IV
Rattus rattus Common house rat IV
Soriculus leucops Indian long-tailed shrew IV
Sus scrofa Indian wild boar III
Vulpes bengalensis Indian fox IV
175 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
REPTILES
(P=Poisonous)
Ahaetulla nasutus Vine snake IV
Amphiesma stolata Buffstriped keelback IV
Bungarus caeruleus Common krait (P) IV
Calotes versicolor Garden lizard IV
Chameleon zeylanicum Chameleon IV
Coelognathus helena Trinket snake IV
Daboia russelii Russell's viper (P) IV
Dendrelaphis tristis Bronzebacked tree snake IV
Echis carinatus Saw scaled viper (P) IV
Hemidactylus flaviviridis Wall lizard IV
Hemidactylus frenatus Small wall lizard IV
Lissemys punctata Indian plapshell turtle IV
Lycodon aulicus Pond Wolf snake IV
Macropisthodon plumbicolor Green keelback IV
Naja naja Cobra (P) II
Oligodon arnensis Common kukri IV
Oligodon taeniolatus Variegated or Russell's kukri IV
Pangshura tentoria Indian Tent turtle IV
Ptyas mucosa Rat snakes IV
Ramphotyphlops braminus Blind snake IV
Varanus bengalensis Common Indian monitor IV
Xenochrophis piscator Checkered keelback IV
AMPHIBIANS
Bufo melonosticatus South Indian Toad IV
Cacopus bystema Burrowing frog IV
Hyla arboria Tree Frog IV
Rana hexadactyla. Ordinary frog IV
Rana tigrina Tiger Frog IV
C. List of butterflies recorded and reported from the study area. None of them
belongs to Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act or any of the RED
Categories of the IUCN
Scientific name Common name Family name
Acraea terpsicore Tawny Coster Nymphalidae
Acytolepis puspa Common Hedge Blue Lycaenidae
Anaphaeis aurota Pioneer(Caper White) Pieridae
Ancema blanka Silver Royal Lycaenidae
Appias albina Common Albatross Pieridae
Appias indra Plain Puffin Pieridae
Appias libythea Striped Albatross Pieridae
Ariadne merione Common Castor Nymphalidae
Athyma perius Common Sergeant Nymphalidae
Borbo cinnara Rice Swift Hesperiidae
176 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Castalius rosimon Common Pierrot Lycaenidae

Catopsilia pomona Common Emigrant Pieridae
Catopsilia pyranthe Mottled Emigrant Pieridae
Cepora nadina Lesser Gull Pieridae
Cepora nerissa Common Gull Pieridae
Charana jalindra Banded Royal Lycaenidae
Charaxes bernardus Tawny Rajah Nymphalidae
Charaxes solon Black Rajah Nymphalidae
Cheritra freja Common Imperial Lycaenidae
Chilades contracta Small Cupid Lycaenidae
Chilades laius Lime Blue Lycaenidae
Chilades parrhasius Indian Cupid Lycaenidae
Colotis amata Small Salmon Arab Pieridae
Colotis danae Crimson-Tip Pieridae
Colotis etrida Small Orange-Tip Pieridae
Colotis eucharis Plain Orange-Tip Pieridae
Colotis fausta Large Salmon Arab Pieridae
Curetis thetis Indian Sunbeam Lycaenidae
Danaus chrysippus Plain Tiger Nymphalidae
Danaus genutia Common Or Striped Tiger Nymphalidae
Discolampa ethion Banded Blue Pierrot Lycaenidae
Euploea core Common Indian Crow Nymphalidae
Euploea klugii Blue King Crow Nymphalidae
Euploea sylvester Double-Branded Crow Nymphalidae
Eurema blanda Three-Spot Grass Yellow Pieridae
Eurema brigitta Small Grass Yellow Pieridae
Eurema hecabe Common Grass Yellow Pieridae
Eurema laeta Spotless Grass Yellow Pieridae
Euthalia aconthea Common Baron Nymphalidae
Euthalia telchinia Blue Baron Nymphalidae
Freyeria trochylus Grass Jewel Lycaenidae
Graphium agamemnon Tailed Jay Papilionidae
Graphium doson Common Jay Papilionidae
Graphium sarpedon Common Bluebottle Papilionidae
Hasora badra Common Awl Hesperiidae
Hasora chromus Common Banded Awl Hesperiidae
Hebomoia glaucippe Great Orange-Tip Pieridae
Ixias marianne White Orange Tip Pieridae
Ixias pyrene Yellow Orange Tip Pieridae
Junonia almana Peacock Pansy Nymphalidae
Junonia hierta Yellow Pansy Nymphalidae
Junonia atlites Gray Pansy Nymphalidae
Junonia orithya Blue Pansy Nymphalidae
Kaniska canace Blue Admiral Nymphalidae
177 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Libythea lepita Common Beak Nymphalidae

Melanitis leda Common Evening Brown Nymphalidae
Neptis hylas Common Sailer Nymphalidae
Neptis viraja Yellowback Sailer Nymphalidae
Pachliopta aristolochiae Common Rose Papilionidae
Pachliopta hector Crimson Rose Papilionidae
Papilio crino Common Banded Peacock Papilionidae
Papilio demoleus Lime Butterfly Papilionidae
Papilio helenus Red Helen Papilionidae
Papilio polymnestor Blue Mormon Papilionidae
Papilio polytes Common Mormon Papilionidae
Parantica aglea Glassy Tiger Nymphalidae
Pareronia ceylanica Dark Wanderer Pieridae
Pareronia valeria Common Wanderer Pieridae
Pathysa antiphates Fivebar Swordtail Papilionidae
Pathysa nomius Spot Swordtail Papilionidae
Pieris canidia Indian Cabbage White Pieridae
Polyura athamas Common Nawab Nymphalidae
Polyura schreiberi Blue Nawab Nymphalidae
Prioneris sita Painted Sawtooth Pieridae
Prosotas nora Common Lineblue Lycaenidae
Suastus gremius Indian Palm Bob Hesperiidae
Tajuria cippus Peacock Royal Lycaenidae
Tajuria jehana Plains Blue Royal Lycaenidae
Tajuria maculata Spotted Royal Lycaenidae
Taractrocera maevius Common Grass Dart Hesperiidae
Tirumala limniace Blue Tiger Nymphalidae
Tirumala septentrionis Dark Blue Tiger Nymphalidae
Troides minos Southern Birdwing Papilionidae
Vanessa indica Indian Red Admiral Nymphalidae
Virachola isocrates Common Guava Blue Lycaenidae
Zizula gaika Tiny Grass Blue Lycaenidae
D. Avi fauna reported within the Study Area
Scientific Name Common Name Schedule

Dicrurus dsimillis Bechstenin Black Drogo IV
Coracias benghalensis India roller -
Linnaeus
Columa livia Gmelin Blue Roack pigeon IV
Bubulcus ibis Linnaeus Catle Egret IV
Turdodies caudatus Dumont Common babbler -
Acridotherus tristis Linnaeus Common Myna IV
Ploceus philippinus Common weaver bird,baya -
Linnaeus
178 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
D. Avi fauna reported within the Study Area

Milvus migrans Boddaert Common Pariah kite IV
Pavo cristatus Linnaeus Common Pea Fowl I
Corvus splendens Viellot House crow V
Eudynamya scolopacea Koel IV
Linnaeus
Cucculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo -
Merops superciliosus Green Bee eater -
Lannaeus
Streptopelia senegalensis Little Brown Dove -
Copsychus saularis Linneus Magpie-Robin -
Nectarinia asiatica Lanthum Purple Sunbird -
Vanellus indicus Boddaert Red wettled Lapwing IV
Athena brama Temminck Spotted Owlet IV
Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove IV
Scopoli
Ornotomus sutorius pennant Tailer Bird IV
Passer domesticus The house sparrow -
Psittacula krameri Parrot -
Dinonium sp Woodpacker -
Gyps bengalensis White black vulture -
Milvus sp kite -
Falco sp Common kestral -
Lanchura sp Munia -
E: Rodents: Among rodents six species were found commonly in the area
Rodents
Mus muscatus Mouse
Rattus rattus House rat
Lepus nigricollis Hare -
Bandicota bengalensis Indian Mole rat -
Herpestes edwardsi Mongoose IV
Funambulus pennati Palm squirrel -
Suncus murinus House shrew
No threatened, rare endangered or endemic species were observed during the

survey in the study area.
3.5.6. Aquatic Ecology
327. As such, there is no natural and perennial water bodies in form of
lake, river, canal or stream are found present in the core zone and
buffer zone upto 10km area. However, two small village pond and one
179 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
of the low lying area developed from sand quarry are found present
where sometime rainwater get stagnant during rainy season.
Agricultural practices and drinking water requirement of the area is
meeting from the ground water aquifer.
328. Therefore, no aquatic life has been found present in the area with
respect to fisheries, planktons, benthos etc.
329. However, among amphibian near village an agricultural practice Toad
(Bufo) has been reported.
3.5.7. Rare and Endangered Species
330. During the study no endangered species of flora and fauna was
observed in the study area and same has also been confirmed from
the record of State Forest Department as per Red data book of
Botanical Survey of India and Wild Life (Protection) Act 1972.
3.5.8. Ecological Sensitive Areas
331. No major eco-system / biosphere reserves have been identified within
the periphery of the project site. Also, the study area does not contain
any such features having great historical or archaeological
importance.
3.5.9. Fisheries and Aquatic Life
332. No natural or commercial fishery activities are observed within 10 Km
radius of the existing premises, and hence proposed project activities
are not envisaged to have any adverse effect on fisheries and aquatic
life.
3.5.10. National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest
333. The Figure 3.11 gives the location of National Parks and Sanctuaries
in Karnatka. There are no National Parks/wildlife sanctuaries in the 10
km radius of the study area.
180 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 3.13 National Parks/wildlife Sanctuary/Reserve Forest
Village waste land-Jagenhalli Prosopis zulifera
181 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Eucalyptus plantation Lantana camara
Alovera sp Teak plantation
Plate 1: Images of surrounding area of Project Site with Tree plantation
182 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Coconut plantation Bamboo at Bund site agriculture field
Chicku Orchard Scrub vegetation at Project site
Plate 2: Images of surrounding area of Project Site with Tree /Orchard plantation
183 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Cabbage /Qualiflower fields Fransbean vegetables /Legume field
Water Sprinkling Farming in the area Jowar crop with mixed tree plantation
Tomato veg field Eucalyptus plantation-agro forestry
Plate3 : Images of Project Site from different sites and structures in nearby area
184 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Project Site Landmark Topography project site
Scrubs at Project Site Topography project site
Brick Industry across road, project site
Plate4 : Images of Project Site from different directions and structures in nearby area
185 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Cattle Egret Eagle
Termite Mound in the area Rhesus mallaca
Plate 5 : Images of few life forms observed in the study area
186 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3.6. Socio-Economic Profile
3.6.1. Socio-Economic Environment

334. The study area of 10 km radial zone mainly falls in the tehsil: Malur of
District Kolar and, tehsil: Haskote of district Bangalore rural. There
are total 28 villages in study area, 19 of them belongs to tehsil: Malur,
9 of them in Hoskote Tehsil.
3.6.2. Demographic Profile
3.6.2.1 Population
335. Total Population of the Study area as per Census of India, 2001 is
30591 .The total number of Household being 5951.Total Male
Population of the Study area is 15704 and total Female Population of
the Study Area is 14887 .Village-wise details of population are given
in
Tehsil Village No. of Total Male Female
Household Population Population Population
Malur Yeswanthapura 284 1620 822 798
Byalahalli 61 327 157 170
Huralagere 146 672 333 339
Upavasapura 62 311 144 167
Kurandahalli 178 869 445 424
Channakal 152 808 410 398
Mylandahalli 241 1255 636 619
Hulimangalahosakote 419 2051 1046 1005
Kodur 93 462 234 228
Pura 260 1357 705 652
Lakkur 760 3733 1847 1886
Thalakunte 201 1058 562 496
Pichaguntrahalli 67 383 197 186
Madivala 201 993 482 511
Irabanahalli 107 566 298 268
Hedaginabele 105 629 315 314
Malkanahalli 135 657 328 329
Medahatti 95 478 255 223
Kudiyanur 483 2319 1202 1117
Total 4050 20548 10418 10130
Hosakote Kodihalli 157 736 399 337
Nidagatta 211 1221 641 580
Naduvathi 340 1818 957 861
Handenahalli 173 872 450 422
Somalapura 43 217 118 99
Honachanahalli 123 571 319 252
Devanagondi 358 1721 886 835
187 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Tehsil Village No. of Total Male Female

Household Population Population Population
Lingadeeramallasandra 63 271 132 139
Kattigenahalli 433 2616 1384 1232
Total 1901 10043 5286 4757

Grand Total 5951 30591 15704 14887
3.6.2.2 Sex Ratio

336. The Sex Ratio of the Study area is 947.
25000
20000
15000
Total Population
Total male population
10000
Total Female population
5000
0
Malur Hoskote
Figure 3.14 Tehsil-wise Population of the Study Area

3.6.2.3 SC / ST Population
337. A considerable 29% of the population in the Study Area is constituted
by SC/ST, out of which SC population constitutes 23 % and rest 6% is
constituted by ST Populations. A comparative Graphs of SC/ST
Population in Study Area (Tehsil wise) is given in
188 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
6000
5000
4000
Total SC Population
3000
Total SC male population
2000 Total SC Female population
1000
0
Malur Hoskote
Figure 3.15 Tehsil-wise SC Population in Study Area
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000 Total ST Population
800 Total ST male population

Total ST Female population
600
400
200
0
Malur Hoskote
Figure 3.16 Tehsil-wise ST Population in Study Area
3.6.2.4 Literacy Rate

338. Literacy Rate of the study area is 55% Distribution of male 33% and
female literacy rate 22% in the study zone is and respectively.
Gender-wise distribution of literacy in each Patwari Circle of Study
Area is given in
189 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
7000
6000
5000
4000
Total male literate
3000 Total Female literate
2000
1000
0
Malur Hoskote
Figure 3.17 Gender-wise Distribution of Literacy in Study Area
6000
5000
4000
3000 Total male Illiterate

Total Female Illiterate
2000
1000
0
Malur Hoskote
Figure 3.18 Gender-wise Distribution of Illiteracy in Study Area
3.6.2.5 Workers Scenario

339. Workers Participation Ratio of the Area in the non workers is
55%.Among this 36% is the Main workers and 9% are the marginal
Workers. Female population constitutes an larger portion of Marginal
Workers than Male.
190 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Workers Scenario
Main worker
36%
Non worker
55%
Marginal
worker
9%
3.6.2.6 Marginal Workers:

340. A considerable percentage (9%) of Marginal workers in the Study
area belongs to Casual Labours. Agricultural and Household workers
constitutes 67% and 6% respectively
MARG HH_P,
Marginal Workers MARG OT_P,
6.85% 16.13%
MARG CL_P,
9.08%
MARG AL_P,
67.92%
HH- House hold, AL- Agriculture, CL- Causal Labour, OT-Others

3.6.2.7 Main Workers:
341. Agricultural Labour constitutes a 26% of total Main Worker
Population. However, Casual Labours constitutes 41 % of Total Main
Worker Population
191 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Main HH_P
3%
Main Workers
Main AL_P Main OT_P

26% 30%
Main CL_P
41%
3.6.3. Infrastructure
3.6.3.1 Education facilities
342. There are 34 Primary School, 4 Secondary Schools in Study Area.
No College exists in the Study Area. Almost all of the villages have at
least one primary School.
3.6.3.2 Health facilities
343. No Hospitals and Dispensaries are present in the study area There
are only 1 Primary Health Centre and 10 Primary Health Sub-centres
found in the study Area. However, several private medical practitioner
and community health workers are also found.
3.6.3.3 Drinking Water facilities
344. Villagers depend on groundwater as a source of Drinking water. Hand
pumps, Well water, Tube well and Tap water are observed in almost
every village.
3.6.3.4 Communication Facilities
345. There are 10 post office found in the study area. 73 Telephone
connections were encountered in the study area.
3.6.3.5 Banking Facilities
346. 2 Banks and 6 Credit Societies are found within the 28 Villages of
Study Area. Comprehensive List of Infrastructures present in the
Study Area is given in Table below
192 | P a g e
Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.)
of
Connection
Dispensary
Post Office
Secondary
Secondary
Telephone
Hospital
Primary
College
Society
Source
School
School
School
School
Village
Higher
Middle
PHSC
Tehsil
Water
Credit
Bank
PHC
Yeswanthapura 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 13 1 0 H.P,T.P
Byalahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P ,T.P
Huralagere 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 10 0 0 H.P,T.P
Upavasapura 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 H.P ,T.P
Kurandahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P,T.P
Channakal 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 H.P ,T.P
Mylandahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 1 H.P,T.P
Hulimangalahosakote 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 4 0 0 H.P ,T.P
Kodur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H.P,T.P
Pura 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P,T.P
Lakkur 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 1 1 0 0 H.P ,T.P
Kolar
Thalakunte 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 H.P,T.P
Pichaguntrahalli 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P,T.P
Madivala 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 6 0 0 H.P,T.P
Irabanahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 H.P,T.P
Hedaginabele 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P,T.P
Malkanahalli 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P ,T.P
Medahatti 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 H.P,T.P
Kudiyanur 3 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 15 1 0 H.P ,T.P
Total 22 12 3 0 0 0 0 1 7 8 65 2 3
Kodihalli 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP
Nidagatta 2 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 H.P ,TP
Naduvathi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 H.P ,TP
Hoskote
Handenahalli 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 H.P ,TP
Somalapura 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP
Honachanahalli 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP
193 | P a g e
Devanagondi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 H.P ,TP

Lingadeeramallasandra 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 H.P ,TP
Kattigenahalli 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 H.P ,TP
Total 12 9 1 0 0 0 0 0 3 2 8 0 3
Grand Total 34 21 4 0 0 0 0 1 10 10 73 2 6
PS =Primary School, UPS = UpperPrimary School, SS = Secondary School, HS = HigherSecondary school, PrHS = PrivateHigherSecondary School,
PHSC = Primary Health Sub-Centre, PHC = Primary Health Centre, AyD = Ayurvedic Dispensary, VF = Veternary Facility, HD = Homeopathic Dispensary, AlD = Alopathic
Dispensary, HH = Homeopathic Hospital, AlH = AlopathicHospital, AlD = Alopathic Dispensary,
WW = Well Water, TP= Tap Water, TK = Tank, BW, Borewell, TW = Tubewell, HP = Handpump
194 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Brick Inn 1.5km Pichiguntrapalli Sand Quarry site-Hurulagere
Oil Depots at Devanagondi Oil Tankers at Devanagondi Industrial

Area
Industrial Area, Malur E.g. -Plywood Industry,Bayanhalli- Malur

Plate6 : Commercial Activities/Industrial Areas in the surrounding area of project sites
195 | P a g e
Table 3.18 Electrification Table

Sl.N Taluks No.of Electrified Non Electrified Electricity Consumers
o. Beneficiri (No.)
es under Villag Hamle I.P.Se Vill Hamle I.P.Se Domestic Industrial Commerci I.P.Se Stre Othe Total
Bhagyajy es ts ts . ts ts Consumpt Consumpt al ts et rs
oti/ ion ion Consumpt Ligh
kutirajyot ion ts
i
1 2 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393
Code No.
1 Bangarpet 9864 358 123 18035 358 123 18116 75638 28 9594 18035 2554 154 1158
67
2 Kolar 22724 328 34 18084 328 34 - 73203 3891 11789 987 969 1044 1326
89
3 Malur 8676 289 - 14080 289 - 14080 35972 82 3990 14080 943 92 6383
5
4 Mulbagal 10392 385 30 16715 385 30 15918 30926 11 3542 16715 1346 56 6298
8
5 Srinivasap 17313 296 51 12343 296 51 - 29963 549 3097 721 407 268 6466
ura 1
District Total 68969 1656 238 79257 165 238 48114 245702 4561 32012 50538 6219 1614 4400
6 40
196 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
3.6.4. Medical and Health:

347. However There are six government clinics, nine government nursing
home and nine Government hospitals prevails in the Kolar District.
348. In these hospital there are 44 doctors and 273 beds exists while the
population of Malur is 207009, it reflects it is around two doctor per
lakh of population exist here.
349. There are 57 drug shops in the District but no blood bank prevails.
Table 3.19 Health Status

S.No. Disease No. of Identified Patients
Male Female Total
1. D.P.T 1708 2014 3722
2. Measles 2540 1100 3640
3. Polio 1708 2014 3722
4. Hepatitis 1700 2011 3711
B
5. BCG 1757 1557 3314
6. T.B* 150 14 164
7. Cancer 0 0 0
http://kolar.nic.in/kolar_statistics.pdf
3.7. Detailed Site evaluation Table
As the site passed the CPCB knock out criteria as given in the Table 2.2.
and Table 2.3 : a detailed site investigation is evaluated as per” site
evaluation criteria” on the basis of base line studies of the project site,
given in Table 3.28.
These criteria have been adapted and modified by CPCB to suit the
environmental conditions, from the criteria developed by UNEP.For
weight assigning and scaling criteria kindly refer annexure-VII
Table 3.20 Detailed Site Evaluation Table
S.No. Criteria Relative 4 3 2 1 weightage

value ideal good poor bad
5
(Excel.)
1.0 General 25%
1.1 Transportation economy 5
1.2 Slope percent — 4
197 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
1.3 Topography 3
1.4 Flood proneness 5
1.5 Optimum wind direction 4
(down stream village in Km)
1.6 Infrastructure 5
1.6.1 Accessibility 5
1.6.2 Power supply 4
2 Hydrology/Hydrogeology 50%
Geology/Geotechnology
2.1 Hydrological features
2.1.1 Distance from surface water body 5
(m)
2.1.2 Annual Rainfall (cm/yr) 5
2.2 Hydro geological features:
2.2.1 Groundwater depth (m) 5

2.2.2 Groundwater flow direction 5
(distance to DIS Village)
2.2.3 Groundwater quality 5
2.2.4 Groundwater gradient (m/km) 5
2.3 Geological features:
2.3.1 Subsidence 5
2.3.2 Depth to bed rock (m) 5
2.3.3 Seismic conditions (Intensity) 5
2.4 Geotechnical features
2.4.1 Permeability (1 x 10 cm/s) 5

2.4.2 Engineering property (MA, Pl, Shear) 5
3.0 Socio-Economic/Ecological 25%
3.1 Demography 4
3.2 Landuse pattern
3.2.1 Existing 4
3.2.2 Future 5
3.3 Transportation impact 5
3.4 Special ecological features 5
Total score 118
Discussion:
350. Before taking up detail evaluation, base line data regarding the site
and it’s surroundings have been collected and site specific studies
198 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
with respect to geology, hydro-geology, flood proneness,

accessibility. The sites have also been investigated for
 Site Specific Information; proximity to the waste source, slope at
site, topography, accessibility, meteorology etc.
 Hydro-geology/Geology; Ground water table fluctuation, ground
water direction, ground water quality,depth to bed rock, soil type,
geo-technical features etc.
 Socio-economic Features; land use, demography, transportation
impact etc.
The total score reflects that site is suitable for setting up an integrated
waste manangement facility. Other Site on NH-4 in Kolar district located
approximately 5 KM away was also investigated but failed to pass the
CPCB knock out criteria.
199 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND IT’S MITIGATION

MEASUURES
This chapter details the inferences drawn from the environmental impact
assessment of the proposed project. It describes the overall impacts of the project
activities and underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.
4.1. Introduction:
351. The objective of the chapter is

 To Identify project activities that could beneficially or adversely
impact the environment
 To Predict and assess the environmental impacts of the such
activities
 To Examine each environmental aspect-impact relationship in
detail and identify its degree of significance
 To Identify possible mitigation measures for these project
activities and select the most appropriate mitigation measure,
based on the reduction in significance achieved and practicality
in implementation
4.2. Key Definitions
Environmental Aspects
352. These are elements of an organization’s activities or products
or services that can interact with the environment.
Environmental aspects could include activities that occur
during normal, abnormal and emergency operations.
353. Environmental aspects selected for further study should large
enough for meaningful examination and small enough to be
easily understood.
Environmental Impacts
354. Environmental impacts are defined as any change to the
environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially
resulting from an organization’s environmental aspects.
Environmental Indices
200 | P a g e
Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management
facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar
District, Karnataka.)
355. The environment includes surroundings in which an

organization operates such as air, water, land, natural
resources, flora, fauna, humans and their interrelation.
356. The environmental indices (or parts of the receiving
environment on which impacts are being assessed) include:
Land use/land cover, air quality, noise quality, surface water
environment, ground water environment, soil, ecology and bio
diversity, socio economics, occupational health, community
health and safety
4.3. Impact Assessment Methodology
357. The methodology adopted to carryout impact assessment of

the Common Hazardous waste facility is such that the whole
Project is divided into major activities and for each activity
adverse or positive impact is identified.on the Basis of these
the complete chapter is divided into following sections
 Identification of major Activities
 Impact Prediction, evaluation due to these activities and its
mitigation Measures
 Impact analysis i.e. consequence/Score analysis
4.4. Identification of Major Activities
358. This entails employing a simple method requiring:

 Listing of environmental aspects (i.e. activities or parts thereof
that can cause environmental impacts)
 Identifying applicable components of the environment on which
the environmental aspects can cause an impact
359. For identification of impact factors and environmental
components have been considered according to Document
series HAZWAMS/25/2002-2003 of CPCB.
360. Environmental impacts have been identified based on an
assessment of environmental aspects associated with the
project. The symbol ‘─’ indicates an adverse impact,‘+’
201 | P a g e
Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management
facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar
District, Karnataka.)
indicates a beneficial impact. ‘ +/─‘indicates Both Positive and

Negative and ‘N ‘ indicates not applicable/No impact
202 | P a g e
Table 4.1 Impact Identification

S. No. Potential Potential Impact areas Remarks
Socio-Economic (SE)
Occupational Health,
Community Health &
Landuse/ Landcover
Impact
Noise and Vibration
Ground Water (GW)

Surface Water (SW)
Safety (OH / CH&S)

Air Quality (AQ)
Ecology & Bio-

areas
diversity (EB)
Project
(LU/LC)
Soil (S)
(NV)
Activities
C1 C2 C3 C4 C7 C5 C9 C10 C6 C8 C11 C12
1 Site Selection
1.1 Land lease or purchase ─ N N N N N N + N LU: Potential change in landuse / land cover; SE: compensation
to land owner against lease
2 Preparation of Site
2.1 Clearance of vegetation at ─ ─ ─ N N ─ ─ + ─ LC: Change in land cover; AQ / NV: air emissions, noise and
site and preparation of vibration from vehicles, processing equipments and road laying
approach roads equipment; S: soil erosion; EB: loss of green cover; SE: improved
local roads; OH: risk of occupational injuries
2.3 Excavation and paving of site ─ ─ ─ N N ─ N + ─ LC: Change in land cover due to excavation; AQ/NV: air emission
and noise due excavation operations; S: removal of topsoil; SE:
Temporary job creation for excavation and site preparation work;
OH: Occupational risk due to excavation work
3 For setting up of Proposed
Integrated Waste
Management Facility i.e. for
landill,incinerator,storages,
ETP/STP
Civil works such as earth N N N ─ N ─ ─ + N AQ:SW:Alteration of surface run off and interflow
moving and building of EB:Terrestial ecology because of noise and vibrations
structures including temporary SE: creation of new economic activities and status,increament in
structures commercial values of property/goods
Heavy equipment operations N ─ ─ N N ─ ─ + +/─ AQ/NV: air emission and noise due construction & operational
machinery set up work; S:Only if any spillage;
EB:Terrestial ecology because of noise and vibrations
SE temporary employement generation & increament in values of
commercial goods
OH:Hazard due to accident
203 | P a g e
Socio-Economic (SE)
Community Health &
Landuse/ Landcover
Impact
Noise and Vibration
Ground Water (GW)

Surface Water (SW)
Safety (OH / CH&S)

Air Quality (AQ)
Ecology & Bio-

areas
diversity (EB)
Project
(LU/LC)
Soil (S)
(NV)
Activities
Workforce accommodation & N N N N ─ ─ N + N S: Soil contamination if soak pit is not designed properly;
sanitation GW: on water quality if SE: marginal increase in indirect income of
locals due to on site crew
fuel storage N N N ─ ─ ─ N N ─ GW: Possibility of ground water contamination due to spillage of
hazardous wastes & chemicals; S: Soil contamination due to
spillage if any; OH: Occupational risk due to handling of material
Use of raw water for project N N N N N N N N N Water shall be sourced from the Board supply tankers and shall
development facility be treated by suitable method
(construction) & operational
facility
Operation of DG set N ─ ─ N N ─ N N N AQ/NV: air and noise emission due to operation of DG set; S:
possibility of soil contamination due to spillage of diesel or oil
Circulating and cementing N N N N ─ ─ N + N GW/S: possibility of ground water and soil contamination leakage
during circulating and cementing
SE: temporary employement generation
4 Operation and maintenance
of IWMF
Transportation of Wastes to N ─ ─ N N N N +/─ +/─ OHS: Road and fire accidents,aesthetic and human interest;
facility from member SE: disturbance in existing traffic pattern;creation of new activities
industries and status
AQ: due to traffic movement emissions
NQ: Minor vibrations and noise
Storage and stabilization of N ─ N N N ─ N N ─ AQ: fugitive emission

waste/hazardous waste S: Possibility of soil contamination due to improper disposal of
solid and Hazardous waste; OH/OH&S: Risk to community health
due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored properly
Waste material handling and N ─ N N N N N N ─ AQ:due to internal transportation of waste to respective facility
in boundary transport OHS: temporary,acute,chronic health effects to the workers
involved(if not trained properly)
Storage, handling and N N N N ─ ─ N N ─ GW/S: Possibility of ground water and soil contamination due to
204 | P a g e
Socio-Economic (SE)
Community Health &
Landuse/ Landcover
Impact
Noise and Vibration
Ground Water (GW)

Surface Water (SW)
Safety (OH / CH&S)

Air Quality (AQ)
Ecology & Bio-

areas
diversity (EB)
Project
(LU/LC)
Soil (S)
(NV)
Activities
disposal of waste water and improper disposal of waste water; OH/OH&S: Risk to community
Leachate health due to spillage in surrounding area if not stored/treated
properly
Emissions from processing N ─ ─ N N ─ ─ ─ ─ AQ/NV: air and noise emission during blow out; S; soil
units contamination due to emission; EB: impact on ecology and bio
(stack attached to plasma diversity of surrounding area due to emission; SE: effect on
gasification unit and stack crops.OH/OH&S: Risk of fatal injury to worker and staff working at
attached to coal fired boiler, E site, risk to community health due to emission in surrounding area
Waste Stack/metal
recovery,Coal fired boilers
and Back up DG sets)
205 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
361. Based on this preliminary identification, environmental indices that are

likely to be impacted due to the project are:
 Landuse / Land cover: Land lease/purchase, site preparation and site
restoration
 Air quality and climate
 Noise and vibrations
 Ground water
 Geology and Soil:
 Ecology and Biodiversity:
 Socio – Economic
 Transportation
 Occupational health, community Health and safety:
After the identification of impacting activities, impacts require to be assessed
based on subjective / objective criteria.
4.5. Impacts Prediction/Evaluation and its Mitigation Measures
362. It comprises of Component Wise Environment Impact and its

Mitigation Measures.
363. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are also used to
predict impacts on the environment. Mathematical models are useful
tools (where applicable) to quantitatively describe the cause and
effect relationships between sources of pollution and different
components of environment. In cases where it is not possible to
identify and validate a model for a particular situation, predictions
have been arrived at based on logical reasoning / consultation /
extrapolation or overlay methods. In any case, for each component of
the environment, the methods used to arrive at the likely impacts
require to be described.
364. Construction phase comprises of pre construction phase and
establishment phase. Pre construction phase normally spread over
Land acquisition,site cleaning ,topographical survey(if any)e-
construction, preparatory construction, machinery installation and
206 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower and

start-up.
365. Construction and Establishment phases mainly consist of civil works
such as earth moving, leveling of land, construction of foundations,
buildings and approach roads.Machinery installation and
commissioning involve activities like fabrication work, cutting, welding
and construction of buildings and other facilities, lying of cables and
pipelines etc. It involves testing of plant for any type of leakages and
designed capacity.
The environmental impacts along with suggested mitigation measures
have been presented in the following sub-sectionsA
4.5.1. Air Environment
4.5.1.1 Construction Phase
366. The sources of air emission during construction phase will include site
clearing, vehicles movement, materials storages and handling and
operation of construction equipment. Emissions from them are
expected to result in temporary degradation of air quality, primarily in
the working environment affecting construction employees. However,
dust generation and SPM rise in the ambient air will be coarse and
will settle within a short distance close to the construction sites.
Hence, dust and other emissions are unlikely to spread sufficiently to
affect the surroundings of the construction site.
367. Traffic to the site during construction will be slightly more intensive
than at present. However, well connectivity of the site to Hoskote-
Malur road and adjacent National Highway NH-648, will not have any
significant stress on the traffic. The present road conditions are good
for the proposed additional movement of vehicular traffic. Hence the
impacts on the ambient air quality during construction phase will be
temporarily for short duration and reversible in nature and restricted to
small area.
368. Fugitive dust sources associated with construction phase include
vehicular traffic generating fugitive dust on paved and unpaved roads,
aggregate material handling, and other aggregate processing
operations. Fugitive dust generated from these activities may range
from 0.1 µm to more than 300 µm in aerodynamic diameter.
207 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
369. The emission of particulate matter during the construction phase will
be generated from the activities like receipt, transfer and screening of
aggregate, road dust emissions, etc.
Table 4.2 Emission Factors of Various Dust Generation Processes

Source Unit Emission Factor
Paved road dust emissions g/VMT 7.26
Unpaved road dust emissions g/VMT 925.3
(Note: VMT: Vehicle Mile Traveled)
370. In addition to that emissions from various construction machinery

fueled by diesel and from mobile source will be in the form of PM10,
VOC, CO, NOx and SO2. The emissions from stationary and mobile
diesel engines with respect to their working/ movement are presented
in Table 4.3.
Table 4.3 : Exhaust Emissions for Stationary and Mobile Machinery
Source PM10 VOC CO NOx SO2

Diesel exhaust emissions
0.043 g/min 0.208 g/min 1.57 g/min 0.917 g/min 18.8 S g/l
(idle)
Diesel exhaust emissions
0.4 g/mile 3.18 g/mile 18.82 g/mile 8.5 g/mile 18.8 S g/l
(moving)
Dust Control
371. Water spray, through water trucks is an effective way to keep dust
under control. Sprinklers can also be employed to deliver continuous
moisture in dust prone areas.
372. High vehicle speeds increase the amount of fugitive dust created from
unpaved areas. Reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 km/hr. can
reduce emissions by a large extent.
373. Care shall be taken to keep all material storages adequately covered
and contained so that they are not exposed to situations, where winds
on site could lead to dust/ particulate emissions. Fabrics and plastics
for covering piles of soils and debris is an effective means to reduce
fugitive dust from the material stores/ warehouses.
374. Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly so that
the spilled materials do not become a source of fugitive emission.
208 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
375. Spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes shall be contained/ cleaned

up immediately before they can infiltrate into the soil/ ground or runoff
in nearby areas.
Gaseous Emissions Control
376. Regular maintenance of machinery and equipment will be carried out.
377. All the vehicles used for construction activity shall be checked for
‘Pollution under Control’.
378. Ambient air quality monitoring should be carried out during
construction phase. If monitored parameters are above the prescribed
limits, suitable control measures must be taken.
4.5.1.2 Operation Phase
379. Impacts on ambient air during operation phase would be due to
emissions from the stacks attached to plasma gasification unit,
incinerator of medical waste, metal recovery unit and coal fired boilers
380. Emissions from the sources were analyzed for their impacts on the
Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for various distances using the
dispersion modeling guidelines given by the Central Pollution Control
Board, New Delhi and the Industrial Source Complex Short Term
Model (ISCST3) of the United States Environment Protection Agency
(USEPA).
Calculation of Emission Estimates
381. Emission estimates from an emission source can be calculated as
follows:
382. Impact of emissions from the proposed Integrated Waste
Management Facility on the ambient air quality were modeled using
US EPA ISCST3 – Industrial Source Complex - Short Term Model
(Version 02035). The ISCST3 model is capable of handling multiple
sources, including point, volume, area and open pit source types.
However, in the present scope the model was used for point emission
(chimney) source type for modeling Particulate Matter (as SPM),SO2,
NOx, HCl, HF and TOC. Please note that ISCT3 treats pollutant as
chemically inert except for SOx and NOx where it applies a simple
exponential decay.
Model Input Parameters
209 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Meteorological Data
383. The hourly measured micro-meteorological parameters (wind
direction, wind speed and ambient temperature) were studied by
EQMS for three months through March 2012 to June 2012. In addition
to the measured meteorological parameters, ISCST3 also required
atmospheric stability classes and mixing height data. These additional
parameters were estimated or obtained from the secondary sources
as discussed in the following paragraph.
Atmospheric Stability Classes
384. The required hourly Pasquill - Gifford Stability Classes were
determined using Turner's method and solar isolation as per the
provisions described by Central Pollution Control Board, Delhi and US
EPA "Meteorological Monitoring
385. Guidance for Regulatory Modeling Applications". The reference
longitude andlatitude for the estimation of solar insolation were
77°53'11.83"E and 13° 0'15.38"N respectively.
Mixing Height
386. The mixing height information for the above mentioned location was
obtainedfrom the mixing height contours publication by India
MeteorologicalDepartment.
Wind Pattern
387. The analysis of meteorological data reveals that the winds were
flowingpredominantly from the West/East. The calm wind speed
condition was observedfor approximately 13.32% in the record set.
Emission Source Data
388. The emission source data and the calculations were provided by the
EWML.
389. Four stacks have been proposed in the plant. Technical details of all
stacks and the emission load considered in the model are given
inTable:4.3
Table 4.4 Stack Details

Stack Stack Exit Exit Flow
S. Source Of
Diamete Height Velocity Temperat rate APCM Equipment
N. Emission
r (mm) (m) (m/sec) ure (°C) (m3/hr)
210 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Stack Stack Exit Exit Flow

S. Source Of
Diamete Height Velocity Temperat rate APCM Equipment
N. Emission
r (mm) (m) (m/sec) ure (°C) (m3/hr)
Gas quencher
Plasma
1 Ventury Scrubber
Gasification 450 30.5 14.0 433 8000
. HCl Scrubber system
Unit
Alkali scrubber
Incinerator
2 Ventury Scrubber
Medical 300 30.5 15.7 433 4000
. Alkali scrubber
Wastes
Metal
3 Ventury Scrubber
Recovery 150 30.5 15.7 493 1000
. Alkali scrubber
Furnace
Dual Cone cyclone
4 Coal Fired
500 30.5 12.8 493 9040 sepearator
. Boiler
Bag filter
390. The gas emission details are given inTable 4.4.
Table 4.5 Details of Gas Emission

Stacks Pollutant Emssion Load (gm/sec) Remarks
Particulate SO2 Nox HCL HF TOC
Matter
Plasma Gasification Unit 0.11 0.44 0.89 0.11 0.008 0.04
Incinerator Medical Wastes 0.165 0.22 0.44 0.05 0.004 0.02
Metal Recovery Furnace 0.042 0.05 0.11 0.013 --- ----
DG Set Non Continuous Stacks
DG Set
Note that the maximum permissible emission standards (post APCs) for all above
parameters in the stacks have been assumed in emission load calculations.
211 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 4.1 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of NOx
212 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 4.2 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of SOx
213 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 4.3 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of PM
214 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 4.4 : Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HCl
215 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 4.5 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of HF
216 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 4.6 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of TOC

Modeling Scenarios
391. Since, this is a new project, all proposed stacks were modeled to
assess the impact on the ambient air quality.
Results and Discussions
392. The estimated 24 hourly maximum ground level concentrations
(excluding background concentration) for the modeled pollutants are
presented below:
217 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 4.6 Predicted 24hr max GLC from proposed stack

Predicted 24hr max GLC, ug/m3 X Y
PM 1.9 500 0
SO2 13 500 0
NOx 26.3 500 0
HCL 3.2 500 0
HF 1.2 500 0
TOC 1.2 500 0
393. Based on the model results, the hotspot may be identified at 500m in
East of the proposed installation.
394. The estimated 24 hourly maximum ground level concentrations
(excluding background concentration) for the modeled pollutants at
the ambient air quality monitoring stations are presented below:
Table 4.7 Predicted 24hr max GLC at the ambient air quality monitoring stations
Sampling Location w.r.t. Site Predicted 24hr max GLC, ug/m3
Station ID Description
Location Distance (km) Direction PM SO2 NOx HCL HF TOC
A1 Project Site 0.0 km ------- Proposed Project
- - - - - -
Site
A2 Makanhalli 6 km NWW Village &
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
surrounding area
A3 Malur 5.0 km E Malur Industrial
0.8 5.7 11.5 1.4 0.5 0.5
Area
A4 Huralgere 2.5 km S Village &
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
surrounding area
A5 Devankundi 5.8 km W Devengundi
Railway stn. & 0.7 5.1 10.4 1.3 0.4 0.5
Oil depots
A6 Kanganhalli 2.5 km N Village &
0.4 2.7 5.5 0.7 0.2 0.3
surrounding area
4.5.1.3 Fugitive Emissions

395. Fugitive emissions due to the proposed project will be principally
associated with emissions like VOC from liquid storage tank,
VOC/odours air from hazardous waste storage area, emergency vent
from plasma reactor and scrubber circulation tank vents, dust during
the initial site preparation and closure phases. Fugitive emissions can
cause the dust to settle down at nearby residential properties and on
agricultural lands. In addition, fugitive emissions in the form of
material dust are also expected during constructions, chemical
additives, cement and cement additives etc. Fugitive dust may also
218 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
impact agricultural crops in and around the drill sites within the
acquired block.
Mitigation measures.
396. To curb fugitive emission following are the mitigation measures shall
be followed:
 All vents from the liquid storage tank will be connected to exhaust
header. Exhaust header will be connected to exhaust blower. Exhaust
blower discharge will be connected to inlet of Steam Boiler furnace
where syn gas will be combusted.
 Combustion air fan for syn gas boiler will draw air from the hazardous
waste storage area. Suction of combustion air fan will be taken from
hazardous waste storage area.
 Emergency vent will open in abnormal plant condition only. Exhaust
of emergency vent will be connected at the inlet of syn gas boiler.
 Scrubber circulation vent will be connected to down stream gas
ducting of syn gas which will be always under negative pressure.
4.5.2. Noise Environment

397. The proposed Integrated Waste Management Facility of TSDF
operations and related activities will lead to emission of noise that
may have significant impact on the surrounding communities in terms
of increase in noise levels and associated disturbances. The potential
impacts on noise level may arise out of the following:
4.5.2.1 Construction Phase
398. In addition to site preparation / closure related activities will also
involve the operation of heavy equipment like pile drivers, loaders,
and dumpers etc. Such heavy equipments are noted to emit noise
emissions which will get dispersed in the nearby communities thus
resulting in a decrease in noise quality in the immediately adjacent
settlement area. Some activities like piling may also result in minor
vibration impacts which are expected to subside to acceptable levels
with distance.
Assessment of Noise Levels using Model
219 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
399. For hemispherical sound wave propagation through homogeneous

loss free medium, one can estimate noise levels at various locations
at different sources using model based on first principle.
400. Lp 2 = Lp1 - 20 log(r2/r1) - Ae1,2.
Where
Lp1 & Lp2 are sound levels at points located at distances r1 & r2 from
the source.
Ae1, 2 is the excess attenuation due to environmental conditions.
Combined effect of all the sources than can be determined at various
locations by logarithmic addition
401. Lp total = 10 log (10(Lp1/10) + 10(Lp2/10) + 10(Lp3/10) +……).
Table 4.8 Predicted Exposure Levels

Time N1 N2 N3 N4 N5 N6
Hours/Day Time Project site Makannalli Malur Huralgere Devankundi kanganhalli
Maximum 44.6 52.1 54.8 51.6 49.4 50.4
Minimum 36.1 36.8 35.2 35.4 36.8 36.7
Day
equivalent 52.4 72.4 49.3 49.5 48.9 40.6
dB(A)
Night
equivalent 44.2 62.4 42.6 43.3 42.9 37.6
dB(A)
402. The damage risk criteria for hearing, as enforced by OSHA to reduce
hearing loss, stipulates that noise levels up to 90 dB (A) are
acceptable for 8 hrs exposure per day. It seems that the noise level
only during the proposed activities (Integrated Waste Management
Facility Comprising of TSDF) is of concern for occupational
consideration. This noise is transient and will occur only for the
duration of Setting up the development of Common Hazardous Waste
Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility, Common E-waste Recycling
& Management facility, Common medical Waste Treatment, Storage
& Disposal Facility, Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage.
4.5.2.2 Operation Phase
220 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
There is no as such major source of noise Pollution during operation

of facility; however there shall be disturbance in noise ambient of area
due to regular traffic movement to the facility.
4.5.2.3 Mitigation Measure
403. Mitigation measures for noise will include the following:
 Regular and proper maintenance of noise generating machinery
including the transport vehicles to maintain the low noise levels.
 Sufficient engineering control during installation of equipments and
machineries (like mufflers in DG sets) is to be ensured to reduce
noise levels at source;
 Proper and timely maintenance of machineries and preventive
maintenance of vehicles is to be adopted to reduce noise levels;
 Plant and equipment will be designed to ensure that noise generated
is limited to CPCB norms. Equipment will be provided with noise
control measures such as acoustic insulation etc, to ensure noise
abatement. Rotating equipment will be properly balanced. Where high
noise levels are produced, employees will be provided with ear
protection devices.
 Personnel Protective Equipments (PPE) like ear plugs/muffs is to be
given to all the workers at site and it will be ensured that the same are
wore by everybody during their shift;
 All the openings like covers, partitions shall be acoustically sealed.
4.5.3. Water Environment

404. Impact by integrated waste Management Facility on Water
environment can be predicted in two ways i.e.
Impact on water resources
Impact on Water Quality
4.5.3.1 Impact on water resources
Surface water resources
No impact on surface water resources is anticipated during both the
construction phase and operational phase of the project as there is no
such surfacewater resources prevails in the study area,
221 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Ground Water Resources

No impact on Ground water resources is anticipated during both
construction as well as operational phase of the project as there is no
withdrawl of water, however Water demand shall be met through state
Water Board supply.
4.5.3.2 Impact on Water Quality
Construction Phase
405. During the construction phase of the project, total water requirement
is estimated as 50 KLD depending upon type of construction activities
at site. This requirement of water will be fulfilled from the tankers of
state water board supply. The wastewater generated during
construction phase is mainly from construction works & domestic
activities. Adequate drainage system will be requiring channelizing
run off water to avoid water logging and it will be utilized during the
construction phase for the proposed plant. Therefore, no long term
adverse impact on water quality (surface as well as ground) is
anticipated during construction phase.
Operation Phase
406. The total maximum requirement of water for the facility is delineated
to 335 KLD maximum
407. The waste water generated from various streams can have various
adverse impacts. The effluent characteristics for these different
streams has been provided in Table 4.8
Table 4.9 : Waste Water characteristics

Name and source of bleed stream Quantity Quality
(liters/day)
Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash 14100 pH: Neutral
Water from Plasma Gasification Plant TDS: 2.5 – 3.5 % COD: < 100 mg/lit
BOD: < 30 mg/lit
Wash Water from “Waste Bank and 900 pH: Alkaline to Neutral
unit for Co-processing of Hazardous TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < 500 mg/lit
Waste Unit” BOD: < 150 mg/lit
HM: Expected
222 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Wash Water from Stabilization Plant 450 pH: Alkaline to Neutral

TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < 500 mg/lit
BOD: < 150 mg/lit
HM: Expected
Scrubber Bleed Liquor and Wash 13040 pH: Neutral
Water from Medical Waste TDS: 1-3 %
Management Facility COD: < 100 mg/lit
BOD: < 30 mg/lit
Wash Water from E-waste 450 pH: Alkaline to Neutral
Management Plant TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < 500 mg/lit
BOD: < 150 mg/lit
HM: Expected
Wash Water from Oil Recycling Plant 2000 pH: Alkaline to Neutral
TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < 1000 mg/lit
BOD: < 500 mg/lit
O & G: < 100 mg/lit
Leachate from SLF 5000 pH: Neutral

TDS: 1-3% ppm COD: < 250 mg/lit
BOD: < 100 mg/lit
HM: Expected
Vehicle or Wheel Wash 10000 pH: Alkaline to Neutral

TDS: < 10000
COD: < 500 mg/lit
BOD: < 200 mg/lit
Cooling Tower Blow Down 41400 pH: Alkaline
TDS: < 3000
COD: < 250 mg/lit
BOD: < 100 mg/lit
Boiler Blow down 2750 pH: Alkaline
TDS: < 3000
COD: < 250 mg/lit
BOD: < 100 mg/lit
Domestic Sewage 14500 pH; Neutral
TDS: < 500 mg/lit
COD: < 500 mg/lit
BOD: < 250 mg/lit
223 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
408. During the operation phase, there is a possibility of contamination risk

due to damage of liners of the landfill at the site and leachate can
enter in ground water.
Construction Phase
409. Wastewater will not be generated during the construction phase of the
project. Water will be used only for curing of concrete, which will be
absorbed by land or get evaporated. Vitrified/ polished tiles will be
used for flooring and hence no washwater will be needed. A separate
drainage shall be provided for the construction wastewater and
collected in a separate basin. The water shall be discharged into the
drain after pretreatment including filtration and removal of
contaminants to the standards prescribed for disposal, if required.
Sanitation
410. During construction stage, suitable sanitation and other essential
facilities shall be provided for workers. These facilities shall be well
designed and maintained to minimize environmental impacts.
Adequate drinking water supply should be provided for on-site
workers.
Operation Phase
411. Two alternate mode of disposal is proposed for the facility.
Alternative I: Disposal of treated waste water to CETP through
tankers
Alternative II: Disposal of treated waste water through Multi Effect
Evaporation system (MEES) and recycle treated waste water to plant
for reuse. Waste water treatment system consist of following sub
systems
 Physico Chemical Treatment Units
 Heavy Metal Removal Units
 Oil Removal System
 Multi Effect Evaporation system
 Packaged Sewage Treatment Plant
412. The following mitigation measures will also be implemented:
224 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 EWML will use best engineering technique during setting up the

development of Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and
Disposal facility, Common E-waste Recycling & Management facility,
Common medical Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility,
Waste Receipt, Characterization and storage so that proposed
activities will not contaminate the ground water.
 Hazardous waste storage area and plant area will be completely
covered from top and side. Strom water run off will be managed
through separate storm water drains. Before discharging storm water
into surface drain, it will be passed through small RCC pit where
online pH sensor and recorder will be provided to keep check on pH
of outgoing storm water.
 Prompt cleanup of any spillage of Haz Waste using dry method.
 Regular monitoring of ground water quality through monitoring wells
as per CPCB guideline.
 The water samples shall be analyzed for the 36 physical, chemical
and bacteriological parameters as per MOEF guidelines.
 The landfill is proposed with double liner system with a view to avoid
the leachate infiltration into the ground
 Vehicle or Wheel Wash shall be treated in Physico Chemical
Treatment Plant followed by MEE for reuse or sent to CETP for
further disposal.
 ETP sludge shall be disposed off to secure landfill

413. Potential impacts on land environment due to the identified activities
are given below:
Change in Land Use Pattern
Change in people’s activity due to changed land-use
Nuisance effect
414. As the project site is on non agriculture land (Provided in ch-2 i.e.
30.81 Acre) and no major rehabilitation prevails in the site area so
impact on land use shall be of no significance.
225 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
415. However Positive Impact will be there as Project Proponent will

provide the Employment to the Workers from nearby villages (158
workers) which further affect (Positive effect) the Occupational
structure of the Area.
Mitigation Measures
416. Necessary efforts will be made during selection of site to minimize
disruption of current land use to the extent possible;
417. Proper restoration of site will be carried out to bring the physical
terrain, soils and vegetation, as closely possible, to their original
condition;
418. Temporary new approach roads can be constructed and existing
roads can be improved, if required, for smooth and hassle free
movement of personnel as well as materials and machineries;
419. Optimization of land requirement through proper site lay out design
will be a basic criteria at the design phase;
4.5.5. Impact on Soil and Geology
Construction Phase
420. The impacts would be degradation of soil or change in its structure
due to compaction and erosion during site preparation activities and
plying of trucks during construction and operational phase.
Topsoil Contamination
421. During site preparation the topsoil will be removal of from the project
site and the approach road, which contains most of the nutrients
and organisms that give soil productivity. This will in turn result in
minor changes of topsoil structure. However, the project design will
take into account the preservation of the top soil and its subsequent
use during the restoration of the site. In spite of this the fertility of
the soil at the site area will be affected.
422. Impacts on geology primarily relate to the loss of, and damage to,
geological, paleontological and physiographic features. Impact on
soil owing to the project construction activity includes soil erosion,
compaction, physical and chemical desegregations and pollution of
soil in case of waste discharge on land. Top soil will be removed
and will have impact on soil cover.
Operation Phase
Karnataka.)
423. During the operational phase, there is a probability of accidental

spillage of hazardous waste on the routes through which hazardous
waste would be transported and its adjoining areas if a vehicle
carrying hazardous waste meets with an accident. Since the
hazardous waste is stored at the site for incineration there is a
possibility that due to accidental spillage soil can be contaminated.
Land fills gas production and migration leading to changes in soil
temperature.
Mitigation Measures
424. During the operational phase of hazardous landfill if there is a
possibility of contamination risk due to damage of liners of the
landfill at the site. As the Landfill will be constructed by complying
the CPCB Land Fill sitting Guide lines. The details of Liner system
so used can be predicted in the Fig 2.7 and Figure 2.8 There will be
no impact on Soil Quality.
425. Store, preserve and protect topsoil separately to use it during
restoration period; and domestic waste
426. Management of spilling of contaminants such as oil from
equipments, cement, hazardous waste transportation,
fuel/chemicals spillage and etc. on the soil;
4.5.6. Impact on Transportation
427. The transport of waste to a facility provides for the most obvious
source of Impact. The physical impact of transport relates not only
to volume increases upon existing networks, but also to its
operational characteristics and composition, most particularly the
percentage of heavy good vehicles. There are various components
of the sources of traffic, which will have impact on environmental.
These include the location and spatial extent of traffic movements,
the operational hours of the facility, the types of wastes being
moved, and the volume of traffic being generated.
Mitigation Measures
The words “HAZARDOUS WASTE” shall be displayed on all sides of the
vehicle in Vernacular , Hindiand English.
Vehicle used for transportation shall be in accordance with the provisions

under the Motor Vehicle Act, 1988, and rules made thereunder.
Karnataka.)
Transporter shall possess requisite copies of the certificate (valid

authorization obtained from the concerned SPCB/PCC for transportation of
waste by the waste generator and operator of a facility) for transportation
of hazardous waste.
Transporter should have valid “Pollution under Control Certificate” (PUCC)

during the transportation of hazardous waste and shall be properly
displayed.
Vehicle shall be painted preferably in blue colour with white strip of 15 to

30 cm width running centrally all over the body. This is to facilitate easy
identification.
Vehicle should be fitted with mechanical handling equipment as may be

required for safe handling and transportation of the wastes.
Emergency phone numbers and TREM Card in Form 11 of HW (M, H &

TM) Rules,2008.
Carrying of passengers is strictly prohibited and those associated with the

waste haulers shall be permitted only in the cabin.
Transporter shall carry documents of manifest for the wastes during

transportation as required under Rule 21 of the HW (M, H & TBM) Rules.
Each vehicle shall carry first-aid kit, spill control equipment and fire
extinguisher.
Hazardous Waste transport vehicle shall run only at a speed specified

under Motor Vehicle Act in order to avoid any eventuality during the
transportation of hazardous waste.
Driver (s) shall be properly trained for handling the emergency situations
and safety aspects involved in the transportation of hazardous wastes.
The design of the trucks shall be such that there is no spillage during
transportation.
4.5.7. Impact on Public Health

428. Potential risks to the public arise not through direct contact with the
waste, but off-site, as a result of exposure to:
Karnataka.)
429. Accidental emissions and discharges to air, water and land from
events such as a collision involving a waste tanker on the public
highway or a fire in a tank farm.
430. Low-level, continuous, ‘controlled’ emissions and discharges during
routine operation of the plant.
431. Emissions and discharges during routine operation, but associated
with poor design or operational practices, for example the discharge
of leachate owing to poor landfill containment, or emissions of high
levels of hydrocarbons due to poor incinerator combustion
conditions.
432. The health impact of a chemical is a function of its toxicological
properties, duration of exposure and concentration in the body
4.5.8. Socio- Economic Environment
433. Critical analysis of the socio-economic profile of the area vis-à-vis
its scenario with project activities identifies the following impacts:
434. Social impacts like property price depreciation represent an external
‘cost’ of waste disposal and treatment facilities. Property values are
also affected by their proximity to a new landfill. The other adverse
impact includes stress arising from fear to risk to health, etc.
However, as a result of such projects, there would be employment
generation, business generation, infrastructure development, etc.
435. The proposed activities shall generate indirect employment in the
region due to the requirement of workers in trail making, supply of
raw material, auxiliary and ancillary works, which would marginally
improve the economic status of the people.
436. The activities would result in an increase in local skill levels through
exposure to activities.
437. As the existing loose / soft surface roads, trails shall be upgraded to
facilitate the movement of the heavy equipment required, the project
in turn would lead to improvement in transport facilities.
Mitigation Measures
438. Proper compensation for land and crop based on APMC rates: this
does not have significance in this case as the land was specifically
allotted to the project proponent for the TSDF project by State
Government.
Karnataka.)
439. Approach roads will be upgraded to facilitate heavy vehicular

movement
440. Project proponent may provide educational aid to local villages
based on need and request from the village Panchayat.
4.5.9. Ecology and Biodiversity
441. There is no notified/protected ecologically sensitive area including
national park, sanctuary, Elephant/Tiger reserves existing in the
study area. Most of the vegetation is aggregated on agricultural
boundaries, road side plantation, private land and social forest area.
442. Exposure to pollutants-via mechanisms such as ingestion,
inhalation, skin contact and sorption, direct uptake through gills,
membrane uptake processes in microorganisms, foliar deposition,
direct uptake through roots and leaves, etc. - may have lethal and
sub-lethal effects on the health of flora and fauna. These effects
could include:
443. The predicted impact on surrounding ecology is not very significant.
Predicted impact due to integrated waste management facility
comprising of TSDF activities:
 Leaf damage, tissue damage, or reduced productivity in plants and
crops.
 Morbidity and mortality in fauna.
 Reproductive effects.
 Skin damage and irritation.
 Carcinogenic effects
 Changes in activity pattern of terrestrial fauna due to Noise
 Loss of vegetation due to access cutting and site preparation
 Accidental discharge of waste water may create impact on aquatic
ecology if not handled properly
 Well site development may affect agriculture activity of site area.
 Dust generation due to vehicular movement may increase
deposition of dust and dust settling on the vegetation may alter or
limit plants' abilities to photosynthesize and/or reproduce
Karnataka.)
Mitigation Measures
444. Installation of systems to discourage nesting or perching of birds in
dangerous environments
4.5.10. Occupational Health and Risk to Surrounding Community
445. Site preparation, integrated waste management facility comprising
of TSDF involve many occupational health hazards to the workers
at site.
446. Noise generated during Setting up the development of Common
Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facility,
Common E-waste Recycling & Management facility, Common
medical Waste Treatment, Storage & Disposal Facility, Waste
Receipt, Characterization and storage may affect the workers and
staff members.
447. Handling, transportation, storage, disposal and transportation of
hazardous wastes, chemicals, fuel,medical waste and E-waste may
cause health hazard if not handled properly.
448. Uncontrolled flow of hydrocarbon or other fluids during blow out may
cause serious health injuries including fatality of workers as well as
surrounding communities
Mitigation Measures
449. All employees will first undergo medical checks-up organized by the
HR Department before hiring is done. There after all people who
have a satisfactory health condition will be hired and the facility for
free medical checkups will be given to each and every employee
every 3 months.
450. First aid facilities will be available at the premises to treat basic
injuries. If the case is beyond first aid, then the person will be taken
to the nearest hospital for further treatment and consultation.
451. All necessary pre-cautions will be taken to monitor restriction at
work period. All government banned substances and products will
be in the restriction list at the premises. All necessary signboards
will be put up at the required places through-out the facility.
452. During proposed activities, proper care would be taken by SMS
Infrastructure, proper PPE will be provided to site workers and staff
members
Karnataka.)
453. Site preparation work will be carried out during day time only
454. Acoustic enclosures will be provided to DG sets and other noise
generating equipment
4.6. Impact analysis i.e. Score analysis
4.6.1. Criteria For Rating The Impacts

455. Following criteria has been considered for rating of the impacts.
456. For each impact area, the magnitude of impact has been rated on
the scale of 1 to 5
 Very High Impact = 5
 High Impact = 4
 Moderate Impact = 3
 Less Impact = 2
 Very Less Impact = 1
457. For each impact area, importance of the impact has been rated on
the scale of 1 to 3
 Very Important = 3
 Moderately Important = 2
 Less important = 1
Ranking Criteria
458. Keeping in view, seven major activities having an impact on the
environment and considering eight majorimpact areas (as shown in
Tables 4.1.) the criteria for overall ranking of the secured landfill
facility is developedas follows :-
459. Total Score, if
 Above 600 The IWMF is having Very High Adverse Impact
 300 - 600 The IWMF is having Moderate Adverse Impact
 100 - 300 The IWMF is having Less Adverse Impact
 Below 100 The IWMF is having Very Less Adverse Impact
460. Based on the criteria for rating the impacts, the weighted impacts
are given as shown in. Table 4.9 and Table 4.9 In thisweighted
impact table the entries are presented in the form x(y), where “x”
Karnataka.)
denotes the magnitude of theimpact and “y” denotes the importance

of the impact while T denotes the impact rating.
Table 4.10 : weighted Impacts without Mitigation measures(Matrice Method)

S/N Potential Construction Phase Operation Phase Closure/ Total
Impact Area Post
closure
ACTIVI Preparatio setting up of Proposed Integrated Waste processing Post
TY n of Site Waste Management Facility i.e. Transportatio material units Landfilling closure
for n of Wastes to handling ( plasma
landill,incinerator,storages,ETP/ST facility from and in gasification
P member boundary unit , coal
industries transport fired boiler, E
Waste
Stack/metal
recovery,BM
W incinerator
and Back up
DG sets)
x y T x y T x y T x y t x y t x y t x y t
1. Air 4 2 8 3 2 6 4 3 12 4 3 1 4 3 1 3 3 9 2 2 4
2 2
2. Water 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 9 4 3 1 2 2 4
2
3. Land 3 2 6 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 4 3 1 4 2 8 2 2 4
2
4. Noise 4 3 12 4 2 8 3 3 9 2 2 4 3 3 9 2 1 2 1 2 2
5. Wildlife 3 1 3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 6 1 3 3 1 2 2
6. Vegetation 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 2 6 4 3 1 3 2 6
2
7. Aesthetic 3 2 6 3 2 6 3 3 9 3 1 3 3 3 9 4 3 1 1 2 2
Value 2
8. Socio- 1 1 1 1 2 2 3 3 9 1 1 1 3 3 9 3 3 9 1 2 2
economic
Total 42 28 45 2 7 6 2 304
4 2 7 6
Table 4.11 Weighted Impacts with Mitigation measures(matrice method)

No Potential Construction Phase Operation Phase Total
Impact
Area
ACTIVIT Preparatio setting up of Transportation Waste material processing Landfilling Post
Y n of Site Proposed Integrated of Wastes to handling and in units closure
Waste Management facility from boundary ( plasma
Facility i.e. for member transport gasification
landill,incinerator,stor industries unit , coal
ages,ETP/STP fired boiler, E
Waste
Stack/metal
recovery,BM
W incinerator
and Back up
DG sets)
x y T x y T x y T x y t x y t x y t x y t
1. Air 2 2 4 1 2 2 2 3 6 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 9 2 2 4
2. Water 2 2 4 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 3 12 2 2 4
3. Land 3 2 6 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 4 2 8 2 2 4
4. Noise 2 3 6 2 2 4 2 3 6 1 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 2 1 2 2
5. Wildlife 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 1 2 2
6. Vegetatio 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 4 3 12 3 2 6
n
7. Aesthetic 2 2 4 2 2 4 2 3 6 2 1 2 2 3 6 4 3 12 1 2 2
Value
8. Socio- 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 9 3 3 9 1 2 2
economic
Total 28 18 27 12 31 67 26 209
Karnataka.)
Discussion:
The weighted impact without mitigation measures due to the proposed facility are
quantified as 304 .and,
The weighted impact with mitigation measures due to the proposed facility are
quantified as 209 .
After implementation of all the mitigation measures the project can be considered as
non –polluting project on the basis of rating criteria
236 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
237 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES
This chapter includes the justification for the selection of the project site from
environmental point of view as well as from economic point of view so that the
technology will be affordable.This chapter provides the alternatives for the proposed
project in terms of technology and site which are evaluated and discussed with particular
emphasis on environmental considerations.
5.1. Preamble
461. The proposed project is an Integrated waste Management Facility

that will serve as a Common E Waste Management, Medical Waste
Management, Waste Bank for Hazardous Waste Co-Processing
plant and Co—Processing unit, Plasma Gasification for destruction
of Hazardous waste and waste Oil recovery.
462. The project alternatives discussed here include the rational for
selection of site and technology poposed. Prior to arriving at a
decision regarding establishment of proposed project a number of
alternatives were examined and reviewed. The options considered
include the following:
 Alternative Site analysis
 Analysis of Alternative Technologies
5.2. Alternative site analysis
463. Two alternate sites were considered based on criteria described

above, one in North of NH-4 in Kolar district located approximately 5
KM away from NH-4 and the another one in South-East of NH-4
approximately 12 KM from NH-4.
464. As per the CPCB Knock out criteria followed as shown inTable: 2.3,
the alternative sites were not rendered suitable.
465. The present site was selected on the basis of following basic
criteria:
 Govt. of Karnataka has adopted an approach of IWMF for handling
of Hazardous waste, E-waste and Medical waste at a single unit
along with Waste recycling facility in line with this decision Govt. of
Karnataka has notified its very first Integrated Waste Management
238 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Facility at this location vide its GO No. CI 183 Dated 18-August-

2011(Refer annexure-VIII)
 The site is situated in non-agriculture land
 It is declared as a free zone as per Government of Karnataka as
most preferred location for Industrial Development.
466. The present site is selected as it is near too industrial clusters,

sparsely habituated regions, in non-irrigated land and most
importantly as it is located in Free Zone, whereas the first site was
falling under Green Zone as classified by Regulatory bodies.
5.3. Analysis of alternative technologies
467. The Integrated Waste Management Facility shall be divided into

Three Sub Facilities and each of the sub facility shall work as an
Exclusive Waste Management Facility namely
1. Hazardous Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility
2. Medical Waste Treatment & Disposal Facility
468. There are various types of methods available for Common
hazardous waste handling and management. The technologies
have their individual benefits and side effects; it has been proposed
to consider the advance thermal Treatment Based on Plasma
technology instead of common Hazardous waste Incinerator.The
comparison of both the technologoies is given in section 5.3.1.
469. In addition to this Co Processing of Hazardous waste is also
benefiacial in comparison of other conventional methods the details
can be reveled From section 5.3.2
5.3.1. Advanced Thermal Treatment Unit based on Plasma Technology with
Heat Recovery and Power Generation
470. Plasma gasification process is adopted for the destruction of toxic
and organic hazardous waste received at the site. This process is
an alternative to conventional incineration process.
471. The PGVR technology is NOT incineration and, indeed, is far
superior to incineration. The comparison of two technologies is
enlisted in the table below:
239 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 5.1 :Comparison Between PGVR and Incineration

PGVR Incineration
• Mass-less heat created from plasma • Combustion –excess air required
torch at very high temperatures– heat • Heat value of waste required to
value of waste is irrelevant to the maintain combustion reaction or
process supplementary fossil fuels required
• Molecular Dissociation of organic • Operating temperatures around 1,000
wastes in an oxygen-starved °C (potential for “cold” spots in the
environment and vitrification of furnace
inorganic constituents • Large volumes of off-gas generated
• Uniform, reactor temperatures above • “Cold” spots, excess oxygen in the
1,200°C (plasma “plume” temperature furnace, unreacted carbon due to
> 6,000 deg. C); Controlled processing incomplete combustion can result in
atmosphere the formation of unwanted pollutants,
• Volume of gases generated by the including Dioxins and Furans
process are low, thus reducing the • Fly and bottom ash treatment and
complexity and size of the system landfill disposal needed
components
• Depending on waste composition
treated, PGVR generates 2 to 4 times
the thermal energy that it consumes
• No bottom or fly ashes generated
• Production of dioxins or furans is
impossible (due to factors such as,
high temperatures, oxygen starved
environment)
• No bottom or fly ashes generated; no
solid wastes requiring landfill disposal
• Generates valuable end-products
472. In contrast, thePlasma. gasification technology proposed for the

project will increase revenues, decrease operational risks and
provide superior environmental performance versus other
technologies.
240 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
5.3.2. Hazardous Waste Co-Processing Unit
473. Co-processing is the use of waste as raw material or as a source of

energy or both to replace natural mineral resources and fossil fuels
such as coal, petroleum and gas (energy recovery) in industrial
processes, mainly in Cement, Steel, and Thermal power industries.
474. Co-processing Hazardous Waste in Cement Kilns has benefits over
the disposing the waste in conventional Incinerator; as High
temperatures (1400 O C) and residence time of 4 – 5 seconds in an
oxygen–rich atmosphere ensure the destruction of Hazardous
organic compounds. Any acid gases formed during combustion are
neutralized by the alkaline raw material and are incorporated into
the cement clinker.
475. Co-processing Hazardous waste has multifold environmental and
financial benefits:
 It reduces demands on natural resources i.e. conservation of
Natural- Non renewableresources,
 It reduces emission of Green House Gases and other toxic
compounds such as Dioxins andFurans.
 It reduces the environmental impacts of the extraction (mining or
quarrying), transporting,and processing of raw materials.
 It reduces cost of cement production
 It reduces space required for Landfill as no Ash is generated.
 It saves on cost on developing, operating and monitoring TSDF.
241 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM
This chapter provides the proposed environmental monitoring programme for the
proposed project to access the environmental attributes after the commissioning of
the project.
6.1. Introduction
476. Monitoring in and around project site (during construction and

operational phase) will be used to:
 measure the impacts that occur during project construction and
operation;
 check their compliance with agreed conditions and standards;
 facilitate impact management, e.g. by warning of unanticipated
impacts; and
 Determine the accuracy of impact predictions and the effectiveness
of mitigationmeasures.
477. Monitoring of environmental indicators signal potential problems and

facilitate timely prompt implementation of effective remedial
measures. It will also allow for validation of the assumptions and
assessments made in the present study.
478. Monitoring becomes essential to ensure that the mitigation
measures planned for environmental protection function effectively
during the entire period of project operation. The data so generated
also serves as a data bank for prediction of post project scenarios in
similar projects.
6.2. Environment monitoring Plan
6.2.1. Water Pollution Monitoring Plan
Table 6.1 Water Pollution monitoring Plan

Sl. No. Description of Sample Frequency
1 Plasma Gasification Plant Effluent Weekly
2 Cement Co Processing Plant Weekly
3 Stabilization Plant Weekly
4 BMW Facility Effluent Weekly
242 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Sl. No. Description of Sample Frequency

5 E-Waste Management Facility Effluent Weekly
6 Oil Recycling Facility Effluent Weekly
7 SLF Leachate Weekly
8 Collection cum Equalization Tank of Physico Chemical Daily
Treatment Plant
9 Treated waste water of physic chemical treatment plant Daily
10 Collection tank of heavy metal removal treatment plant Daily
11 Treated Waste Water of Heavy Metal Removal Daily
Treatment Plant
12 Collection tank of oil removal system Daily
13 Treated waste water from oil collection tank Daily
14 MEE treated waste water Daily
10 Treated Sewage Daily
11 Ground water quality – within the site- upstream and Once in 3 months
down stream side of landfill
12 Ground water quality – outside the site – upstream and Once in 6 months
down stream side of site
6.2.2. Ambient air and air Pollution monitoring Plan
Table 6.2 : Ambient air Monitoring Plan

S. No. Activity Schedule
Air Monitoring
1. Ambient air monitoring of parameters Once every Quarter
specified by Karnataka PCB in their air
consents from time to time within the SMS’s
premises
2. Ambient air monitoring of parameters Once every season at each station
specified by SPCB in their air consents from
time to time at four stations outside the
project site
3. All Stacks monitoring as given in air consent Refer Table 6.3
from time to time
Table 6.3 Stacks Monitoring Plan

Sr Location of on line gas Parameter to be Frequency of Monitoring
No analyser monitored
1 Plasma Gasification Plant HCl, SO2, CO, O2, PM On line continuous, 24 hrs
stack Gas
Every Month by monitoring
agency approved by the
MoEF
NOx, VOC Every week by self
analytical facility
Every Month by monitoring
243 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

MoEF
HF, Heavy Metals Every Month by monitoring
agency approved by MoEF
Dioxin and Furans Every six month by
monitoring agency
approved by MoEF.
2 Medical waste incinerator PM, Sox, NOx Every Month by monitoring
plant stack agency approved by the
MoEF
Dioxin and Furans Every six month by
monitoring agency
approved by MoEF.
3 E-Waste Precious Metal PM, Sox, NOx Every Month by monitoring
Recovery Furnace agency approved by the
MoEF
4 DG set exhaust PM, Sox, Nox Every Month by monitoring
MoEF
Table 6.4 Proposed Facilities For Monitoring
Stacks Stack’s Height Monitoring Facility Proposed

Plasma 30.5m above Ground Ladder, Platform, Sampling Port to be provided as
GasificationLevel per CPCB Guideline as under
Unit Online monitoring system For stack gas shall be
provided
Incinerator 30.5m above Ground Ladder, Platform, Sampling Port to be provided as
Medical Level per CPCB Guideline as under
Wastes Online monitoring system For stack gas shall be
provided
Metal 30.5m above Ground Ladder, Platform, Sampling Port to be provided as
Recovery Level per CPCB Guideline as under
Furnace in Online monitoring system For stack gas shall be
E-waste provided
furnace
Coal Fired 30.5m above Ground Ladder, Platform, Sampling Port to be provided as
Boiler Level per CPCB Guideline as under
Online monitoring system For stack gas shall be
provided
DG Sets(4 10m Non continuous emission
DG sets)
244 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
6.2.3. Solid Waste Monitoring Plan
Table 6.5 Solid Waste Generation monitoring

S. No. Activity Schedule
Solid Waste Generation Monitoring / Record Keeping
1. Records of generation of used drums, Since the project is “Hazardous
bags and records of their disposal Waste Management” record s of
2. Records of generation of waste oils and generation and disposal of
their treatment hazardous waste during operation
3. Records of generation, handling, storage, are to be maintained as per norms.
transportation and disposal of other solid,
aqueous and organic hazardous wastes as
required by hazardous waste authorization
Environmental Audit
Environmental statement under the EP Once in a year
(Act) 1986
245 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES
This chapter includes Public Participation Comments; details risks

associated with the project activities and storage of hazardous chemicals.
Identification, analysis and assessment of risk & hazard safety measures
during emergent situation.
7.1. Public Hearing
479. The Public Hearing for the Proposed Project was held on 21st
October, 2013. The outcome of the Public Hearing, response given
by SMS and additional action taken, as required, are summarized in
Table 1.4. The copy of the Public Hearing Proceeding is enclosed
as Annexure XII & Public hearing response compliance is enclosed
as annexure XIII.
7.2. Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan
7.2.1. Introduction
480. Hazard analysis involves the identification and quantification of the
various hazards (unsafe conditions). On the other hand, risk
analysis deals with identification and computation of consequence
and risks. The equipment in the proposed TSDF and personnel are
prone to accidents resulting from the hazards present in the site.
481. Risk analysis follows an extensive hazard analysis. It involves the
identification and assessment of risks the neighboring populations
are exposed to as a result of hazards present. This requires a
thorough knowledge of probability of failure, credible accident
scenario, vulnerability of population to exposure etc. Much of this
information is difficult to get or generate. Consequently, the risk
analysis is often confined to maximum credible accident studies. It
provides basis for preparation of on-site and off-site emergency plan
and also to incorporate safety measures.
7.2.2. Hazard Identification
482. Identification of hazards at the proposed TSDF is of primary
significance of the analysis, and quantification of risk. Hazard
indicates the characteristics of hazardous wastes that pose potential
for an emergency situation. All the components of proposed TSDF
246 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
need to be thoroughly examined to assess their potential for

initiating or propagating an unplanned event/sequence of events,
which can be termed as an emergency.
483. At the proposed TSDF site, following type of hazard wastes may be
involved during operation of facility, which can create potential
emergency situation in the event of spillage and accidental release
of hazardous wastes from the site:
 Explosive wastes in form of explosive solid and explosive liquid.
 Flammable wastes
 Corrosive Wastes
 Reactive wastes
 Toxic wastes
484. Flammable wastes containing solvent residue, can form explosive
mixture with air, and heating may cause pressure rise with risk of
bursting and explosion (however in case of TSDF explosion
probability is very less as highly reactive materials and pressure
vessels are not there). Some time vapour may be heavier than air
and spreads along the ground, narcotic in high concentrations,
gives off toxic or irritant fumes in a fire.
485. Various type of organic hazardous wastes, paint wastes, waste oil,
etc are flammable in nature and can catch fire if getting source of
ignition. There will release toxic fume at the time of burring in the
event of fire.
7.2.3. Hazardous Wastes to be Handled at the TSDF
486. Details of Hazardous Waste to be handled at the proposed TSDF
site are as given below:
Section/Sub FacilityMaterial Storage Details

Used Oil Recycling Used Oil ( Raw Oil ) 20 KL X 6 Nos, MS Tanks
Recycled Oil ( Product ) 20 KL X 3 Nos, MS Tanks
Medical Waste FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank
Facility
E-Waste Recycling FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank
Hazardous Waste Solid Hazardous Waste 1200 Tons, Packed &
Management Facility (Incinerable) Loose Form, Under Shed
Liquid Hazardous Waste 20 KL X 3 Nos, SS Tanks
(Incinerable)
247 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
FO / LDO Storage 10 KL X 1 Nos, MS Tank

Syn Gas Holder for 1000 Litres (1.0 M3), MS
Plasma Plant Tank (Storage Pressure –
300 mmwca)
Coal Fired Boiler for Coal 500 Tons, Top Covered
Steam Generation ( Yard
for Multiple Effect (Monthly consumption 750
Evaporator and Used Tons approx. )
Oil Recycling )
7.2.4. Hazardous Activities at TSDF Site
487. During operation of the proposed TSDF, following activities can

pose hazards and risk to human and surrounding environment:
 Storage of Recycled Oil/LDO/FO in tanks
 Manoeuvring of Wastes and Manual Handling
 Loading and unloading hazardous wastes on vehicle – mechanical
movements
 Removal of bungs from drums, cuts & abrasions
 Contact with hazardous chemicals.
 Chemical reaction – fire, gas
 Access egress – fatigue, chemical exposure
7.2.5. Human Health Risk From TSDF Site

488. Toxic medical wastes and e- wastes managed and disposed at the
proposed TSDF can release Constituents of concern (CoCs) as
vapors or particles to the air via wind-blown erosion of disposed
hazardous waste or as leachate to the groundwater. Hazardous
wastes managed in barrels or tanks can release COCs into the
atmosphere via volatilization. During the operation of TSDF site,
wastes may be entered into the environment though the following
sources:
 Emission of particulate matters due to wind blown erosion of
disposed wastes
 Volatization of organic liquid wastes;
248 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Infiltration of leachate into ground and subsequently contamination

of ground water in an unlikely event of damage to the liner system
of TSDF site;
 Spillage of contaminated runoff from the TSDF site during heavy
rains;
 Bio-accumulation of Constituents of Concern through food and
vegetation.
7.2.5.1 Exposure Pathways
489. Exposure pathways of toxic constituents of concern are either
direct, such as inhalation through dispersion in ambient air, or
indirect, such as the farm food chain pathways. The exposure
pathways considered in this assessment were inhalation of ambient
air, ingestion of soil, ingestion of aboveground produce, ingestion of
root crops, ingestion of beef and dairy products, ingestion of fish,
inhalation of indoor air via contaminated groundwater, and ingestion
of drinking water. The groundwater pathways were considered
separately from the aboveground pathways for the adult resident
and the child resident because the time frame for groundwater
exposure is often not consistent with that of other exposure
pathways. Furthermore, aboveground receptors are randomly
located and do not necessarily coincide with the location of the
groundwater plume.
7.2.6. Hazards Due to Loss of Containment
490. Hazardous waste handled, stored and disposed at the TSDF will be
mostly flammable and toxic in nature. In the event of spillage,
leakage or accidental release of these there hazardous wastes, it
will create localized effects within the short distances inside the site
in the form of thermal radiations or toxic fume release. Safety
measures including fire fighting facilities will be provided at the
TSDF to attend any emergency due to handling and storage and
disposal of such hazardous wastes.
491. No toxic gas as hazardous wastes will be handled at the TSDF,
therefore, dispersion of toxic vapour cloud is not an issue at the
TSDF.
7.2.6.1 Release of Flammable Wastes
249 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
492. Hazardous wastes containing fraction of organic waste and residue,

paint wastes, will be stored in drums and tanks of various sizes for
incineration. At the time of leakage, spreading or fixed pool will be
formed and in an unlikely event of fire, thermal radiation may cause
damage to life and property within short distance.
7.2.6.2 Fire in Stored Hazardous Wastes at TSDF Sites
493. At TSDF, hazardous waste will be stored in containers and drums.
The hazardous wastes stored may be in solid and semisolid state.
494. In normal condition, hazardous wastes at TSDF can not initiate fire.
However, in the event of fire, hazardous wastes can burn and
sustain fire resulting generation of toxic fumes and smoke. Such
toxic fume will complex of suspended particulate matter, shoots,
carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, oxides of nitrogen, and other
toxic constituents, etc. In the event of fire, hazardous waste will act
as area source of toxic gas emissions and disperse in to the
atmosphere and responsible for deterioration of ambient air quality,
subsequently, adverse impacts on the heath due to inhalation of
toxic gases.
7.2.7. Hazardous Conditions Due to Release Hazardous Wastes
7.2.7.1 Explosion/Flash Fire
495. If released flammable liquid hazardous waste is not ignited
immediately, the vapours will spread in the surrounding area toward
wind direction. The drifting vapour cloud will mix with air. As long as
the vapour concentration isbelow the IDLH value or between the
lower and upper explosion limits,the toxic impact will be less
dangerous or the vapour cloud may be set on fire by an ignition
source. In case of delayed ignition of a vapour cloud, two physical
effects may occur: a flash fire over the whole length of the
flammable vapour cloud; a vapour cloud explosion which results in
blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around the
ignition source. For generation of overpressure effects, some
degree of confinement of the flammable vapour cloud is required.
The extent of injury to people & damage to property or environment
depends on the vapour cloud size, explosive mass in the vapour
cloud and the degree of confinement at the time of ignition.
7.2.7.2 Delayed Ignition & Explosion
250 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
496. In case of delayed ignition of a flammable vapour cloud, two

physical effects may occur:
 flash fire over the whole length of the explosive vapour cloud;
 vapour cloud explosion that results in blast wave, with typical peak
overpressures circular around the ignition source. For generation of
overpressure effects, some degree of confinement of the flammable
cloud is required.
 TNO Multi-energy method can be used to calculate the blast
overpressure.
497. Table 7.1 below gives an illustrative listing of damage effects

caused by peak overpressure.
Table 7.1 Illustrative Damage Effects due to Overpressures

Peak Overpressure (Bar) Failure
0.005 5 % Window Shattering
0.02 50 % Window Shattering
0.07 Collapse of a roof of a tank
0.07-0.14 Connection failure of panelling
0.08-0.1 Minor Damage to Steel Framework
0.15-0.2 Concrete block wall shattered
0.2 Collapse of Steel Framework
0.2-0.3 Collapse of self framing Steel panel building
0.2-0.3 Ripping of empty oil tanks
0.2-0.3 Deformation of a pipe bridge
0.2-0.4 Big trees topple over
0.3 Panelling torn off
0.35-0.4 Piping failure
0.35-0.8 Damage to Distillation Column
0.4-0.85 Collapse of pipe bridge
0.5 Loaded Train Wagon overturned
0.5 Brick walls shattered
0.5-1.0 Movement of round tank, failure of connecting
piping
(Source: TNO)
7.2.7.3 Pool Fire
251 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
498. A leak or spill of sufficient size of flammable liquid hazardous will

result in an accumulation of flammable liquid on the ground or in
bund. If ignited, the resulting fire is known as spreading or fixed pool
fire. Objects coming in contact with the flame above the pool will be
severely damaged or destroyed and personnel exposed to flame will
suffer extensive burn injuries. Objects and personnel outside the
actual flame volume may also be affected or injured by radiant heat.
The extent of damage or injury depends on the heat flux and
duration of fire and exposure. If a large area of the body receives
second and third degree burns, it can result in fatalities.
499. The extent of injury to people depends on the heat flux and duration
of exposure. The extent of damage to property or environment
depends on the size of the pool and the duration of fire.
Thermal Effects
500. In case of fire, thermal effect is likely to injure or damage to people
and objects from incident outcomes. A substantial body of
experimental data exists and forms the basis for thermal effect
estimation.
501. The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a
function of:
 the radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];
 the exposure duration [sec]; and
 the protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body).
502. The following damage distances for thermal radiation have been
used:
37.5 kW/m2 - Damage to process equipment. 100% lethality in 1min.
1% lethality in 10sec.
12.5 kW/m2 - First degree burn for 10 sec exposure
4 kW/m2 - First degree burn for 30 sec exposure
503. At this stage, precise characteristics of hazardous wastes and

storage type (container size) are not known, therefore, computation
of consequence analysis are not possible.
252 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
504. At the proposed hazardous wastes disposal sites, waste oil,

recycled oil, liquid hazardous wastes will be stored mostly in tanks.
Consequence analysis has been done for following scenarios:
Sn. Release Scenarios Capacity of Consequence
Tanks
1. Rupture of LDO Tank 10 Kl Capacity Fire and Explosion
7.2.8. Consequence Analysis

7.2.8.1 Scenario : Rupture of Recycled Oil Tank
505. At the TSDF site LDO will be stored in 10 kl capacity tanks. As there
is no source of ignition in the storage area, possibility of fire and
explosion is negligible. For worst case, 10 kl capacity tanks filled
with LDO has been considered ruptured for calculation of damage
distances.
7.2.8.2 UFL & LFL Concentrations
506. In the event of rupture of LDO tank of 10 kl capacity, pool fire will be
take place and vapour cloud may be formed. Concentration of
vapour within UFL, LFL and LFL Fraction with respect to distance
will be as given below:
Concentration F, 1 m/s F, 2 m/s D, 3m/s B, 3m/s
UFL 30.1489 20.3769 16.9846 14.5724
LFL 69.8906 52.0082 51.0684 47.067
LFL Fraction (50% of LFL) 86.3225 69.9759 71.1602 66.2165
Note: All values are in m
7.2.8.3 Flash Fire Envelope

507. Vapours of LDO will result in flash fire on getting source of ignition.
Furthest extent (5534.71 ppm) distance of flash fire will be as given
below:
Flash Fire Distance Stability Class, Wind Speed

F, 1 m/s F, 2 m/s D, 3m/s B, 3m/s
Furthest Extent (5534.71 86.3225 69.9759 71.1602 66.2165
ppm)
Note: All values are in m.
508. Flash fire envelope for rupture of tank is shown in Figure 7.1.
253 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 7.1 Flash Fire Envelope for Rupture of Tank
254 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
7.2.8.4 Late Pool Fire Heat Radiation
509. In the event of ignition in pool of LDO, thermal radiation of various

intensity will be experienced at different distances.
Thermal Thermal Radiation Level Distances (m)

Radiation Level 1 m/s - F 2 m/s -F 3 m/s -D 3 m/s - B or C
2
37.5 kW/m Not Reached Not Reached Not Reached Not Reached
2
12.5 kW/m 14.2102 16.2866 17.6836 17.6459
4 kW/m2 36.9799 43.2878 47.2939 47.2561
Note: All distances are m.
510. Late pool fire thermal radiation radii and distances are shown in
Figure 7.2 and Figure 7.3, respectively.
Figure 7.2: Intensity Radii for Late Pool Fire
255 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Figure 7.3: Radiation vs Distance Late Pool Fire

7.2.9. Risk Mitigation Measures for Proposed TSDF
511. Risk mitigation measures have been described for the proposed
TSDF site as given below:
7.2.9.1 Collection and Transportation of Hazardous Wastes
 Transportation of waste by covered vehicles.

 Regular training to drivers to handle emergency situation during
transportation of waste.
 Implementation of TREM card.
7.2.9.2 Storage area (Storage Shed)
 Flammable, ignitable, reactive and non-compatible wastes should

be stored separately and never should be stored in the same
storage shed.
256 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Storage area may consist of different sheds for storing different

kinds of incinerable hazardous wastes and sheds should be
provided with suitable openings.
 Adequate storage capacity (i.e. 50 % of the annual capacity of the
hazardous waste incinerator)should be provided in the TSDF
premises.
 Storage area should be designed to withstand the load of waste
stocked and any damage from the hazardous waste spillage.
 Hazardous waste storage area should be provided with the
flameproof electrical fittings and it should be strictly adhered to.
 Automatic smoke, heat detection system should be provided in the
sheds. Adequate fire fighting systems should be provided for the
storage area and boundary of TSDF.
 There should be at least 15 meter distance between the storage
sheds.
 Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds should only be
done under the supervision of the well trained and experienced
staff.
 “Fire break” of at least 04 meter between two blocks of stacked
drums should be provided in the storage shed. One block of drum
should not exceed 300 MT of waste.
 Minimum of 1.5/>2.5 meter clear space should be left between two
adjacent rows of pallets in pair for movement of personnel and or
fork lift and inspection.
 The storage and handling should have at least two openings/ routes
to escape in the event of any fire in the area.
 Doors and approaches of the storage area should be of suitable
sizes for entry of fork lift and fire fighting equipment;
 The exhaust of the vehicles used for the purpose of handling, lifting
and transportation within the facility such as forklifts or trucks should
be fitted with the approved type of spark arrester.
 In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of
spills, leaks etc. to the soil and ground water, the storage area
should be provided with concrete floor or steel sheet depending on
257 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
the characteristics of waste handled and the floor must be

structurally sound and chemically compatible with wastes.
 Measures should be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage
area. The Storage area shall be designed in such a way that the
floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level.
 The storage area floor should be provided with secondary
containment such as proper slopes as well as collection pit so as to
collect wash water and the leakages/spills etc.
 All the storage yards should be provided with proper peripheral
drainage system connected with the sump so as to collect any
accidental spills in roads or within the storage yards as well as
accidental flow due to fire fighting.
 Special care should be taken for storing medical wastes. It should
be kept totally isolated from other wastes:
o All care should be taken sothat infectious material should not
leak and infection spread.
o All personnel these wastes should take all care while
handling these wasres.
o medical wastes should be immediately treated and made
harmless.
7.2.9.3 Storage Drums/Containers

 The container shall be made or lined with the suitable material,
which will not react with, or in other words compatible with the
hazardous wastes proposed to be stored.
 The stacking of drums in the storage area should be restricted to
three high on pallets (wooden frames). Necessary precautionary
measures should be taken so as to avoid stack collapse. However,
for waste having flash point less than 65.5 oC, the drums should not
be stacked more than one height.
 No drums should be opened in the storage sheds for sampling etc.
and such activity should be done in designated places out side the
storage areas;
258 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area should be

labeled properly indicating mainly type, quantity, characteristics,
source and date of storing etc.
7.2.9.4 Spillage/Leakage Control Measures
 The storage areas should be inspected daily for detecting any signs
of leaks or deterioration if any. Leaking or deteriorated containers
should be removed and ensured that such contents are transferred
to a sound container.
 In case of spills / leaks/dry adsorbents/cotton should be used for
cleaning instead of water.
 Proper slope with collection pits be provided in the storage area so
as to collect the spills/leakages.
 Storage areas should be provided with adequate number of spill kits
at suitable locations. The spill kits should be provided with
compatible sorbent material in adequate quantity.
7.2.9.5 Fire Protection System

512. The fire protection system shall comprise of:
 Pressurized Hydrant System - For waste storage, PGVR plant,
administration building area and other areas also;
 Transformer rooms, consumer 11KV SSU, generator set room and
UPS room will be outfitted with CO2 total flooding system;
 Plasma torch power supply rooms, MCC/PCC room and
PLC/Control Room will be outfitted with FM200 Total Flooding
System;
 Fire detection and alarm system for waste storage area, PGVR
plant, power plant block and administration building area;
 Fire Fighting system shall comprises of following major equipment
and systems;
 Electric driven main fire pumps with emergency power from standby
Diesel Genset for hydrant network serving of hydrants and hose
reels;
259 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 All necessary pump controls complete with all accessories for the
above-mentioned pumps;
 All buried piping and over-ground pipes, fitting, valves, automatic
actuators, supports etc for fire water distribution networks;
 All necessary sign-posting for the water-hydrant ring system
including brackets, complete with accessories;
 All electrical rooms will be provided with clean agent automatic fire
extinguisher systems
 Complete Addressable analogue fire detection system with heat and
smoke detectors for various plant area including storages with
necessary cabling, interface panels, controllers, sounders, manual
call points, sirens, response indicators, and all necessary hardware
and accessories; and
 All necessary electrical equipment, such as LV switch-gear, LV
motors, LV power and control cables, control panels with alarm,
PBB and interlocks, necessary DC systems, push button stations,
cable trays and accessories, cabling, glands lugs, earthing and
lightning protection conforming to relevant electrical specifications.
7.2.9.6 Miscellaneous risk Mitigation Measures
 Smoking shall be prohibited in and around the storage areas;
 Good house keeping need to be maintained around the storage
areas.
 Signboards showing precautionary measures to be taken, in case of
normal and emergency situations should be displayed at
appropriate locations.
 To the extent possible, manual operations within storage area are to
be avoided. In case of manual operation, proper precautions need
to be taken, particularly during loading / unloading of liquid
hazardous waste in drums.
 A system for inspection of storage area to check the conditions of
the containers, spillages, leakages etc. should be established and
proper records should be maintained.
 The wastes containing volatile solvents or other low vapor pressure
chemicals should be adequately protected from direct exposure to
sunlight and adequate ventilation should be provided.
260 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Tanks for storage of liquids waste should be properly dyked and

should be provided with adequate transfer systems.
 Storage sites should have adequate & prompt emergency response
equipment systems for the hazardous waste stored on-site. This
should include fire fighting arrangement based on the risk
assessment, spill management, evacuation and first aid.
 Immediately on receipt of the hazardous waste, it should be
analyzed and depending upon its characteristics and storage &
disposal should be finalized.
 Only persons authorized to enter and trained in hazardous waste
handling procedures should have access to the hazardous waste
storage areas.
 Mock drill for onsite emergency should be conducted regularly and
records maintained.
7.2.9.7 Hazard Analysis And Safety Audit
513. During operation of TSDF, a preliminary hazard analysis should be

conducted. Safety Audit should be conducted internally by the
operator every year & externally once in two years by a reputed
expert agency and same should be submitted to the regulatory
agencies. Conditions stipulated by SPCBs while granting
authorization under Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling &
Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2008 to the TSDF operation
should be complied.
7.2.9.8 Display of Necessary Information at TSDF Site
514. Necessary information containing the following elements shall be

displayed at the site.
i. Waste type (ignitable, toxic, reactive, etc
ii. Approximately quantity of each type of wastes
iii. Generation location of waste at
7.3. Disaster Management Plan
261 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
515. M/s. SMSIL will develop emergency management system to tackle

any emergency situation for proposed TSDF. The details of disaster
management plan (DMP) are discussed in the following section.
516. The disaster management plan (DMP) provides for a framework of
actions to handle various emergency situations at the SMSIL. It
also provides for on-site resources and appropriate outside
assistance in case of any incident at the facility. The ERP will be in
place before the commencement of operations at site, and all
personnel will have undergone a comprehensive training in
emergency response.
517. The primary objectives of the DMP are:
 Minimization of the risks to lives and safety of proposed TSDF
operators on-site and of the neighbouring community.
 Containing and minimizing environmental damage, to surroundings,
and to site property, and equipment, which could occur from
emergency or accidental situations beyond the normal operations of
the TSDF.
 Coordinating appropriate and effective actions with outside
regulatory agencies during and after their involvement in on-site
emergencies.
 Maintaining effective trained personnel capable of performing the
established emergency response procedures when it is required.
518. Assessment of environmental risk of continuous emissions often

involves consideration of multiple chemicals being released in
variable quantities over long time periods. Accidents at hazardous
waste treatment facilities are rarely, if ever, of a magnitude that
classifies them as “major” accidents owing to the absence of any
likely event such as BLEVE, UVCE, acute toxic material release,
that can cause extensive far reaching damage.
 Numerical criteria for societal or group risk is difficult to define. The
other approach is “what if”.
519. The risk involved during the hazardous waste transportation,
storage and disposal site will involve hazardous consequences due
262 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
to the toxicity of the waste, flammability of the waste or explosivity of

the waste.
7.3.1. Defining the Nature Of Emergency

520. An Emergency can be defined as an “Occurrence of such
magnitude so as to create a situation in which normal pattern of life
within a facility is suddenly disrupted, adversely affecting not only
the personnel and property within the facility, but also in its vicinity”.
Such an occurrence may result in On Site implication like:
521. The following maximum credible accident scenarios may occur in a

hazardous waste landfill (TSDF):
 Road accident during transportation of Hazardous waste

 Slop Failure of landfill
 Water accumulation at landfill due to heavy rain
 Breakage of Liner due to de-settlement of landfill pit
 Fire at flammable hazardous waste at TSDF
 Fire and LDO/FO tanks
522. The capping activity will be also carried out immediate once the
hazardous waste filling is completed in particular cell. After
completion of capping of landfill site there should not be chances of
increase moisture content of filled waste, so there should not be any
chances of failure of top slop. Only present active cells are only
under operation so failure of slop is also minimize. To prevent the
failure of slop during the operation, compacting will be done with
dozer and roller. Temporary bund wall will also be constructed to
prevent any sliding of waste during operation.
523. In the event of a landfill instability such as a slop failure the first
concern is always safety, safety of site personal, safety of site
entrance, and safety of general public. The situation will need to be
assessed concisely and necessary emergency procedures and
precautions implemented as quickly as possible.
263 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
7.3.2. Classification of Emergencies
524. Emergency is a general term implying hazardous situation both

inside and outside the plant/installation premises. Thus, the
emergencies termed “on-site” when it confines itself within the
plant/installation even though it may require external help and
‘offsite” when emergency extends beyond its premises. It is to be
understood here, that if an emergency occurs inside the proposed
TSDF and could not be controlled properly and timely, it may lead to
an “off-site” emergency.
525. The emergencies at the proposed TSDF can be broadly classified
into three levels:
Level 1 :The incident at proposed TSDF is confined to a small area and does
not pose an immediate threat to life or property. Spillage of liquid or
solid hazardous wastes, small fire in flammable hazardous wastes, etc
can come under this category.
Level 2 :An incident at the proposed TSDF involving a greater hazard or larger
area which poses a potential threat to life or property. Fire in
flammable hazardous wastes, filling of water in disposal pit due to
heavy rain, etc can come under this category.
Level 3 :An incident at proposed TSDF involving a severe hazard or a large

area which poses an extreme threat to life or property. Breakage in
slop and liner system due to de-settlement/earth quake, subsequently
contamination of soil and ground water.
7.3.3. Priority in Emergency Handling
526. The general order of priority for involving measures during the
course of emergency would be as follows:
 Safeguard life,
 Safeguard environment
 Safeguard property
7.4. Legal Authority and Responsibility
264 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
7.4.1. On Site Emergency Planning
527. The provisions of the Hazardous Chemicals Rules, Section 41 B(4)

of the Factories Act, 1948 (as amended) requires that every
occupier is to draw up an on-site emergency plan with detailed
disaster control measures and to educate the workers employed.
The obligation of an occupier of hazardous chemicals installation to
prepare an emergency plan is also stipulated in Rule 13 of the
‘Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals Rule’s,
1989 and subsequent amendments.
7.4.2. Off-Site Emergency Planning

528. Under the ‘Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous
Chemicals Rules‘ preparation of ‘Off-site Emergency Plan’ is
covered in Rule No.14. The duty of preparing and keeping up to
date the ‘Off-site Emergency Plan’ as per this rule is placed on the
District Emergency Authority. Also, occupiers are charged with the
responsibility of providing the above authority with such information,
relating to the industrial activity under their control, as they may
require for preparing the off-site emergency plan.
529. Off-site emergency response needs actions by various Government
agencies over which the operating company has no control. SMSIL
role and responsibility is to provide material, manpower, and
knowledge support under the overall charge of the off-site control
administration.
7.5. Organization Structure – Duties And Responsibilities
530. In case of an emergency, the On-site Emergency Plan of the

proposed TSDF will come into action. Effective on-site emergency
plan requires that in the event of an accident, nominated
functionaries be given specific responsibilities, often separate from
their day-to-day activities.
531. The emergency organization follows the usual pattern of the
hierarchy. The senior-most functionary available during an
emergency at the proposed TSDF takes charge as Chief
Emergency Coordinator (CEC) and will locate himself at the
265 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
designated Primary Command Post. The senior most functionaries

for each emergency service will act as coordinator and shall report
at the Primary Command Post unless otherwise instructed by the
Chief Coordinator.
532. The senior most persons in the shift will be designated as the Site
Incident Controller (SIC). The SIC will take charge of the incident
site and take the overall command. He will be supported by other
key persons representing various emergency services. Key
persons are personnel available at the site on round the clock basis.
It is to be appreciated that the key persons remain the front line
fighters. The role of various coordinators is to assess the situation
from time to time, take appropriate decisions in consultation with the
CEC and to provide timely resources to the key persons to fight the
emergency.
533. Duties and responsibilities of various emergency functionaries have
been described in following sub sections.
7.5.1. Duties and Responsibilities for Functionaries
534. The duties and responsibilities of the functionaries for unlikely event
of emergency are given below:
7.5.1.1 Crises Co-ordinator
535. The Head of TSDF will work as Crisis Coordinator:
 He will assess the situation and instructs the Chief Emergency Co-
ordinator to sound the siren. This will inform the employee that an
emergency situation has siren arisen and that the proposed TSDF
should be shout down and evaluated.
 All the personnel/part of the proposed TSDF need to be evacuated
and employees other than given responsibility assemble at the
assembly points.
 He will approve release of information to press, TV and Government
agencies as required.
7.5.1.2 Chief Emergency Coordinator (CEC)
266 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
536. The General Manager of TSDF will work as Chief Emergency

Coordinator.
537. He will report at the command post and will assume overall
responsibility of the works and its personnel. His duties will be:
i. To assess the magnitude of the situation and decide whether a

major emergency exists or is likely to develop, requiring external
assistance. To inform District Emergency Authority (DEA) (i.e.
District Collector) in case on-site emergency escalates into off-site
emergency.
ii. To contact Crisis Cell of the Ministry and inform about the incident,
magnitude of disaster, combating operations and number of
casualties, if any.
iii. To exercise direct operational control over areas in the proposed
TSDF other than those affected.
iv. To assess the magnitude of the situation and decide if personnel
need to be evacuated to identify safe places.
v. To continuously review in consultation with the other coordinators.
vi. To liaise with senior officials of police, fire brigade, and Factories
Inspectorate and pass on information on possible effects to the
surrounding areas outside the factory premises.
vii. To liaise with various coordinators to ensure casualties are
receiving adequate attention and traffic movement within the
proposed TSDF is well regulated.
viii. To arrange for a log of the emergency to be maintained in control
room.
ix. To release authorized information to press through the media
officer designated.
x. To control rehabilitation of the affected persons and the affected
areas after the emergency.
xi. To obtain assistance from Mutual Aid partners.
7.5.1.3 Site Incident Controller
538. The In-changewaste storage will work as Site Incident Controller.
539. He will take overall control of handling the emergency at the plant.
His first task will be the isolation of the source of containment loss to
the extent feasible. Simultaneously, in case of fire, he will organize
appropriate fire response to get the situation under control and to
prevent escalation.
540. On arrival at the site, he will assess the scale of emergency and
judge if a major emergency exists or is likely to develop and will
inform the control room accordingly asking for assistance and
267 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
indicating the kind of support needed. His duties and responsibilities

will include:
I. To coordinate the activities of other key persons reporting at the

incident site, under his overall command.
II. To direct all operations within the affected areas giving due
priorities for safety of personnel and to minimize damage to
environment, proposed TSDF and property.
III. To provide advice and information to Fire & Safety personnel and
other fire services as and when they arrive.
IV. To ensure that all non-essential workers and staff within the
affected area are evacuated to appropriate assembly points and
those areas are searched for casualties.
V. To organize rescue teams for any casualties and to send them to
safe areas/medical centre for first aid and medical relief.
VI. To setup communication points and establish contact with control
room.
VII. To seek additional support and resources as may be needed
through the control room.
VIII. To seek decision support from the control room for decisions such
as activation of mutual aid plan etc.
IX. To preserve all evidence so as to facilitate any inquiry into the
cause and circumstance, which caused or escalated the
emergency (to arrange photographs, video, etc.)
X. To arrange for a head count after the emergency is over with
respect to the personnel on duty in the affected areas.
7.5.1.4 Fire and Safety Function

541. The Manager-Fire & Safety along with fire fighting team will work as
fire and safety functionary.
542. The main responsibilities of fire and safety functionary are:
i. To immediately take charge of all fire fighting operations upon

sounding of the alarm.
ii. To instruct the telephone operator to immediately inform all
essential personnel not residing within the audible range of the
emergency siren.
iii. To guide fire fighting crew and provide logistics support for
effectively combating the fire.
iv. To barricade the area at appropriate locations in order to prevent
the movement of vehicular traffic.
v. To assist in rescue and first aid operations.
268 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
vi. To operate the Mutual Aid Scheme and call for additional external
help in fire fighting via the control room.
vii. To organize relieving groups for fire fighting.
viii. To inform the Crises Controller and give "All Clear" signal when the
fire emergency is over.
7.5.1.5 Media Function

543. The Human Resource Manager will work as Media Function. He will
under the direction of the CEC, co-ordinate the following:
i. To liaise with various media and release written statements to the
press through prior concurrence of Crises Controller.
ii. To handle media interviews with various media. Make arrangements
for televising the information about the incident, if public interest
warrants.
iii. Inform State and Central Governments & statutory bodies of the
nature and magnitude of the incident, the number of casualties, etc.
iv. To locate himself such that media personnel/third parties do not need
to go past the proposed TSDF security gates and that adequate
communication links exist.
v. Media personnel often insist on visiting the incident scene.
vi. To escort media team(s) if the Crises Controller approves such visits.
7.5.1.6 Communication Function

544. The Manger - Laboratory will work as communication functionary.
He should perform the following duties:
i. To ensure all available communication links remain functional.

ii. To quickly establish communication links between incident site and
the control room
iii. To ensure that previously agreed inventory of various types of
communication equipment is maintained in working condition and
frequent checks carried out and records maintained.
iv. To maintain voice record of significant communications with timings
received/passed from the primary control room.
7.5.1.7 Medical Function

545. The Manger – Occupational Health will look after medical function.
He will perform the following:
269 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
i. To arrange for the First Aid team to treat the affected personnel.
ii. To arrange for treatment in the hospital.
iii. To liaise with the local medical authorities and hospitals, if the
casualties are more and the situation demands treatment at
more/other medical centers.
iv. To liaise with the transport coordinator for transporting the victims
to various hospitals.
v. To arrange for ambulances.
vi. The Medical Coordinator should ensure the upkeep of agreed
medical supplies, antidotes and equipment that should always be
kept in stock for treating victims of burns.
vii. To liaise with the Media coordinator for release of news to the
press.
7.5.1.8 Transport Function
546. The Waste Transportation Manger will work as Transport Function.

He shall perform the following duties:
i. Arrange for transport of victims to hospital/dispensaries.

ii. Mobilize all available vehicles available at the proposed TSDF for
emergency use, along-with the drivers.
iii. Arrange for the duty rotation of the drivers to meet with the
emergency situation.
iv. To direct refueling of vehicles, if not topped up.
v. To arrange for vehicles from other sources.
vi. To liaise with the CEC for evacuation of personnel and
transportation of victims.
7.5.2. List of Names of Functionaries
547. List of name of various functionaries with designation and telephone

numbers are given below.
Type of Coordinator Name Designation Telephone Numbers

Office Residential
Crisis Coordinator
Chief Emergency (CEC)
Site Incident Controller
Fire & Safety
270 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Type of Coordinator Name Designation Telephone Numbers

Office Residential
Media
Communication
Medical
Transport
7.5.3. Emergency Response Procedures

7.5.3.1 Background
548. The following maximum credible accident scenarios may occur in a
hazardous waste landfill (TSDF):
 Road accident during transportation of Hazardous waste
 Slop Failure of landfill
 Water accumulation at landfill due to heavy rain
 Breakage of Liner due to de-settlement of landfill pit
 Fire at flammable hazardous waste disposal site
549. The Command Post is to be promptly established at safest place at
the proposed TSDF Site. It shall be the nearest office/place having
communication facilities to be manned continuously.
550. The response planning topics covered in this chapter are as follows:
 Initial Notification of Release
 Establishment and Staffing of Command Post
 Formulation of Response Objectives and Strategy at the incident
site
 Ensuring Health and Safety at Incident Scenes
 Evacuation
 Fire Response
 Health Care
 Personal Protection
 Public Relations
 Documentation and Investigative Follow-up
 Training
271 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
551. The accident scenarios for planning response procedures and

carrying out mock drill should be considered based on the risk
analysis study.
7.5.3.2 Initial Notification of Releases
552. In the event of emergency, alarm will be raised in control room.
553. Otherwise, any person noticing a fire, explosion or the release of
hazardous materials should shout “spillage” or "Fire” and. He will
also inform the control room on the nearest telephone and the panel
officer will inform SIC.
Action by Individual Employee at the time of emergency
When You NoticeFire
or
Leakage
Please DO ()
 Immediately inform the control room.

 Act to control the incident as per the instructions.
 Reach the assembly point.
Please DO NOT (x)
 Get panicky or spread rumors.

 Approach control room without work.
 Engage telephone or loudophone continuously.
7.5.3.3 Establishment and Staffing of Command Post
i. Quickly establish a command post near the scene of incident. The

minimum that is necessary is a continuously manned communication
system close to the incident site.
ii. It is the responsibility of the response personnel at the Command

Post to restrict the entry or movement of people into the Hazard
272 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
zone. The first step of a response action must be restriction of

access to the leakage site and other hazardous areas.
iii. Security and access control at Command Post and Primary

Command Post need to be provided.
7.5.3.4 Formulation of Response Objectives and Strategy at the Incident Site
i. It is the responsibility of the CEC to decide on the appropriate

response strategy specific to the situation prevailing. It is important
to assess each particular incident before taking action.
ii. CEC in consultation with the Site Incident Controller will formulate
realistic response objectives. The assessment should be based on
resource requirement i.e. trained personnel and protective gear.
554. Upon completion of the incident assessment, command personnel

will be in a better position to determine whether their response
strategy should be defensive or offensive in nature. A defensive
posture is best taken when intervention may not favorably affect the
outcome of the incident, or is likely to place emergency response
personnel in significant danger, and/or may possibly cause more
harm than good. An offensive posture (i.e., one requiring response
personnel to work well within the boundaries of hazard zones) is
best taken when intervention is likely to result in a favorable
outcome without exposing personnel to undue danger and without
causing new and potentially more severe problems.
7.5.3.5 Ensuring Health and Safety at Incident Scenes

555. The results of hazard analysis will be used to identify the vulnerable
zones. Based on incident-specific factors, the exact size and
configuration of hazard control zones will be determined. The
Hazard Control Zones have been defined below.
556. The CEC will formulate safe operating procedures for a site safety
and health program that addresses the following.
 The use of appropriate protective gear and equipment
273 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Utilizing the most experienced personnel for the most hazardous

tasks.
 Positioning a backup team to assist or rescue personnel.
 Providing medical surveillance for personnel.
 Monitoring (visually and through communications contact) the
welfare of personnel operating within the emergency zones.
 Ensuring that all personnel understand their assignments.
 Ensuring that responders do not ingest contaminants through
eating, drinking, or inhaling.
 Replacing fatigued personnel with “fresh” personnel.
 Adjusting hazard control zones to reflect changing conditions.
7.5.3.6 Evacuation
i. In case of an On-site emergency, the order to evacuate to a safe

place will be given by the Chief Coordinator in consultation with
other coordinators.
ii. In case of an Off-site emergency, the order to evacuate to a safe

place will be given by the District Emergency Authority in
consultation with Chief Coordinator in consultation with other
coordinators.
iii. Accident scenarios covered in ‘Risk Assessment study’ can be a

key source of information for evacuation planning where specific
facilities are known to pose a threat.
iv. Evacuation and shelter-in-place decisions are incident specific and

must be made at the time of an actual release. Guidance obtained
from consequence analysis may be considered a starting point for
the decision process.
Only personnel in close vicinity and affected by heat radiation or

pressure wave need be evacuated to safe distances. Non-essential
personnel will usually be evacuated from the incident area and also
from adjacent areas. Evacuation should be to a predetermined
assembly point in a safe part of the plant. Assembly points marked
on the plot plan should be appropriately displayed.
v. For serious injury cases, evacuation to hospital will be carried out

by the response personnel.
274 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
vi. Chief Coordinator should designate one individual to record all

personnel arriving at the assembly point so that the information can
be passed to the Primary Command Post.
vii. At the Primary Command Post, a nominated person should collect

the lists of personnel arriving at the assembly points with those
involved in the incident. These should then be checked against the
roll of those believed to be on-site, updated with known changes for
that day. Where it is possible that missing people might have been
in the area of emergency, the site incident controller should be
informed and arrangements made to organize a further search.
7.5.3.7 Fire Response
i. All available fire fighting resources will be mobilized in minimum

time by head of fire fighting services at the time of emergency. The
fire fighting arrangements including manpower and resources have
been organized to deal with worst scenarios like the largest tank in
Pump station on fire.
ii. Fire department need to be well prepared and experienced in
rescuing people from fire and explosion situations.
7.5.3.8 Health Care
 Requisite medical resources will be mobilized under the overall
charge of the Health and Medical functionary.
 The operational response will be coordinated from the control room.
7.5.3.9 Personal Protection
i. Specific skills need to be developed for the safe use of protective
clothing through training and experience.
ii. The CEC will arrange for rapid availability of appropriate protective
clothing in the event of an emergency.
7.5.3.10 Public Relations
i. CEC will designate one specific individual as the Media Officer.

ii. The designated Media Officer only will speak to media personnel.
The Media officer should ensure orderly and accurate
dissemination of information. The “do’s” and “don’ts” on how to
deal with the media are discussed below.
275 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
iii. The CEC should understand the need to relay up-to-date “status
reports” to the Media Officer on a regular basis.
Things To Do:
 Accommodate the media as much as possible; make the news

available to them.
 Schedule news conferences and preferably avoid written releases.
 Be direct and specific.
 Have news conferences immediately after any meeting from which
the media or public have been barred.
 Send a press representative to the primary control room.
 If safety permits, allow the media to take pictures of the accident
site.
Things Not To Do:
 Do not permit arguments among public officials or press officials

from different organizations in front of the press. Do, however,
permit statements of dissenting opinions.
 Avoid giving gut opinions or conjecturing.
 Do not be evasive. If the answer to a question is not known, refer
the question to someone who has the appropriate answer.
 Do not be critical in a personal manner; i.e., avoid personal remarks
about other people at the accident scene.
 Do not be philosophical. These kinds of discussions are extremely
susceptible to being quoted out of context.
 Do not make off-the-record comments. They may end up in print
with later retractions buried in the back pages.
 Avoid friendly chats with media people. Casual comments may
appear in print.
 Avoid bad or foul language.
276 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Do not hide from the media. They can sense this and form an
unfavorable opinion of the Media Officer as a credible source of
news.
 Do not answer questions beyond personal knowledge or expertise.
 Do not permit media persons to attend emergency response team
meetings.
7.5.3.11 Documentation And Investigative Follow Up
i. CEC will assign responsibility to a functionary for real-time and

post-incident documentation of the accident and resulting response
actions.
ii. The responsible person will adopt appropriate reporting forms and
procedures giving detailed records of what happened and what
actions were taken in response.
557. Detailed records of what happened and what actions were taken in
response can help in:
 Attempting to recover response costs and damages from the party
responsible for the incident.
 Setting the record straight where there are charges of negligence or
mismanagement resulting from the incident.
 Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of response actions.
 Preparing for future incident responses.
 Verifying facts, actions, injuries, equipment used, etc. for the
purpose of legal proceedings, insurance claims, budget requests,
and public inquiries.
7.5.3.12 Training
i. Training sessions need to be provided in which personnel are

briefed on their specific duties in an emergency.
ii. To provide training to all emergency responders. The concerned
personnel are shown how to wear and properly use personal
protective clothing and devices.
277 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
iii. Periodic drills to be conducted to test the overall efficiency and

effectiveness of the emergency response plan and emergency
response capabilities.
558. The types of training required for emergency response personnel

with responsibilities in any or all phases of the response is based
upon the types of incidents most likely to occur and the related
response and planning activities.
Responsibility, Frequency and Procedure for Evaluation
 The CEC is responsible for evaluating the effectiveness of the on-

site emergency plan. Emergency mock drill should be conducted at
an interval of six months. Experts should be invited to observe the
mock drill in order to know their response and opinion. The
recommendations following the discussions will help to identify the
loopholes in the plan and response capability of the organization.
Such periodic recommendations of the mock drill should be kept in
order to update the plan.
 The CECwill be responsible to update their on-site emergency plan
regularly. A regular review of the plan at least once in a year should
be carried out to replace outdated information or to incorporate the
results of mock drill.
7.6. Communication System & Action On The Site
7.6.1. Communication System

 Any person noticing an emergency should be able to raise or cause
to be raised the first floor level emergency alarm. All employees
must be trained to operate such emergency alarms. There should
be an adequate number of points from which the alarm can be
raised either directly, by activating an audible warning of individual
signal or message to a preliminary manned location. This has the
advantage of permitting the earliest possible action to be taken to
control the situation, which in turn may avoid the development of a
major emergency. All such points must be distinctively marked and
known to all employees.
278 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 The alarm should be audible in every part of the plant. In areas of

high noise level, it may be advantageous to provide an alternative to
an audible alarm e.g. flashing lights. Alarm systems vary and will
depend on the size of works. On small sites a simple alarm system
should be suffice which provide the means whereby the persons
hearing the incident can worn others of the danger and summon
assistance. On large sites a staged warning system may be more
appropriate. The person discovering the incident should warn all
those in the vicinity who should either evacuate or take other
immediate action according to the predetermined plan. Automatic
alarms may be appropriate on some sites. To communicate disaster
hooter will be useful for proposed TSDF area and public in
surrounding area.
 The alarm should alert the site controller who should assess the
situation and implement appropriate emergency procedures.
 Separate alarms may be necessary to warn of different types of
emergency such as fire and the beginning of the emergency as
different procedure may be required. Care must be taken, however
to avoid a multiplicity of alarms which would cause confusion. In
case of total electricity failure and the alarms, telephones and
intercom system not working, help of runners/messengers shall be
taken. One (or more) big bell (independent power) and magnetic
telephones with fire and emergency services may also be useful.
Public address system or Internal telephones throughout the
proposed TSDF will be use full for quick communication. The alarm
system should be checked periodically to test efficiency.
7.6.2. Declaring the Major Emergency

559. The declaration of major emergency puts many agencies on action
and the running system may be disturbed which may be very costly
at times or the consequences may be serious, therefore such
declaration should not be decided on whims or immature judgment
or without proper thought. Because of scale of activity which will be
activated after the declaration of major emergency. It is advisable to
restrict the authority to declare it. However, it is not necessary to
limit this authority to the Incident Controller and his appointed
deputy. The need is to have as early a declaration as is possible
279 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
person. Particularly on large works, may be closer to the incident

when it occurs and capable of making the necessary judgment. It
may be advisable, therefore, to invert the authority to declare a
major emergency in a number of nominated people. They should be
selected on the basis that their knowledge and experience equips
them to recognize the fact of a major emergency or the potential for
it. Such nominated persons will advise the Crises Controller, declare
the emergency and it will be declared accordingly through him.
560. The joint decision to declare major emergency may be taken but it
should be as early as possible and without wasting the time.
7.6.3. Telephone Message

561. After hearing the emergency alarm and emergency declaration or
even while fast receiving the emergency message on phone, a
telephone operator (or Communication Officer) has to play an
important role. He should be precise sharp, attentive and quick in
receiving and noting the message and then for immediate
subsequent action of further communication.
7.6.4. Communication of Emergency

562. There should be an effective system to communicate emergency (a)
inside the proposed TSDF i.e. to the workers including key
personnel and essential workers, on duty and inside during normal
working hours (b) to the key personnel and essential workers not on
duty and outside during normal working hours. (c) to the outside
emergency services and the government authorities and (d) to the
neighboring firms and the general public in the vicinity. Key points
are suggested below:
7.6.5. Communication to the Outside Emergency Services and Authorities
563. Once the declaration is made, it is essential that the outside
emergency services if they have not already been called in, be
informed in the shortest possible time. Liaison at local level will help
to determine the best means of achieving this, for example, direct
line or automatic alarm to the fire brigade or by any emergency
system. Predetermined code words to indicate the scale and type of
the emergency may be useful.
280 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
564. The emergency must be immediately communicated to the

Government Authorities such as local Factory Inspectorate,
Collectorate, Police and District Emergency Authority.
565. The statutory information to above authorities must be supplied
beforehand so that they can be well prepared to operate their off-
site emergency control (contingent) plan. As per their advice to
consultation your onsite plan should be modified and updated.
7.6.6. Statutory Communications

566. Under the statutory provisions, information is required to be given to
the following:
 The workers
 The general public and neighboring firms
 Distract Emergency Authority.
 Factory Inspectorate
7.7. Services And Control
7.7.1. Public Address System

567. Public Address System will be installed at selected points in the
plant, shall be used for announcement/ information to be given.
7.7.2. Telephones
568. Adequate facility for internal telephones already installed in the
different offices in the proposed TSDF shall be used to
communicate any emergency to personnel.
569. Emergency telephone numbers of responsible persons to be
maintained with each department and emergency control centers.
570. A list of all external authorities, their address and telephone nos. will
be maintained.
7.7.3. In case of Failure of Telephone
571. In case of failure of telephone numbers, security guards shall work

as runners/messengers. Vehicle being detained round the clock will
281 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
be used for sending message, in case of emergency and to bring

people to work for additional help to deal with emergency.
7.7.4. Fire Fighting Equipment

572. Fire extinguishers depending upon the type of fire shall be used.
List of location & type of fire extinguisher will be maintained with
each department. A quarterly check for extinguisher shall be done
and recorded.
573. A list showing location of the fire hydrant points, its type will be
available at all departments. A monthly check of each fire hydrant
point shall be done and recorded.
7.7.5. Mock Drill

574. For reviewing and assessing the level of emergency preparedness,
mock drills will be conducted once in six months. Simulating the
covered emergencies and will maintain records of the trails.
7.7.6. Review & Revision

575. All accidents/emergency situations shall be recorded in accident
report. This shall be produced in the Safety Committee meeting in
order to review & revise the emergency preparedness and
response.
282 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
8. PROJECT BENEFITS
This chapter constitutes of:

 Improvements in the physical infrastructure
 Improvements in the social infrastructure
 Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and unskilled
 Other tangible benefits
576. Having an integrated facility would minimize the risk involved in

waste transportation and waste movement and monitoring of such
facility would be better and feasible. These factors as well as a
strong desire to come up as a single window solution provider for
waste managementissues; led EWML to embark setting up this
IntegratedWaste Management project, apart from achieving other
social objectives.
577. This project will serve as a single facility for Hazardous Waste,
medical Waste, E Waste and Waste Oil Management. It will have
various facilities such as Common Hazardous Waste Treatment
Storage and Disposal Facility, Common E Waste Management
Facility, Common medical Waste Treatment Storage and Disposal
Facility, Unit for Co-Processing for Hazardous Waste and a facility
for Waste Oil Recovery.
8.1. Improvements in the physical and social infrastructure
578. The site does not have any infrastructure at present. The proposed
site is uncultivated and un-irrigated land and its free of vegetations
and trees
8.2. Industrial Area
579. Proposed infrastructure shall include construction of Integrated

Waste Management Facility with its all components, access road
from main road to site.
8.3. Green belt
580. Free space will be provided for plantation purpose and the right
saplings will be planted to provide ambience to the people working
283 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
at the facility and also keeping in mind the environmental benefits of

these plants.
581. Green belt though not associated directly with treatment/disposal

facility is a major psychological aspect creating impact of effective
disposal scheme around the IWMF site area. The green belt will be
developed along plot boundaries with width of 20 m using varieties
of plant species suitable to local environment. Species type will be
based on soil characteristics and other related aspects to mitigate
pollution effects due to noise, odour, dust etc. The major advantage
of green belt is development of buffer zone and visual barrier for
surrounding locality.
582. Green belt will be also helpful for reducing the soil erosion,
suppress dust generation and enhancing the aesthetic value of the
area.
Connectivity:
583. The district is well connected by highways and rail. The NH-4 from
Chennai to Bombay passes through this district via Mulbagal and
Kolar towns. The NH-7 which connects from Bangalore to
Hyderabad passes through western part of district via Chickballapur
and Bagepalley towns. The south central railway connecting
Bangalore to Hyderabad passes through the district in the western
side and southern railway from Bangalore to Chennai through the
southern side of the district via Bangarpet and Malur towns.
Drinking water facility
584. Reverse Osmosis (RO) System shall be provided for drinking water.
Sewerage System:
585. For domestic waste water, a septic tank followed by soak pit shall
be provided.Sewage from the various buildings shall lead to a septic
tank through separate drains and then shall be treated in Sewage
Treatment Plant (STP). Treated sewage shall be reused in
Gardening.
Employment potential
284 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
586. About 158 employees shall be inducted for the operation of the
proposed project. There shall be beneficial effect on human
settlement due to employment opportunities in the project.
Other tangible benefits
587. The project will provide the following benefits to the Industries and
vicinity:
588. Provide the ability to provide facility for the destruction of Incinerable
waste as such facility is not available in state of Karnataka.
589. Present an innovative and cost-effective use of the valuable
alternative energy such as power and steam produced by the
syngas generated by the Plasma Gasification system.
590. The Project is projected to result in a net reduction of CO2
emissions and should therefore qualify for Clean Development
Mechanism benefits.
591. Offer the above benefits while exhibiting the highest levels of safety
and environmental compliance.
592. PGVR plant produces virtually no secondary wastes; while
generating valuable end-products with commercial value. Emissions
from the PGVR system shall be far below regulatory limits (and
significantly lower than current regulatory standards). PGVR
systems do not produce any harmful pollutants such as dioxins and
furans.
285 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN
9.1. Introduction
593. Chapter 4 (in this report) has identified a number of impacts that are
likely to arise. Where adverse impacts have been identified, the EIA
has examined the extent to which these impacts would be mitigated
through the adoption of industry standard practice and guidelines
and following legislative requirements of the State Pollution Control
Board (SPCB). The Environmental Management Plan (EMP)
describes both generic good practice measures and site specific
measures, the implementation of which is aimed at mitigating
potential impacts associated with the proposed activities.
9.2. Purpose of the Environmental Management Plan
594. Environment Management Plan (EMP) is a site specific plan

developed to ensure that the project is implemented in an
environmental sustainable manner. EMP also ensures that project
implementation is carried out in accordance with design by taking
appropriate mitigation measures to minimize impacts on the
environment during construction and operational phase. EMP will
outline Environmental aspects of concern as well as their level of
risk and environmental protection measures to diminish this risk. It
emphasizes how the development may impact on relevant
environmental factors and how these impacts may be mitigated and
managed so as to be environmentally acceptable.
595. Environment Management Plan (EMP) plays a vital role in
safeguarding the environment and ensures, where all contractors
and subcontractors including consultants, understand the potential
environmental risks arising from the proposed project. The
proposed project of setting up an Integrated Waste Management
facility itself is a project for environmental and social betterment of
the city. However, any activity aimed at development will have
repercussions on the environment, both positive and negative. This
section attempts to briefly analyze the environmental impacts of the
proposed project and suggest the possible mitigative measures and
management plans for perceived negative impacts. This section
also highlights the positive project impacts and serves as a
286 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
management tool for project implementation with environmental

safeguard.
596. The environment management plan is prepared with a view to
facilitate effective environmental management of the project, in
general and implementation of the mitigation measures in particular.
The EMP provides a delivery mechanism to address potential
adverse impacts and to introduce standards of good practice to be
adopted for all project works. For each stage of the programme, the
EMP lists all the requirements to ensure effective mitigation of every
potential biophysical and socio-economic impact identified in the
EIA. For each impact or operation, which could otherwise give rise
to impact, the following information is presented:
597. Role of SMS Infrastructure and its contractors;
598. A comprehensive listing of the mitigation measures (actions) that
SMS Infrastructure shall implement;
599. The parameters that shall be monitored to ensure effective
implementation of the action;
600. The“implementation action plan timings” to ensure that the
objectives of mitigation are fully met.
Table 9.1 Environment Management Plan
S. Activity Environmental Management action to be taken

No. issue
I. Operation of Plant Facilities
1. E-waste, Medical Air, land and Ensure proper unloading procedure

Waste and oil water during Hazardous waste treatment &
Recycling facility disposal, medical waste treatment,
disposal and E-waste recycling and
&
Hazardous waste co-processing.
Hazardous waste
treatment and Ensure proper handling of all
disposal facilities. spillages by introducing spill control
procedures for various hazardous and
toxic materials. Strictly follow the
appropriate spill control procedures.
287 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No. issue
Provide required personnel protective

equipment to all employees.
Use vapor recovery systems to

prevent the release of toxic organics
into air.
The organization should ensure

proper usage of PPE's by workers
and explore methods for reducing the
fugitive emission.
Monitoring data should be analyzed

and reviewed at regular intervals and
compared with the operating
standards so that any necessary
corrective actions can be taken.
Ground and surface Water use

should be carefully monitored.
Practices such as process

optimization, production scheduling,
materials tracking and inventory
control, special material handling and
storage procedures, preventive
maintenance programs, and waste
stream segregation should be
adopted.
Contaminated solid waste should be

stored and the flue gases should be
scrubbed
288 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No. issue
Installation of a storage area with

proper top covering and impervious
flooring to avoid soil contamination
due to leachate infiltration and during
rainy season.
The construction of landfill and

development phase requires proper
planning and proper selection of the
earthwork / lining material. The
containment system of landfill is
proposed with double liner system
with a view to avoid the leachate
infiltration into the ground.
II. Operation of Utilities
2. Boiler Air, Water Ensure proper maintenance of

and Noise machinery to reduce noise level
Ensure proper disposal of ash to

actual users.
Ensure proper preventive

maintenance of fuel firing system, and
optimization of air fuel ratio to
minimise emission.
3. DG sets (only in Noise, Land Ensure proper maintenance of

emergency) and Air machinery to reduce noise level
Ensure disposal of oil through

registered Reprocessor and maintain
records of the same.
289 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No. issue
Ensure proper disposal of

contamination due to spillage clean
up.
Ensure proper maintenance of

machinery to reduce noise level
4. Cooling Tower Air, Water Ensure disposal of blow down water

and Noise in ETP, recycle after treatment and
maintain records.
Ensure proper maintenance of

machinery to reduce noise level.
Ensure disposal of oil through

registered Reprocessor and maintain
records of the same.
5. Air Compressors Noise and Ensure proper disposal of

Land contamination due to spillage clean
up.
III. Operation of Environmental facilities
6. Effluent Water and Ensure disposal of contaminated

Treatment Plant Land water by Treatment.
7. Temporary Solid Land and Ensure only decontaminated liners -

Waste storage Water bags, drums for sale / recycling and
and handling maintain records of same.
within the
premises.
IV. Storage, Handling & Transportation of Raw materials and Products
290 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No. issue
8. Storage of all the Air, Water Install proper facilities to prevent

input materials, and Land rain/storm water contamination during
end products. the storage of solid raw materials.
Ensure compliance of Compatability

chart for hazardous waste staorage
and transportation of CPCB(refer
figure 10.1)
Ensure disposal of used liners -bags,

drums for sale/reuse, only after
decontamination
Ensure proper training to drivers for

transportation of hazardous
chemicals, spill control and
emergency actions.
Ensure availability of Hazardous

characteristics of all the input waste
materials and fuel etc. to the Off-site
Emergency team, whenever required.
9. Transportation of Air, Water Ensure provision of PPE’s to truck

hazardous and Land drivers during transportation.
wastes.
The dust generated due to the
movement of the vehicles will be
controlled by frequent sprinkling water
or good roads which are regularly
maintained.
Ensure availability of Hazardous

Waste characteristics.
291 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No. issue
Ensure the compliance of

compatability chart for transportation
of Wastes to facility(Refer Figure 9.1)
However a separate Vehicle Plan is
attached as annexure-IX
V. Other facilities
10. Toilets Water The sewage water disposes to soak

pit.
11. Development and Air and Land Development of greenbelt based on

maintenance of water quantity and soil quality in area.
green belt Green belt though not associated
directly with treatment/disposal facility
is a major psychological aspect
creating impact of effective disposal
scheme around the CHWTSDF site
area.
The green belt will be developed
along plot boundaries with minimum
width of 20 m using varieties of plant
species suitable to local environment.
Species type will be based on soil
characteristics and other related
aspects to mitigate pollution effects
due to noise, odour, dust etc.
The major advantage of green belt is
development of buffer zone and
visual barrier for surrounding locality.
12. Direct / Indirect Socio- Continue policy of local employment

Employment economic
issue
292 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Note:
Most of the above activities including the hardwares, training of plant personnel and
associated personnel (transporters and other service providers) will be completed
before the plant commissioning. The training part will continue with refresher courses
and as per requirement.
The plant performance (including scrubbers, ETP, noise and ash quality) will be
assessed with standard performance parameters (including CPCB/MoEF applicable
latest norms) and action will be taken accordingly.
Figure 9.9.1: compatability Criteria of Various Hazardous waste

Source: cpcb.nic.in/upload/NewItems/NewItem_149_Protocol.pd
293 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
9.3. CSR ACTIVITIES AT SMSIL
601. Rotary presents Social Service Award:

Rotary Club of Nagpur East recently presented the ‘Sheeladevi
Hajarilal Garg’ Award for excellence in social service2011-12 to CA
Hemant Lodha. President (E&CE), SMSL, Nagpur.
602. To pay Homage to Shri Shaktikumarji Sancheti, fondly known as

Bade Bhau, on his Second Death anniversary, a Blood Donation
Camp was organized at SMSL Corporate Office with Rotary Club
and Jeevan Jyoti Blood Bank. Chairman Shri Abhay Sancheti, Non
Executive Vice Chairman and Member of Parliament Rajya Sabha
Shri Ajay Sancheti, Managing Director Shri Anand Sancheti,
Director Shri Dilip Surana, Mr Param Sancheti along with the Heads
from verticals and Functions were present and took the lead in
donating Blood. Fifty One HO staff donated blood on this occasion.
294 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
603. Announcement of Scholarship at GEC, Amravati by SMSL: n the

occasion of 45th Engineers Day celebration, SMSL announced
Scholarships of Rupees Five Thousand each to be awarded every
year to four recipients in Government Engineering College,
Amravati, who are academically sound, economically weak and not
accruing any other financial aid.
604. Free eye check up camp at Prathamik Ashram Shalha, ShirurDate:

24th January 2012
605. Blood Donation Camp, Date: 1st March 2012
295 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
606. Blood Check camp for teenage girl students,Date: 23rd August
2012
607. Distribution of wheel chair to Disabled Date: 24th September 2012
9.4. Proposed Corporate Social Responsibility
608. Charity we believe begins at home and hence our CSR is directed
at people in proximity to our work sites, which is why:
 We employ local work force around the project site, provide
education, health care & capacity building training to the work force.
We also show concern and regard towards our project’s local
region.
296 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
 Providing medical facilities to villages in the vicinity of our project

sites.
 Enhancing the green cover by tree plantation drives.
 Organizing water and energy conservation rallies through “SAVE
WE”.
 In the interest of the society and the nation at large, we support the
projects titled:
 Child Adoption for Education (CAFÉ)
 Child Adoption for Rehabilitation & Education (CARE)
 Scholarships for employee’s children for education.
609. We contribute to the society and environment by safe disposal of
hazardous waste.
610. For CSR budgetary outlay considered to be 0.1 % to 0.2 % of
annual turnover of the company
9.5. Technological measures
611. This section comprising of the technical measures to be specified to

mitigate the impacts in each phase of the Project.The mitigation
measures stated separately alongwith emission and waste
reduction for each facility
9.5.1. Air Quality
612. Environment Management Plan for Air is shown below:
297 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 9.2 Environment Management Plan for Air
S. Activity Management Action to be Taken

No.
1. Storage of E-waste, Medical Ensure proper handling of all spillages by

Waste and oil Recycling introducing spill control procedures for
facility various chemicals. Strictly follow the
appropriate spill control procedures.
&
The storage facility shall comprise of
Hazardous waste treatment
temporary storage and permanent storage
and disposal facilities & final
for separate storage of treatable and
products
intractable / incompatible waste.
The requirement / selection of proper

treatment shall be met through appropriate
laboratory analysis / equipment which
enable to select appropriate treatment viz.
incineration followed by landfill or direct
disposal to landfill without any preliminary
treatment.
Unloading area can be temporary

hazardous waste storage area, storage
area for incinerable waste, direct to secure
land filling or to Landfill after treatment.
Gas generation shall be avoided or

reduced by avoiding disposal of
biodegradable / organic waste into landfill..
However, gaseous emission is anticipated
which shall be managed by (a) controlled
passive venting or (b) control collection
and treatment /reuse.
Each waste treatment process produces
gaseous emissions, wastewater effluents
or solid residuals, which are required to
treat further. For this residuals proponent
proposed following facility.
298 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No.
For gaseous emissions from plasma based

incineration facility wet scrubbing system
followed by wet ESP are proposed. Then,
sufficient height of chimney shall be
provided to disperse clean gas as per
specified emissions norms.
Scrubber water, leachate water or wheel

wash effluent shall lead to effluent
treatment plant for proper treatment and
final disposal to CETP or Multiple Effect
Evaporator System to attain Zero Liquid
Discharge (ZLD) at the Site.
Air borne particulate may results during

handling and transportation of waste due
to wind. The status of ambient air quality
shall be closely monitored.
Ambient air quality at the facility and at the
vicinity shall be monitored to meet the
prescribed standards prescribed by CPCB.
Watering of road as well as constructing of
metalled roads shall be carried out.
Approx 30544.4 M2 Green belt
development shall be carried out.
Traffic Operation Plan for better traffic
management shall be worked out.
Install proper facilities to prevent rain/storm

water contamination during the storage of
solid raw materials.
Ensure disposal of used liners -bags,

drums for sale/reuse, only after
decontamination
299 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No.
Landfill will be covered with the temporary

liner system from top and side before the
onset of the monsoon season so that
surface runoff does not come in direct
contact with the landfill waste.
Waste during the rainy season will be

stored in intermediate storage shed which
shall be provided with the proper rain
protection shed to avoid contamination of
the surface runoff water.
2 Transportation of all the Ensure proper training to drivers for

Hazardous materials, finished transportation of hazardous chemicals,
products & hazardous wastes spill control and emergency actions.
Prior to taking up effective treatment it is
necessary to collect, segregate and store
adequate quantity of waste in most
scientific manner through safe
transportation system and storage facility.
The truck is weighed. Representative

sample is collected for testing & verification
of parameters. Then after verification, the
truck is directed to an unloading area.
Ensure availability of Hazardous Waste

characteristics.
All trucks will be transported after covering
from the top.
Raw material unloading will be done by
mechanized truck unloading system
300 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No.
Dust collectors will be in line with

unloading hoppers.
Material handling in the plant will be done
in closed conveyors.
All the trucks being used for transportation
of raw material and final product shall be
checked for "Pollution under Control"
certificate prior to their entry to the plant
premises.
Storage of raw material in dedicated sheds
to avoid fugitive emissions.
Speed of vehicles inside the factory

premises will be controlled
9.5.2. Odour Control

The main sources of odour are from waste storage yard, collection
sump, sorting area incineration unit and Land fill
Storage Facility
613. The proposed facility will receive and store the waste in an enclosed
area with a negative pressure with the airflow being routed through
the incinerator which prevents unpleasant odours from escaping
into the atmosphere. While handling odourous wastes, care shall be
taken to avoid smell nuisance.
Incineration
614. Incineration (medical in this case) is the oxidation of the odour into
carbon dioxide and water by the combustion of the odour with fuel
and air. The reaction takes place at temperatures ranging from
7500C to 8500C.This is generally above the auto-ignition
temperature of most solvents and other VOCs and is a reflection of
the heat required to maintain the reaction at dilute concentrations
with additional process heat losses. In this regime, the destruction
efficiency is almost 100%, assuming adequate oxygen supply. In
301 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
some cases, other compounds may be formed depending on the

mixture of fuel and air used the flame temperature and the
composition of the odour. These compounds may include carbon
monoxide, oxides of nitrogen and sulphur oxides.
615. Wet scrubbing of gases to remove odour involve either absorption in

a suitable solvent or chemical treatment with a suitable reagent. It is
important that hot, moist streams are cooled before they contact
scrubbing solutions. If this is not done the scrubbing solution will be
heated and become less efficient and the scrubbing medium will
become diluted from condensation of water vapour. Venture
scrubbers and packed bed scrubbers are used for this purpose
along with absorption of other flue gases like CO, NOx, SO2 etc.
Landfill Cell
 For landfill cell following methods can be used to control odour:

 Green belt development to form a surface capable of sorbing and
forming sinks for odorous gases. Leaves with their vast area in a
tree crown, sorbs pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce
their concentrations in the ambient air and source emissions
 Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best
management practices
 Cleaning and removing spilled debris from storage and transport
containers
 Minimization of the area and time that the active portion of the
landfill remains exposed to the environment
 Herbal spray on hazardous waste after disposing it in the landfill cell
9.5.3. Water Quality

616. Environment Management Plan for Water is shown below:
302 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Table 9.3 : Environment Management Plan for Water

Name and source of bleed Quality Abatement Method
stream
Scrubber Bleed Liquor and pH: Neutral Treated in Physico Chemical
Wash Water from Plasma TDS: 2.5 – 3.5 % COD: < Treatment Plant followed by
Gasification Plant 100 mg/lit MEE for reuse or sent to
BOD: < 30 mg/lit CETP for further disposal.
Wash Water from “Waste Bank pH: Alkaline to Neutral Treated in Heavy Metal
and unit for Co-processing of TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < Removal Unit of Effluent
Hazardous Waste Unit” 500 mg/lit Treatment followed by MEE
BOD: < 150 mg/lit for reuse or sent to CETP for
HM: Expected further disposal.
Wash Water from Stabilization pH: Alkaline to Neutral Treated in Heavy Metal
Plant TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < Removal Unit of Effluent
500 mg/lit Treatment followed by MEE
Scrubber Bleed Liquor and pH: Neutral Treated in Physico Chemical
Wash Water from Medical TDS: 1-3 % Treatment Plant followed by
Waste Management Facility COD: < 100 mg/lit MEE for reuse or sent to
Wash Water from E-waste pH: Alkaline to Neutral Treated in Heavy Metal
Management Plant TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < Removal Unit of Effluent
Wash Water from Oil Recycling pH: Alkaline to Neutral Treated in Oil Removal
Plant TDS: < 10000 ppm COD: < System (Skimmer) for
1000 mg/lit removal of floating oil,
BOD: < 500 mg/lit followed by treatment in
O & G: < 100 mg/lit physic chemical treatment
followed MEE for reuse or
sent to CETP for further
disposal.
Leachate from SLF pH: Neutral Treated in Heavy Metal
TDS: 1-3% ppm COD: < Removal Unit of Effluent
Vehicle or Wheel Wash pH: Alkaline to Neutral Treated in Physico Chemical

TDS: < 10000 Treatment Plant followed by
COD: < 500 mg/lit MEE for reuse or sent to
Cooling Tower Blow Down pH: Alkaline Treated in Physico Chemical
303 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Boiler Blow down pH: Alkaline Treated in Physico Chemical

Domestic Sewage pH; Neutral Treated in Packaged
TDS: < 500 mg/lit Sewage treatment plant
COD: < 500 mg/lit consisting of Biological and
BOD: < 250 mg/lit Tertiary Treatment. Treated
sewage is used for on land
irrigation and balance is
recycled to process as make
up water.
617. EWMLshall also include the following mitigation measures In order

to minimize any potential negative impact on surface and ground
water
 Hazardous waste storage area and plant area will be completely
covered from top and side. Strom water run off will be managed
through separate storm water drains. Before discharging storm
water into surface drain, it will be passed through small RCC pit
where online pH sensor and recorder will be provided to keep check
on pH of outgoing storm water.
 Prompt cleanup of any spillage of Haz Waste using dry method.
 Regular monitoring of ground water quality through monitoring wells
as per CPCB guideline.
 The water samples shall be analyzed for the 36 physical, chemical
and bacteriological parameters as per MOEF guidelines.
9.5.4. Surface Run Off Management and Rain Water Harvesting
618. Surface Run Off Management and Rain Water Harvesting is very
important aspect of TSDF site. All surface run off water from various
section of the plant shall be diverted to water reservoir.
619. The first 5 Min of first rain shall be collected in separate water
collection tank. The quality of water collected during first five minute
of first rain shall be checked for parameters such as SS, COD,
BOD, pH and Heavy Metal. If this parameters are found with in limit
for reuse of water to process, the collected water shall be
transferred to main water reservoir.
304 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
620. After first five minute of rain surface run off water shall be diverted
to water reservoir for the storage of rain water. Calculation of Tank
Volume Required for collection of First Five Min of Rain
Table 9.4 Surface Run Off Calculation for First Five Min of Rain
Surface Run Off Calculation for First Five Min of Rain
Sr No Parameter Value
1 Rain Fall 500.00 mm
2 Rainy Days 40.00 Days
3 Daily Rain Fall 12.50 mm
4 Hrs of Rain per day 8.00 Hrs/Day
5 Rain Fall Rate 1.56 mm/Hr
6 Rain fall in first five min 0.39 mm
Total Surface where contamination can take
7 place 83299.00 M2
8 Rain Volume 32.54 M3
9 Say 50.00 M3
621. As per above calculation, 35 M3 tanks is required. It is proposed to

install 50 M3 tank for collection of first five min of first rain.
622. Calculation of lagoon volume required for the harvesting of rain
water is provided as under
Table 9.5 Surface Run Off Calculation for One Season

Surface Run Off Calculation for Season
Sr No Parameter Value
1 Rain Fall 500.00 mm
2 Total Surface where contamination can take place 83299.00 M2

3 Effective Recovery Considered 60%
8 Rain Volume 24989.70 M3
9 Volume of Lagoon Considerd 27000.00 M3
Table 9.6 Catchment Area for Surface Run Off

Area Considered As Catchment Area for Rain Water
Sr No List of Area in the Plant Area, M2
1 Adm Building 1050

2 Medical Waste Management Facility 4196
3 E-Waste recycling facility 7850
4 Oil Recovery Unit with Tank Farm 5063
5 Plasma Plant 4937
305 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
6 Haz Waste Storage Area 4273

7 Co Processing Unit 1677
8 Stabilization Unit 1445
9 Land Fill A 14150
10 Land Fill B 17706
11 Road And Margin 22002
Total 83299
623. As per above calculation, considering 60% recovery of rain water,

the facility shall be provided with Lagoon of 27000 M3 capacity for
storage of raw water. Water reservoir shall be provided with
impervious liner at the bottom. Water collected in water reservoir
shall be used in plant after water treatment consisting of clarification
and tertiary treatment.
9.5.5. Land and Soil

624. Environment Management Plan for Land & Soil is shown inTable
9.7.
Table 9.7 Environment Management Plan for Land & Soil

No.
1. Storage of E-waste, Also all necessary precautions will be taken to

Medical Waste and oil make its solid waste and effluent treatment
Recycling facility areas impervious to prevent leachate migration
&
Covered area used for storage of E-waste till
Hazardous waste such time that the waste is recycled or treated.
treatment & disposal Appropriate containers are used for storing
facilities and final different E-waste items separately to avoid
products mixing / contamination. Impermeable surfaces
are provided by paving areas to prevent the
transmission of liquids beyond the pavement
surface.
306 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No.
Hazardous waste generated at site (ETP

sludge, used/spent oil) will be sent to authorize
TSDF.
Provision for temporary storage of waste will be

made by providing a storage area with proper
top covering and impervious flooring within the
premises.
Surface water management system shall be

provided. It is required to ensure that rainwater
run-off does not drain in to the waste from
surrounding area and that there is no water
logging / pounding on covers of landfills. A
surface runoff management system comprises
of channels, ditches, culvers and basin.
2. Operation of Effluent Ensure only decontaminated drums, bags

Treatment Plant (used for solid waste storage) for sale/
recycling and maintain records of same.
3. Storage of all the Proper facilities will be provided to prevent

hazardous materials runoff contamination.
Ensure disposal of used drums, bags for

sale/reuse, only after decontamination.
Ensure proper training to drivers for

transportation of hazardous chemicals, spill
control and emergency actions.
Ensure availability of Hazardous characteristics

of all the Hazardous materials to the Off-site
Emergency team, whenever required.
4. Transportation of all the Ensure provision of PPE’s to truck drivers

Hazardous materials, during transportation.
307 | P a g e
Karnataka.)

No.
finished products & Ensure availability of Hazardous Waste
hazardous wastes. characteristics.
9.5.6. Green Belt Development

625. Approx 25% of total area of plant shall be considered for Green belt
area.Green belt is proposed primarily for effective control of
pollution. The tolerant plants, having tremendous sink capacity, can
help contain and attenuate pollutant concentration in air and thereby
restore and revitalize the stressed and impaired environment on
long term basis. The basic need for developing pollution sink or
shelter belt plantation is to use properly selected plants having pre
requisites to tolerance and detoxify pollutants and long life span
endowed with large and dense canopy and extensive foliage. The
proposed green belt around the proposed site may be designed
taking into consideration the availability of space as the efficiency of
green belt in mitigating environmental impact mainly depends on the
width of green belt, distance from source and tree height. Locally
useful species shall be selected in consultation with forest
departments.
626. The following criterion is to be considered while selecting the
species for plantation:
 The plant species should be fast growing.
 They should have thick canopy cover.
 They should be perennial and evergreen.
 They should have high sink potential.
 They should be effective in absorbing pollutants without significantly
affecting their growth.
627. Based on above following plant species are reconmmended for
plantation:
 Acacia nilotica (Babul)
 Deldergia sissoo (Shishum)
 Acacia auriculiformis (Australian Babul)
 Azadirachta indica (Neem)
 Lagerstroemia speciosa (Jamun)
 Pongamia pinnata (Karanji)
308 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
628. Minimum two rows of plants are required for plantation on roadside
to minimize the pollution effects. While planting care should be
taken to ensure that plants in second row fall in between the two
plants of the first row.
9.5.7. Noise
629. Environment Management Plan for Noise is shown in Table 9.8.
Table 9.8 : Environment Management Plan for Noise

No.
1. Noise Proper precaution will be taken to keep the

noise levels within prescribed limits.
Acoustic enclosure on all major equipment in

the plant will be provided for noise attenuation.
Workers deployed in high noise areas will be

provided with suitable personnel Protective
Equipment such as ear muffs and ear plugs.
All the employees working at the facility shall

use appropriate PPE’s. Regular maintenance
of all equipments is planned to reduce the
noise generation. Peripheral green belt will
absorb the noise generated to some extent
The plant and equipment will be designed to

ensure that noise generated is limited to PCB
norms. The equipment will be provided with
noise control measures such as acoustic
insulation etc, to ensure noise abatement. The
rotating equipment will be properly balanced.
Where high noise levels are produced,
employees will be provided with ear protection
devices
309 | P a g e
9.6. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes (Management, Handling) Rules, 2000
Bio-Medical Waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 1998

COMPLIANCE
Environmental
Sr. No. Rules Activity Action Plan
Hazard
The duty will be to take all steps to ensure that such
1 DUTY OF OCCUPIER HANDLING Adverse effect waste is handled without any adverse effect to
human health and the environment.
Bio-medical waste will be treated and disposed of in
accordance with Schedule I, and in compliance with
the standards prescribed in Schedule V.
TREATMENT AND TREATMENT AND TSDF will set up in accordance with the time-
2 Adverse effect
DISPOSAL DISPOSAL schedule in Schedule VI, requisite biomedical waste
treatment facilities like incinerator, autoclave,
microwave system for the treatment of waste, or,
ensure requisite treatment of waste
Bio-medical waste will not be mixed with other
SEPARATION Adverse effect
wastes.
Bio-medical waste will be segregated into
containers/bags at the point of generation in
SEGREGATION, SEGREGATION Adverse effect accordance with Schedule II prior to its storage,
PACKAGING, transportation, treatment and disposal. The
3
TRANSPORTATION AND containers will be labeled according to Schedule III.
STORAGE If a container is transported from the premises where
bio-medical waste is generated to waste treatment
PACKAGING Adverse effect facility outside the premises, the container shall,
apart from the label prescribed in Schedule III, also
carry information prescribed in Schedule IV.
SEGREGATION, Notwithstanding anything contained in the Motor
3 PACKAGING, TRANSPORTATION Adverse effect Vehicles Act, 1988, or rules thereunder, untreated
TRANSPORTATION AND biomedical waste will be transported only in such
310 | P a g e
STORAGE vehicle as may be authorised for the purpose by the

competent authority as specified by the government.
No untreated bio-medical waste will be kept stored
beyond a period of 48 hours
Provided that if for any reason it becomes necessary
to store the waste beyond such period, the
STORAGE Adverse effect
authorised person will take permission of the
prescribed authority and take measures to ensure
that the waste does not adversely affect human
health and the environment.
SMSIL will submit an annual report to the prescribed
authority in Form 11 by 31 January every year,to
4 ANNUAL REPORT DOCUMENTS NA include information about the categories and
quantities of bio-medical wastes handled during the
preceding year.
SMSIL will maintain records related to the
generation, collection, reception,
storage,transporation, treatment, disposal and/or any
MAINTENANCE OF
5 DOCUMENTS NA form of handling of bio-medical waste in accordance
RECORDS
with these rules and any guidelines issued.
These records are subject to inspection and
verification for the prescribed authority at any time.
When any accident occurs where bio-medical waste
is handled or during transportation of such waste, the
6 ACCIDENT REPORTING DOCUMENTS NA
authorised person will report the accident in Form Ill
to the prescribed authority forthwith.
311 | P a g e
9.7. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Hazardous Wastes (Management, Handling and Trans-
boundary movement)) Rules
HAZARDOUS WASTE (MANAGEMENT ,HANDLING AND TRANS-BOUNDARY MOVEMENT)2008

COMPLIANCE
Sr. Rules Activity Environmental Hazard Action Plan

No.
1 Chapter II 4 - Resposibility Handling of hazardous Land Pollution Will limit hazardous waste
of occupier for handling Waste consequences on human being &
hazardous waste environment
2 Chapter II 5 - Grant of Authorisation NA Will take authorisation from Karnataka
authorisation for handling State pollution control board(KSPCB)
hazardous wastes
3 Chapter II 7 -Storage of Storage Fire Will not be stored for more than 6
Hazardous waste months or 90 days as per KSPCB Rules
4 Chapter III 8 - Procedure Registration NA All legal documents will be submitted
for grant of registration
5 Chapter III 11 - Utilisation Waste to energy Preventing pollution After approval from CPCB
of hazardous wastes
6 Chapter IV 12 - Trans Movement of Hazardous NA MOEF permission will be taken for trans
Boundary movement of waste boundary movement of hazardous
hazardous waste waste (if required).
7 Chapter IV 13 -Import & Outside country NA NA
Export of Hazardous waste
8 Chapter V 18 - Facility NA As per guideline of CPCB & monitoring
Transportaion,Storage,Dis of KSPCB
posal Facility for
hazardous waste
9 Chapter VI 19 -Packaging Packaging NA Based on the composition, the
& Labelling of Hazardous hazardous wastes shall be packed in a
waste suitable package/drum; labelled for safe
312 | P a g e
handling ,storage & transport

10 Chapter VI 20 - Transportation Spillage , Land & Air In accordance with rules of Motor
Transportation pollution Vehicles Act 1988
Relevant information given to
transporter as per Form 11
Marking the hazardous waste
containers as per Form 12
11 Chapter VI 21 - Manifest Documentation NA There will be six copies of the manifest
System in Form 13comprising of colour code
12 Chapter VII 22(1) -Records Documentation NA Records will maintain in Form 3
13 Chapter VII 22 (2) - Documentation NA Returns will maintain in Form 4 and
Returns annual returns will be submitted to
KSPCB
14 Chapter VII 24-Accident Documentation NA Will be reported to KSPCB with Form 14
reporting & follow up
15 Chapter VII 25 - Liability Responsibility Environmental Damage Liable for all damages caused to the
environment due to improper handling
of the hazardous waste or disposal of
the hazardous waste.
313 | P a g e
9.9. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of E- Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2011
MoEF Rules for E-waste 2011 CPCB Guidelines for Implementation of E-waste Rules Action Plan for Compliance
from SMS
Responsibilities of dismantler -
Every dismantler shall-
(1) obtain authorization and As per these rules any person or registered society or a SMSIL will take due
registration from the State designated agency or a company or an association engaged permission/authorisation from
Pollution Control Board in in dismantling of (i) Information Technology and SPCB.
accordance with the procedure Telecommunication Equipment (ii) Consumer Electrical and Dismantling and
under the rules 9 and 11; Electronics. Dismantlers may also set up their own authorized Segregation: Dismantling and
collection centres and may establish linkages with segregation of E-waste are the
producers/bulk generators/other collection agencies. They first step towards recycling of
may also establish a scheme for household collection of e- E-waste. These are cost
waste or may establish tie–ups with other agencies involved in effective and labour intensive
collection of e-waste from individual consumers. Dismantling of E-waste may be
carried out mechanically
depending upon the scale of
operations and the E-waste
being handled. Then the E-
waste is segregated
depending upon the type of
waste and treatment
required.activities.
(2) ensure that no damage is Dismantling operation can be manual, semi manual and All steps will be taken to follow
caused to the environment during automatic involving physical segregation operations for the rules.
storage and transportation of e- plastics, glass, steel, non-ferrous material, wires, gases,
waste; liquids and printed circuit boards. Dismantlers may perform
the following operations
(3) ensure that the dismantling 1. Decontamination will be carried out (if necessary) All steps will be taken to follow
processes do not have any the rules.
adverse effect on the health and
the environment;
314 | P a g e
(4) ensure that the facility and 2. Manual dismantling using appropriate tools, PPEs and dust All steps will be taken to follow
dismantling processes are in control equipment. the rules.
accordance with the standards or
guidelines published by the
Central Pollution Control Board
from time to time;
(5) ensure that dismantled e- 3. Hammering All steps will be taken to follow
waste are segregated and sent to the rules.
the registered recycling facilities
for recovery of materials;
(6) ensure that non- 4. Shredding All steps will be taken to follow
recyclable/non- recoverable the rules.
components are sent to authorized
treatment storage and disposal
facilities;
(7) file a return in Form 3; to the 5. Segregation and All steps will be taken to follow
State Pollution Control Board or the rules.
the Pollution Control Committee
concerned as the case may be, on
or before 30th June following the
financial year to which that return
relates;
(8) not process any e-waste for 6. Specialized separation processes with due approval SMSIL will get registration
recovery or refining of materials, from SPCB as a recycler for
unless he is registered with-State refining and recovery of
Pollution Control Board as a materials.
recycler for refining and recovery
of materials.
a) CRT cutting into funnel and panel including removal of All steps will be taken to follow
phosphor coating from the panel as well as lead paste binding the guidelines
the panel with the funnel.
b) The major objective of hammering and shredding All steps will be taken to follow
operations is size reduction and separation of steel, plastics, the guidelines
PCBs, non-ferrous metals, glass etc. Fractions such as
plastic, ferrous and nonferrous material, glass are sent to
315 | P a g e
secondary recycling industry while other remaining fractions

are sent to register E-Waste Recyclers for treatment and
recovery.
Dismantling operations are dry process that may cover
the following operations;
1. The first step is to decontaminate E-waste and render it All steps will be taken to follow
non-hazardous. This involves removal of all types of liquids the guidelines
and gases (CFCs, HCFCs, ammonia) under negative
pressure, Hg-switches, Poly Chlorinated Biphenyl (PCB) and
their recovery and storage. CFCs are treated thermally, PCB
is incinerated or disposed of in secured landfills, Mercury (Hg)
is often recycled or disposed off in secured landfill sites
2. Manual dismantling can be carried out over the dismantling All steps will be taken to follow
table with space de-dusting hoods connected with bag dust the guidelines
collectors venting out through a chimney of 3 meter above
roof level so as to maintain desirable work zone air quality as
per the factory act 1948.
Collection box with adequate capacity in sufficient number All steps will be taken to follow
should be placed near dismantling table for keeping the the guidelines
dismantled component. The workers involved in dismantling
operation should have proper equipment for dismantling the e-
waste.
3. Mechanized dismantling shall comprise of physical All steps will be taken to follow
separation after opening the material by manual or semi- the guidelines
mechanical operations or directly feeding into a crusher
(attached with bag dust collectors) to crush the wastes into
fragments that will be segregated on a moving belt by manual
collection. Fine grinding, Wet grinding, gravity separation /
magnetic/density/eddy current/electromagnetic separators
shall not be employed by dismantlers.
4. Dismantling operations shall not include Fine grinding / wet All steps will be taken to follow
shredding / wet grinding operations. Dismantling operations the guidelines
shall not be permitted for chemical leaching or heating
process or melting the material. Dismantlers shall not shred
segregated LCDs.
316 | P a g e
5. Dismantler shall have adequate facilities for disposal of bag All steps will be taken to follow
filter residue and floor cleaning dust in secure manner or shall the guidelines
obtain membership with TSDF for safe disposal.
6. Dismantlers can be permitted for shredding or cutting All steps will be taken to follow
printed circuit boards not below the size of 20mm which have the guidelines
to be handled by employing minimal manual handling and with
adequate air pollution control devices control systems
7. In case of dismantling refrigerators and air conditioners, All steps will be taken to follow
skilled manpower having adequate tools and PPEs to the guidelines
manually separate compressors. Prior to dismantling the
compressors, adequate facilities should be provided for
recovery of safe collection of refrigerant gases and
compressor oils.
8. Dismantled circuit boards, CRTs, capacitors, batteries, All steps will be taken to follow
capacitors containing PCBs (Polychlorinated biphenyls) or the guidelines
PCTs (Polychlorinated terphenyls) etc shall not be stored in
open
9. The dismantling operation shall not discharge any process All steps will be taken to follow
wastewater except workers utilities and re-circulated machine the guidelines
cooling water.
The premise for dismantling operation should fulfill the
following requirements:
1. Weather proof roofing and Impermeable surfaces for All steps will be taken to fulfill
appropriate areas with appropriate spillage collection facilities, the requirements
decanters, degasser, and degreasers.
2. Appropriate storage for dissembled spare parts. All steps will be taken to fulfill
the requirements
3. Appropriate containers for storage of batteries, capacitors All steps will be taken to fulfill
containing PCBs (Polychlorinated biphenyls) or PCTs the requirements
(Polychlorinated terphenyls),
4. Impermeable working surface or pavement should be All steps will be taken to fulfill
constructed and maintained to prevent the transmission of the requirements
liquids beyond the pavement surface. The impermeable
surface should be associated with a sealed drainage system
connected to a collection sump.
317 | P a g e
5. The type of impermeable surface required is likely to Depending upon the type,
depend on a number of factors, including: quantity and activity of E-
Waste; the impermeable
working surface will be
constructed for the storage
area
The type and quantity of E-waste being stored or processed
including whether the E-waste contain hazardous substances
and fluids
b) The type and volume of other materials dealt with
c) The type and level of activity undertaken on the surface
d) The level of maintenance.
6. Spillage collection facilities include the impermeable All steps will be taken to fulfill
pavement and sealed drainage system as the primary means the requirements
of containment. However, spill kits to deal with spillages of
oils, fuel and acids should be provided and used as
appropriate.
7. The dismantler must provide appropriate storage for Appropriate storage area with
dismantled parts from E-waste. Some parts (e.g. motors and impermeable surface and a
compressors) will contain oil and/or other fluids. Such parts selaed drainage system will be
must be appropriately segregated and stored in containers provided.
that are secured such that oil and other fluids cannot escape
from them. These containers must be stored on an area with
an impermeable surface and a sealed drainage system. The
type and size of containers have been described in collection
centre chapter.
8. Other components and residues arising from the All steps will be taken to fulfill
dismantling of E-waste will need to be contained following the requirements
their removal for disposal or recovery. Where they contain
hazardous substances they should be stored on impermeable
surfaces and inappropriate containers or bays with
weatherproof covering. Containers should be clearly labelled
to identify their contents and must be secure so that liquids,
including rainwater cannot enter them. Components should be
segregated having regard to their eventual destinations and
318 | P a g e
the compatibility of the component types. All batteries should

be handled and stored having regard to the potential fire risk
associated with them.
Space requirement for Dismantler
Space is required for storage of raw material, segregated All steps will be taken to fulfill
material and dismantling operations, office or administration the requirements of the
and other utilities. A dismantler should have about 25% of the storage space
space for storage and the rest for process and other utilities.
Storage space should be adequate for keeping ten (10) days
of raw material requirement and ten (10) days of product
produced and a separate enclosed space for hazardous
waste. For example, an applicant for grant of registration for
dismantling for a capacity of 1 Ton per day may require a
minimum of 4000 sq. feet (assuming 200 Kg/m2for raw
material and about 0.5MT/m2 for segregated material and
40% free space for movement). No dismantler shall be
permitted to operate below 2 MT/day capacity. The existing
dismantlers having lesser space may however be permitted to
continue their operations but at reduced capacity.
6.1.3 Regulatory Requirement for Dismantlers:
The dismantler has to comply with following legal requirement:
1. To obtain authorization and registration from the State SMSIL will obtain
Pollution Control Board authorization and
registration from the State
Pollution Control Board
2. To ensure that no damage is caused to the environment SMSIL Will ensure that no
during storage and transportation of e-waste damage is caused to the
environment during storage
and transportation of e-waste
15
3. To ensure that the facilities and dismantling & recycling SMSIL will ensure that the
processes are in accordance with the standards or guidelines facilities and dismantling &
published by the Central Pollution Control Board from time to recycling processes are in
time accordance with the standards
or guidelines published by the
319 | P a g e
Central Pollution Control Board

from time to time
4. Dismantler to ensure that dismantled e-waste are
segregated and sent to the registered recycling facilities for
recovery of materials
5. To ensure that non-recyclable/non- recoverable non-recyclable/non-
components are sent to authorized Treatment Storage and recoverable components will
Disposal Facilities (TSDF) be received at the proposed
TSDF site.
6. To file return in form 3 to the SPCB/PCC on or before 30th Yes Will do
June following the financial year to which that returns relates.
7. Should not process any E-waste for recovery or refining of SMSIL will get registration
materials, unless he is registered with SPCB/PCC as a from SPCB as a recycler for
recycler for refining and recovery of materials. refining and recovery of
materials.
MoEF Rules for E-waste 2011 CPCB Guidelines for Implementation of E-waste Rules Action Plan for Compliance
from SMS
Responsibilities of recycler- Recyclers
Every recycler shall-
(1) obtain authorization and Recyclers may also set up their own authorized collection 1. Authorisation from
registration from State Pollution centres and may establish linkages with producers/bulk SPCB shall be taken
Control Board in accordance with generators/other collection agencies. They may also establish 2.Recycling: The
the procedure under the rules 9 a scheme for household collection of e-waste or may establish composition of E-waste
and 11; tie–ups with other agencies involved in collection of e-waste consists of diverse items like
from individual consumers. ferrous and non ferrous
metals, glass, plastic,
electronic components
(resistor, capacitor, transistor,
diode, operational amplifier
etc.) and other items and it is
also revealed that E-waste
consists of hazardous
320 | P a g e
elements. Therefore, the

major approach to treat E-
waste is to reduce the
concentration of these
hazardous chemicals and
elements through recycle and
recovery. In the process of
recycling or recovery, certain
E-waste fractions act as
secondary raw material for
recovery of valuable items.
(2) ensure that the facility and The output material after dismantling and segregation of mild 2. Treatment:
recycling processes are in steel, aluminium, Hg Switches, batteries, capacitors, plastic Environmentally sound E-
accordance with the standards laid components, CRT, printed circuit board (plain or shredded), waste treatment technologies
down in the guidelines published cables etc. can be further re-processed or recycled for are used at three levels as
by the Central Pollution Control refinement or enrichment or recovery of useful components described below:
Board from time to time; that can be used as supplementary raw material for production
of new materials including electronic components.
(3) make available all records to The functions of the recycling facilities are similar to the All the three levels of E-waste
the Central or State Pollution dismantlers but implements high degree technologies for treatment are based on
Control Board or Pollution Control recycling or recovery operations. There shall be no restriction material flow. The material
Committee of Union territories'for on degree of operations that can be permitted for recyclers. flows from 1st level to 3rd level
inspection; The following processes can be employed by recyclers are treatment. Each level
below; treatment consists of unit
operations, where E-waste is
treated and output of 1st level
treatment serves as input to
2nd level treatment. After the
third level treatment, the
residue are disposed off
either in TSDF or incinerated.
(4) ensure that residue 1. Manual / semi-manual / automatic dismantling operations 1st Level Treatment:
generated thereof is disposed of in
a hazardous waste treatment
storage disposal facility;
(5) file annual returns in Form 3, 2. Shredding / crushing / grinding / enrichment operations Input: E-waste items like TV,
321 | P a g e
to the State Pollution Control refrigerator and Personal

Board or Pollution Control Computers (PC) Unit
Committee concerned as the case Operations: There are three
may be, on or before 30th June unit operations at first level of
following the financial year to E-waste treatment
which that returns relate. a. Decontamination -
Removal of all liquids and
gases
b. Dismantling - Manual /
Mechanized breaking
c. Segregation
All the three unit operations
are dry processes, which do
not require usage of water.
3. Pyro-metallurgical operations - Smelting furnace 2nd Level Treatment:
4. Hydro metallurgical operations Input: Decontaminated E-
waste consisting segregated
non hazardous E-waste like
plastic, CRT, circuit board and
cables.
5. Electro-weaning Unit Operations: There are
three unit operations at
second level of E-waste
treatment
6. CRT cutting Hammering
7. Toner cartridge recycling Shredding
8. Melting, casting, molding operations (for metals and plastics) Special treatment processes
comprising of
1. A recycling facility can be permitted to receive any kind of E- • Non CRT and CRT
waste listed in Schedule-I of E-waste Rules. treatment consisting of
separation of funnels and
screen glass
2. The recycling facilities shall comply with the requirements as • Electromagnetic
specified for dismantlers in the above section for the operations separation
specified therein.
322 | P a g e
3. A recycling facility shall install adequate wastewater • Eddy current

treatment facilities for process wastewater and air pollution separation
control equipment depending on type of operations
undertaken.
Suitable space dedusting equipment shall be installed where • Density separation
manual dismantling, shredding operations are carried out. using water
5. Suitable fume hoods connected with bag dust collectors 3rd Level Treatment:
followed by wet (chemical) scrubbers shall be installed for
control of fugitive emissions from furnaces or chemical reactor
fumes.
6. The discharges from the facility shall comply with general The 3rd level E-waste
standards under E(P) Act, 1986 for discharge of wastewater. treatment is carried out mainly
to recover ferrous, non
ferrous metals, plastics and
other items of economic
value. The major recovery
operations are focused on
ferrous and non ferrous metal
recovery. The following
sections describe the unit
operations, processes,
available technology and
environmental
implications.secured landfill.
The landfill is designed in
such a way that it can be
used for two years.
Alternatively at Karnataka
site, these materials may be
fed to Plasma Gasification
Reactor where all the organic
materials will be gasified and
inorganic components and
metals will form vitrified slag.
Thus use of land for SLF is
eliminated.
323 | P a g e
7. In case of air emissions, the unit shall comply with emission All steps will be taken to
values prescribed under Air (Prevention and Control of follow the rules.
Pollution) Act,1981. In case of furnace, a minimum stack height
of 30mt shall be installed depending on emission rate of SO2.
8. The workers involved in recycling operations shall wear All steps will be taken to
proper PPEs (Personal Protective Equipment). follow the rules.
9. In additions to dismantling operations, recyclers may adopt All steps will be taken to
suitable technologies for shredding, wet grinding, gravity / follow the rules.
magnetic/density/eddy current/electromagnetic separators with
adequate air pollution control equipment. It shall be ensured
that dust control equipment shall comprise of mechanical dust
collectors followed by fabric filters or two stage fabric filters or
fabric filter followed by wet (chemical) scrubbers.
10. Adequate facilities for disposal of bag filter residue and All steps will be taken to
floor cleaning dust in secure manner or shall obtain follow the rules.
membership with TSDF for safe disposal.
Space requirement for Recyclers

A recycler of a capacity of 1 Ton per day shall require a Proposed E -waste Facility –
minimum of 5000 sq. feet. Registration to recyclers may be 4000 TPA (capacity)
preferred if they have minimum operational capacity of
2MT/day with an area of about 10,000 sq. ft.
Regulatory Requirement for Recyclers:

The dismantler has to comply with following legal requirement:
1. To obtain authorization and registration from the State SMSIL will obtain the
Pollution Control Board authorization and registration
from SPCB
2. To ensure that no damage is caused to the environment SMSIL will ensure that no
during storage and transportation of e-waste damage is caused to the
environment during storage
and transportation of e-waste
3. To ensure that the recycling process are in accordance with SMSIL will ensure that the
324 | P a g e
the standards or guidelines published by the Central Pollution recycling process are in
Control Board from time to time accordance with the
standards or guidelines
published by the Central
Pollution Control Board from
time to time
4. Recyclers to ensure that dismantled materials are sent to the SMSIL will ensure that
registered or bonafied industries for use of recycled material as dismantled materials are sent
their raw materials to the registered or bonafied
industries for use of recycled
material as their raw materials
5. To ensure that non-recyclable/non- recoverable components SMSIL will ensure that non-
are sent to authorized Treatment Storage and Disposal recyclable/non- recoverable
Facilities (TSDF) components are sent to the
proppsed Treatment Storage
and Disposal Facilities
(TSDF)
6. To file return in form 3 to the SPCB/PCC on or before 30th Yes Will do
June following the financial year to which that returns relates.
7. Should not process any E-waste for recovery or refining of SMSIL will obtain the
materials, unless he is registered with SPCB/PCC as a recycler authorization and registration
for refining and recovery of materials. from SPCB
325 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
10. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
This chapter includes the overall justification for implementation of the Project and
how adverse effects have been mitigated in construction as well as in operation
Phase
10.1. Prelude
630. The present study was aimed at identifying the potential

environmental impacts due to the various project activities,
assessment of impact, mitigation measures, and at developing an
environmental management and monitoring plans for proper
mitigation of any adverse environmental impact. In this study, the
various activities likely to take place during the construction and
operation phases of the project have been analyzed in relation to
the baseline condition of different valuable environmental
components. The mitigation measures proposed for the contractors
and the project proponent have also been reviewed and the
potential residual impacts discussed. The key points considered in
this study are described in the following sections
10.2. Regulatory Compliances
631. The project is yet at its technical investigation stage. Prior to its
implementation, it will be necessary to acquire all the necessary
clearance from the Government of India, as per the applicable
national regulations. Key clearances include obtaining the No
Objection Certificate from the Karnatka State Pollution Control
Board (KSPCB) under TheWater (Prevention and Control of
Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975; TheAir (Prevention and
Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. In addition to that
Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC)
Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter, Hazardous Waste
(Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules,
2008, Bio Medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1998
and amendments thereafter, The Common hazardous Waste
(Management & Handling) Rules, 1989 Under E.P.A .Act, 1986
(Amended 2000; 2003 & 2008),Municipal Solid Waste
326 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
(Management & Handling) Rules, 2000 and amendments thereafter

will also be applicable to the industry.
10.3. Baseline Conditions
632. The monitoring of the existing environmental conditions of the

proposed project site and of its close vicinity have been established
with respect to physical, biological and socio economic
environment. Baseline condition in the study area is suitable to
establish integrated waste management facility. The air quality of
the area meets the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality
Standards applicable for the Residential & Rural Areas. The
background noise levels were also found well within the standards
as at present most of the area is not developed.
633. Ground water from dug wells, tube wells and hand pumps cater to
the drinking water needs of the villages in the region. The quality of
ground water was assessed by taking samples and analysed as per
CPCB guidelines
634. It is envisaged that no surface water body is existing in the study
area.
635. The Ground water quality in the region has been compared with
respect to the Drinking Water Quality Standards as per IS:
10500:1991 and it has been found that the Ground water is not
desirable for Drinking Purposes. Some of the Parameters likes
Total Hardness as CaCO3, calcium as Ca which are above
Permissible Limit
636. No forest land is falling in the study area. In addition to that there is
no sensitive ecosystem in the vicinity. No rehabilitation and
resettlement issue is emerging with the selected project site
10.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
637. The project entails various impacts on the study area, some
negative and some positive. The impacts will be caused by the
construction activities as well as by the other industrial activities
during the construction and operation phases, respectively. Various
impacts identified during the study have been provided mitigation
measures for a better environmental management. In addition to
that the roles and responsibilities of the developers have also been
327 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
given in the Environmental management Plan with action plan of

respective legislations. A well defined Environmental Monitoring
Programis also suggested to monitor the implementation of the
environmental management plan to ensure the mitigations of
adverse impacts
10.5. Recommendations
638. Based on the environmental impact assessment conducted, the

following recommendations are made:
 Since regulations are fast changing in India, the project proponent
must keep themselves updated with respect to applicable laws and
take appropriate actions in case the provisions in some regulations
undergo change.
 Most of the impacts envisaged are due to construction activities.
Systems of periodic auditing and reporting shall be adopted during
the construction period to ensure that the contractors adhere to the
EMP.
 The project proponent and its team of consultants and contractors
are urged to develop a strategy for effective communication with
local people. The construction team/ developer should effectively
follow the suggestions made in the EMP and/ or any other
environmental measures so as not to damage the environment of
the project area.
328 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
11. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED
Declaration by Experts Contributing to this Report
Declaration by Experts Contributing to the Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed

Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF (Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village,
Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.)
I, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above
EIA.
EIA Coordinator:
Name: Yogesh Gupta/ P K Srivastava
Signature & Date:
Contact Information: 011-30003200

Functional Area Experts
Involvement
Functional Areas Name of the Expert Signature
(Period and Task**)
Site visit, assistance in
selection of monitoring
S K Jain / A K
Air Pollution locations, checking air
Chaturvedi
Monitoring & Control quality data, evaluation
(AP) of results of Ambient Air
Quality Monitoring
(AAQM)
Assistance in air quality
Dr. Sudhanshu /
modeling and
Air Quality Modeling Mahnedra Sadaria
prediction: met file
and Prediction (AQ)
generation and model
run
Development of
landuse maps of study
Yamesh Sharma area using GIS / related
Landuse (LU) Team Member: Anil tools, site visit for
kumar ground truth survey,
finalization of landuse
maps
selection of sampling
locations for surface
S K Jain/ Trushit
Water Pollution (WP) water sampling, water
Desai
balance for the project
and contribution to EIA
documentation
Ecology and Bio- Site visit, assistance in
Dr. Hacharan Singh
diversity Conservation selection of sampling
329 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
Involvement
Functional Areas Name of the Expert Signature
(Period and Task**)
(EB) locations and
contribution to EIA
documentation
Identification of waste
generated from the
Solid and Hazardous industry, studying
Waste Management S K Jain adequacy of mitigation
(SHW) measures for
management of
hazardous waste
Site visit, contribution to
T.G. Ekande
Socio-Economics Baseline environment
Team Member: Anil
(SE) and contribution to EIA
Kumar
documentation
Site visit, Identification
of modeling scenarios,
consequence modeling
V.K. Gautam using PHAST,
Risk and Hazards
Team Member: S K finalization of DMP,
(RH)
Jain contribution to RA /
DMP Documentation
and contribution to EIA
documentation
selection of sampling
Soil Conservation
K. K. Gupta locations and
(SC)
contribution to EIA
documentation
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person
I, S.K.Jain, hereby confirm that the above-mentioned experts Environmental Impact

Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility comprising of TSDF
(Madanhatti & Pitchguntrahalli Village, Malur Taluk, Kolar District, Karnataka.). I also confirm
that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-leading information
mentioned in this statement.
Signature:
Name: S.K.Jain
Designation: Director, Technical
Name of the EIA Consultant organization EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.
NABET Certificate No. NABET/EIA/RA11/007
NABET Issue Date: 19th May, 2014
330 | P a g e
Karnataka.)
REFERENCES
1) United States Environmental Protection Agency EPA530-F-02-026a (5306W)

2) Guidelines for Conducting environmental impact assessment , Site selection for
common hazardous waste Management facility Published by CPCB
DOCUMENT SERIES HAZWAMS/25/2002-2003
3) cpcb.nic.in/upload/NewItems/NewItem_149_Protocol.pd
4) www.moef.nic.in/legis/env_clr.htm
5) cgwb.gov.in/district_profile/karnataka/kolar.pdf
6) www.census2011.co.in › Karnataka › District List
7) http://cpcb.nic.in/BioMedical_Incinerators.php
8) http://cpcb.nic.in/Common_HW_incinerators.php
9) http://cpcb.nic.in/Noise_Standards.php
10) Guidelines for Hazardous Waste Management & Handling published by
Ministry of Environment & Forest, 1991.
References relating to the preparation of met input file:
11) "Altas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in

India", India Meteorological Department, New Delhi, 2008
12) "Spatial Distribution of hourly Mixing Depth Over India Region,CPCB:1-29,
2002.
13) "Assessment of Impact to Air Environment: Guidelines for Conducting Air
Quality Modeling", PROBES/70/1997-98, CPCB, New Delhi, 1999
14) "Meteorological Monitoring Guidance for Regulatory Modeling Applications",
U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY, Research Triangle Park,
NC 27711, February 2000

EIA For Waste Project

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

EIA For Waste Project

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed Integrated Waste Management facility

Project: Environmental Impact Assessment Study of Proposed

Client: Envrotech Waste Management Limited

Project No.: EQMS/PR-347/2012-13

2.8.4. Employment....................................................................................................... 114

3.5.7. Rare and Endangered Species .......................................................................... 180

5.3. Analysis of alternative technologies ................................................................... 239

7.5.1.3 Site Incident Controller....................................................................................... 267

9.6. Compliances with Respect to Provisions of Bio-Medical Wastes (Management,

Table 4.10 : weighted Impacts without Mitigation measures(Matrice Method) ......................234

Figure 4.1 Isopleth: Highest 24-Hr Predicted GLC of NOx....................................................212

Annexure-I Performance of already Established IWMF at Pune

Annnexure-II: Inventory Abstract

Annnexure-III: TOR letter issued By MoEF

Annnexure-IV: Categories of Bio Medical Waste

Annnexure-V: Categories of Electronic Waste

Annnexure-VI: Standards for Treatment and Disposal of Bio-Medical wastes

Annexure-VI I Scale opted For Evaluation Table of Base Line studies

Annexure-VIII Government of Karnatka Proceedings

Annexure-IX Vehicles Movement Plan

Annexure-X MOU with CETP

Annexure-X I Concurrence Letter of Member Companies

Annexure XII Public Hearing Proceeding

Annexure XIII Public hearing response compliance

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

NRSA National Remote Sensing Agency

Site Selection Justification

S/N Facilities Capacity

Table II: Land Break up of Project

SR AREA ALLOCATION AREA (m²) % AREA

Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%)

Ecological Sensitive Areas

Spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes shall be contained/ cleaned up immediately

Plasma 0.45 433.00 30.50 8000.0

Table V: Details of Emissions Load

The estimated 24 hourly maximum ground level concentrations (excluding background

Key mitigation measures adopted to control stack emissions are as below

Table VII: Key Mitigation Measures

Additional Measures to Control Air Pollution.

9. Watering of road as well as constructing of metalled roads shall be

Surface water resources

Ecology and Biodiversity

1.1. The Project

1.1.1. Project Proponent:

Table 1.1 Project at Glance

Managemen Plasma Technology with

Figure 1.1 Karnataka Political map showing Kolar

Source: Google Earth

Figure 1.2 Satellite Image showing proposed site location.

Table 1.2 : Project Location Details

24. This Integrated waste Management Facility will serve as a Common

waste generation in Karnataka is around 152,153.80 MT/A. These

Figure 1.3 :Waste generation in Karnataka

1.3. Regulatory Frame work

29. As per the Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF), Government

31. More Applicable laws rules and acts:

33. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study undertaken is

1.6. Scope and Methodology of the Study

Figure 1.4 Methodology adopted for the EIA

Table 1.3 : TOR Compliance Status

A detailed description of the flora and

Additional TOR Points approved by MoEF.

/vitrified in Plasma gasification facility.